Upload
others
View
4
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
MSE WALL AND REINFORCEMENT TESTING
AT MUS-16-7.16 BRIDGE SITE
State Job Number: 14735
Final Report
BY
ROBERT Y. LIANG DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
UNIVERSITY OF AKRON AKRON, OHIO 44325-3905
Prepared in Cooperation with Ohio Department of Transportation and the
U.S Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration
September 2004
2
The primary objectives of this research are to (i) plan and carry out an instrumentation monitoring and field pullout testing program on an instrumented 52 ft (15.85 m) high reinforced earth wall, (ii) examine the adequacy of the current practice of design and analysis of reinforced earth walls with emphasize on the method recommended by the FHWA Design Manual and the Coherent Gravity Method, and (iii) develop a new method for design and analysis of reinforced earth wall. The field instrumentation program has provided measurements of reinforcement working forces, lateral earth pressures, vertical earth pressures, and the deflections at wall facing. The comparisons made between the field measurements and the current method adopted by the FHWA indicated that significant errors have occurred, especially in the case of slopping backfill. The results also indicated that the reinforcements and the wall facing have significantly influenced the vertical earth pressure. The vertical earth pressure could be reasonably approximated by the uniform pressure distribution leading to possible savings in the cost of reinforced earth walls. A new method has also been developed and presented in this report. The method is called the Virtual Soil Wedge (VSW) method, and it has been derived by studying the analogous retaining actions of the reinforcements and the retaining soil slopes. The method has been shown to accurately predict the reinforcement working forces, lateral earth pressures, and the reinforcement pullout resistance. The VSW method requires the evaluation of a new factor called the scaling factor, f, using field measurements of different reinforcement and soil combinations.
MSEW, Reinforced earth wall, field instrumentation-monitoring, field pullout tests, a new design/analysis method- Virtual Soil Wedge method.
MSE WALL AND REINFORCEMENT TESTING
AT MUS-16-7.16 BRIDGE SITE
State Job Number: 14735
Final Report
BY
ROBERT Y. LIANG DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
UNIVERSITY OF AKRON AKRON, OHIO 44325-3905
Prepared in Cooperation with Ohio Department of Transportation and the
U.S Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration
September 2004
DISCLAIMER STATEMENT
The contents of this report reflect the views of the authors who are responsible for the
fact and accuracy of the data presented herein. The contents do not necessarily reflect the
official views or policies of the Ohio Department of Transportation or Federal Highway
Administration. This report does not constitute a standard, specification or regulation.
ABSTRACT
The assumptions involved in the current method recommended in the FHWA Design
Manual and the Coherent Gravity method for design of reinforced earth walls resulted in
many discrepancies. These most influential assumptions are (i) the treatment of the
reinforced soil mass as a rigid block, (ii) the assumption of strain compatibility between
the reinforcement and the soil, (iii) the assumption of no frictional stresses along the soil
horizontal slices, and (iv) the ignorance of the effects of the reinforcement lengths and
stiffness on the vertical and horizontal stresses and the working forces of the
reinforcements. These assumptions resulted, in many cases, in either overestimating or
underestimating the working forces in the reinforcement, as well as the vertical and
lateral earth pressures within the reinforced soil mass. They were also responsible for the
errors in obtaining the reinforcement resistance to pullout, and the active and effective
lengths of reinforcements.
The main objective of this research is to carry out an instrumentation monitoring
and field-testing program on a newly constructed 52 ft (15.85 m) high MSE abutment
wall on the Old Schoolhouse Road in Muskingum County, Ohio. The instrumentation
plan included strain gages spot-welded to pre-selected reinforcement strips, earth
pressure cells located at the bottom of the reinforced soil mass, and contact pressure cells
embedded in the concrete facing. Four field pullout tests have also been conducted
corresponding to four different overburden depths. The research resulted in the
development of a new method that can be used to accurately analyze and effectively
design the reinforced earth walls. This method, called the Virtual Soil Wedge (VSW)
method, has been theoretically developed to account for the influences of the
reinforcement spacing, length, and location relative to the height of the wall in the
calculation of the working forces of the reinforcement, the lateral earth pressures, and the
pullout factors of the reinforcements. This method has introduced two new factors: an
embracement factor that relates the reinforcement layouts to the lateral earth pressures,
and a scaling factor that accounts for the roughness, type and shape of the reinforcement,
and the type and size of the backfill soil. The scaling factors for different soil and
reinforcement combinations should be evaluated using field measurements or
experimental data.
The field measurements made at the Schoolhouse Road wall were compared with
the method recommended by the FHWA Design Manual and the VSW method developed
in this research. The FHWA recommended method was shown to be only convenient for
the case of walls with simple geometry. However, for walls with slopping backfill
surcharge, significant errors were observed. The VSW method, on the other hand, was
shown to be capable of accurately predicting the measured maximum reinforcement
forces and their locations, the lateral earth pressures, and the pullout resistance of the
reinforcement. The presence of reinforcements has influenced the vertical earth pressure
values throughout the construction period. This, in turn, has influenced the distribution of
the pullout factors, F*, with the overburden depth. Combining the VSW method with the
basic equation defining the pullout resistance of the reinforcement, resulted in the
development of a relationship defining the pullout factors of the reinforcement as a
function of the reinforcement spacing, length and locations within the reinforced earth
walls.
i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
LIST OF TABLES v
LIST OF FIGURES vii
ABSTRACT xxv
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION AND RESEARCH MERIT
1.1 INTRODUCTION 1
1.2 STATEMENT OF THE PROBLEM AND SIGNIFICANCE OF WORK 6
1.3 RESEARCH OBJECTIVES 12
CHAPTER 2 LITERATURE SURVEY 15
2.1 INTERNAL STABILITY 15
2.1.1 Lateral earth pressure and internal failure surface 16
2.1.2 Reinforcement’s pullout resistance 34
2.2 EXTERNAL STABILITY 38
2.3 COMPACTION INDUCED STRESSES 42
2.4 FINIT ELEMENT ANALYSIS 46
2.5 CASE STUDIES 50
2.5.1 Christopher (1993) 50
2.5.2 Minnow Creek wall 53
ii
CHAPTER 3 INSTRUMENTATION AND FIELD MONITORING PROGRAM
3.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 74
3.2 GEOLOGY OF THE SITE 75
3.3 MATERIAL PROPERTIES 76
3.3.1 Backfill and Foundation Materials 76
3.3.2 Reinforcement and facing 77
3.4 FIELD INSTRUMENTATION AND TESTING PLAN 77
3.4.1 Instrumentation plan 77
3.4.2 Field pullout test program 84
CHAPTER 4 FIELD MONITORING RESULTS
4.1 AXIAL FORCES IN REINFORCEMENT 106
4.2 PRESSURE MEASUREMENTS 115
4.2.1 Vertical pressure measurements 115
4.2.2 Horizontal pressures measurements 117
4.3 FIELD PULLOUT RESISTANCE 118
4.4 FIELD SETTLEMENT AND DEFORMATION MEASUREMENTS 120
4.4.1 Vertical settlement 120
4.4.2 Lateral wall deformation 122
4.5 COMPARISON WITH CURRENT PRACTICE 124
iii
CHAPTER 5 NEW CONCEPT IN DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF REINFORCED EARTH WALLS- PART I: THEORY AND DEVELOPMENT.
5.1 INTRODUCTION 254
5.2 VIRTUAL SOIL WEDGE SUPPORT CONCEPT 254
5.3 VIRTUAL SOIL WEDGE ANALYSIS 256
5.3.1 Virtual Soil Wedge Analysis 256
5.3.2 Reinforcement maximum axial forces 264
5.4 SIMPLIEFIED APPROACH 269
5.5 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN PROCEDURES 276
5.5.1 Analysis procedure 276
5.5.2 Design procedure 277
CHAPTER 6 VALIDATION OF THE VIRTUAL SOIL WEDGE METHOD
6.1 INTRODUCTION 290
6.2 CASE STUDIES 290
6.2.1 Schoolhouse MSE-wall 290
6.2.2 Christopher (1993) 299
6.2.3 Minnow Creek Wall (Rusner, 1999) 300
CHAPTER 7 REINFORCEMENT-SOIL INTERACTION USING VIRTUAL SOIL WEDGE METHOD
7.1 INTRODUCTION 318
7.2 DEVELOPMENT OF A RATIONAL FORMULA 319
iv
7.2.1 Vertical earth pressure 321
7.2.2 Pullout Resistance of Reinforcement 326
7.3 CASE STUDY: SCHOOLHOUSE RD MSE WALL 328
7.3.1 Summary of field measurements 328
7.3.2 Pullout analysis using the VSW-method 329
CHAPTER 8 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
8.1 SUMMARY OF RESEARCH FINDINGS 338
8.2 CONCLUSIONS 347
8.3 IMPLEMENTATION RECOMMENDATIONS 351
8.4 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FUTURE RESEARCH 352
REFERENCES 354
APPENDIX A1 MEASUREMENT AT THE 52 FT (15.85 m) HIGH SECTION AT THE MEDIAN (SECTION A)
A1-1
APPENDIX A2 MEASUREMENT AT THE 52 FT (15.85 m) HIGH SECTION AT THE MEDIAN (SECTION B)
A2-1
APPENDIX A3 MEASUREMENT AT THE 30 FT (9.1 m) HIGH SECTION AT THE WING WALL (SECTION C)
A3-1
APPENDIX A4 MEASUREMENT AT THE 20 FT (6 m) HIGH SECTION AT THE WING WALL (SECTION D)
A4-1
APPENDIX A5 LONG-TERM STRAIN GAGE MONITORING RESULTS A5-1
APPENDIX B DERIVATION OF VSW METHOD B-1
v
LIST OF TABLES
Table TITLE Page
2.1 Pullout test program by Christopher (1993).
52
2.2 Summary of field test program by Christopher (1993).
53
3.1 Locations and numberings of the instrumented reinforcement straps for sections A and B.
81
3.2 Locations of strain gages along instrumented straps in sections A and B.
81
3.3 Locations and numberings of the instrumented reinforcement straps for section C.
82
3.4 Locations of strain gages along instrumented straps in section C.
82
3.5 Locations and numberings of the instrumented reinforcement straps for section D.
83
3.6 Locations of strain gages along instrumented straps in section D.
83
4.1 Maximum reinforcement forces based on measured reinforcement strains in the 52-ft (15.85 m) tall section.
110
4.2 Maximum reinforcement forces based on measured reinforcement strains in the 30-ft (9.1 m) tall section.
110
4.3 Maximum reinforcement forces based on measured reinforcement strains in the 20-ft (6 m) tall section.
111
4.4 Maximum reinforcement forces based on measured reinforcement strains in the 52-ft (15.85 m) tall section due to surface surcharge.
114
4.5 Maximum reinforcement forces based on measured reinforcement strains in the 30-ft (9.1 m) tall section due to surface surcharge.
114
4.6 Maximum reinforcement forces based on measured reinforcement strains in the 20-ft (6 m) tall section due to surface surcharge.
115
vi
Table
TITLE
Page
4.7 Summary of load-displacement curves for pullout test straps. 120
4.8 Settlement in inches of foundation material 10 ft (3 m) behind the eastern wall.
122
6.1 Maximum axial forces per unit width measured in instrumented straps in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section.
291
6.2 Calculations of lateral earth pressures using the VSW-method for Schoolhouse wall with the FHWA distribution for the effective length of reinforcement (52 ft (15.85 m) section).
295
6.3 Calculated active and effective lengths of reinforcement and the actual embracement factors (52 ft (15.85) section).
296
6.4 Maximum reinforcement forces based on measured reinforcement strains in the 30 ft (9.1 m) high section.
298
6.5 Calculations using VSW method for the 30 ft (9.1 m) section 298
6.6 Calculation of lateral earth pressure for wall-1 (Christopher, 1993) using the VSW-method.
300
6.7 Calculations of lateral earth pressures using the VSW-method for Minnow-Creek wall
302
7.1 Calculations of lateral earth pressures using the VSW-method. 331
vii
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure page
1.1 Typical reinforced earth wall. 13
1.2 External stability modes for reinforced earth walls.
14
2.1 a) Distribution of the theoretical coefficient of lateral earth pressure with depth,
b) Theoretical and experimental failure surfaces, and
c) Computed and measured heights of model walls a failure. (Juran, 1977)
55
2.2 Active failure wedges for reinforced soil walls. 56
2.3 Earth pressure distribution within inextensible reinforced soil per the Coherent Gravity method (Bassett and Last, 1978).
56
2.4 Theoretical distributions for the coefficient of lateral earth pressure with depth. (reproduced from Bonaparte and Schmertmann, 1987)
57
2.5 Compatibility curve between soil and reinforcement (Jewell, 1985).
58
2.6 Internal equilibrium in reinforced earth walls.
59
2.7 Lateral earth pressure distribution for ribbed steel reinforcement per the FHWA Design Manual (Elias and Christopher, 1996).
60
2.8 Measured maximum forces in the geosynthetic reinforcements versus the values predicted using the ko-stiffness method produced by Allen and Bathurst (2001).
61
2.9 Measured maximum forces in reinforcements with different types versus the predicted values using the ko-stiffness method.
62
2.10
Soil-reinforcement interaction: a) frictional resistance, b) friction-bearing for ribbed reinforcement, and c) friction-bearing for steel mesh reinforcement.
63
viii
Figure Page
2.11 External forces acting on reinforced earth walls. 64
2.12 Distributions of pressure under reinforced earth walls: b) Trapezoidal, c) Meyerhof’s.
65
2.13 Plastic zones near roller-soil contact area (Duncan and Seed, 1986).
66
2.14 Assumed stress path due to compaction (Duncan and Seed, 1986).
67
2.15 Schematic of the skin-plate reinforced wall modeled by Chang and Forsyth (1977).
68
2.16 Mohr-Coulomb yield surface confined by the lower and upper bounds (Yu and Sloan, 1997).
69 2.17 Measured maximum strains in the reinforcements in wall
1 (Christopher, 1993).
70
2.18 Geometry of Minnow Creek MSE-wall. 71
2.19 Cross-section of the Minnow Creek wall. 72
2.20 Measured maximum tensile forces in the reinforcements in Creek Minnow wall (Runser, 1999).
73
3.1 Schematics of the instrumented MSE wall: a) Front projection, and b) Plan view.
85
3.2 Construction activities for the Schoolhouse MSE-wall. 86
3.3a Soil boring data for SC-2. 87
3.3b Soil boring data for SC-2a. 88
3.4 Soil profile along the eastern (instrumented) wall. 89
3.5 Instrumented 52-ft (15.85 m) high wall sections (Sections A and B).
90
ix
Figure Page
3.6 Instrumented 30-ft (9.1 m) high wall section (Section C). 91
3.7 Instrumented 20-ft (6 m) high wall section (Section D). 92
3.8 Mounting of strain gages to the straps (spot welding). 93
3.9 Temporary storage of instrumented straps. 94
3.10 Installation of instrumented straps. 95
3.11 Covering of instrumented straps by soil backfill. 95
3.12 Installation of vertical pressure transducer cells. 96
3.13 Contact pressure cell and installation and temporary protection. 97
3.14 Steel cabinet containments and protection of data acquisition. 98
3.15 Piles, and piles sleeves. 99
3.16 End of construction of the project. 100
3.17 Pullout test details: (a) soil overburden conditions, (b) front view and cross-section of test setup.
101
3.18 Configuration of gages for pullout test strap. 102
3.19 Field pullout test strap-panel configuration. 103
3.20 Schematics of pullout test setup: Loading jack and reaction frame.
104
3.21 Field pullout test setup and loading frame. 105
4.1a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.4 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (50.75 ft (15.5 m)) below wall coping).
127
x
Figure Page
4.1b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.4 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section ( 50.75 ft (15.5 m)) below wall coping).
128
4.2a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.9 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (46.25 ft (14.1 m)) below wall coping).
129
4.2b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.9 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (46.25 (14.1 m) ft below wall coping).
130
4.3a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.4 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft ( 15.85 m) tall section ( 41.25 ft (12.6 m) below wall coping).
131
4.3b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.4 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (41.25 ft (12.6 m)) below wall coping).
132
4.4a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 16.25 ft (5 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (36.25 ft (11 m) below wall coping).
133
4.4b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 16.25 ft (5 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (36.25 ft (11 m) below wall coping).
134
4.5a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 23.75 ft (7.2 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (28.75 ft (8.8 m) below wall coping).
135
4.5b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 23.75 ft (7.2 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (28.75 ft (8.8 m) below wall coping).
136
4.6a
Axial force measurements in the strap located at 28.75 ft (8.8 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (23.75 ft (7.2 m) below wall coping).
137
xi
Figure
Page
4.6b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 28.75 ft (8.8 m)
above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (23.75 ft (7.2 m) below wall coping).
138
4.7a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 33.75 ft (10.3 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (18.75 ft (5.7 m) below wall coping).
139
4.7b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 33.75 ft (10.3 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (18.75 ft (5.7 m) below wall coping).
140
4.8a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 41.25 ft (12.6 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (11.25 ft (3.4 m) below wall coping).
141
4.8b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 41.25 ft (12.6 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (11.25 ft (3.4 m) below wall coping).
142
4.9a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 47.75 ft (14.6 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (3.75 ft (1.1 m) below wall coping).
143
4.9b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 47.75 ft (14.6 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (3.75 ft (1.1 m) below wall coping).
144
4.10a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 3.25 ft (1 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (26.75 ft (8.2 m) below wall coping).
145
4.10b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 3.25 ft (1 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (26.75 ft (8.2 m) below wall coping).
146
4.11a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 5.75 ft (1.8 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (24.25 ft (7.4 m) below wall coping).
147
xii
Figure Page
4.11b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 5.75 ft (1.8 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (24.25 ft (7.4 m) below wall coping).
148
4.12a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 8.25 ft (2.5 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (21.75 ft (6.6 m) below wall coping).
149
4.12b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 8.25 ft (2.5 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (21.75 ft (6.6 m) below wall coping).
150
4.13a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 13.25 ft (4 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (16.75 ft (5.1 m) below wall coping).
151
4.13b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 13.25 ft (4 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (16.75 ft (5.1 m) below wall coping).
152
4.14a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 18.25 ft (5.6 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (11.75 ft below wall coping).
153
4.14b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 18.25 ft (5.6 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (11.75 ft (3.6 m) below wall coping).
154
4.15a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 23.25 ft (7.1 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (6.75 ft (2 m) below wall coping).
155
4.15b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 23.25 ft (7.1 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (6.75 ft (2 m) below wall coping).
156
4.16a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.4 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) tall section (18.75 ft (5.7 m) below wall coping).
157
xiii
Figure
Page
4.16b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.4 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) tall section (18.75 ft (5.7 m) below wall coping).
158
4.17a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 3.75 ft (1.1 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) tall section (16.25 ft (5 m) below wall coping).
159
4.17b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 3.75 ft (1.1 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) tall section ( 16.25 ft (5 m) below wall coping).
160
4.18a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.9 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) tall section (13.75 ft below wall coping).
161
4.18b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.9 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) tall section (13.75 ft (4.2 m) below wall coping).
162
4.19a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.4 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) tall section (8.75 ft (2.7 m) below wall coping).
163
4.19b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.4 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) tall section (8.75 ft (2.7 m) below wall coping).
164
4.20a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 16.25 ft (5 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) tall section (3.75 ft (1.1 m) below wall coping).
165
4.20b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 16.25 ft (5 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) tall section (3.75 ft (1.1 m) below wall coping).
166
4.21 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.4 m) above the L.P in the 52 (15.85 m) tall section (50.75 ft (15.5 m)) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling after reinforcement-backfilling.
167
xiv
Figure
Page
4.22 Figure 4.22 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.9 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (46.25 ft (14.1 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling after reinforcement-backfilling.
168
4.23 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.4 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section ( 41.25 ft (12.6 m)below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
169
4.24 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 16.25 ft (5 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section ( 36.25 ft (11 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
170
4.25 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 23.75 ft (7.2 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (28.75 ft (8.8 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
171
4.26 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 28.75 ft (8.8 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (23.75 ft (7.2 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
172
4.27 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 33.75 ft (10.3 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (18.75 ft (5.7 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
173
4.28 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 41.25 ft (12.6 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (11.25 ft (3.4 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
174
4.29 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 47.75 ft (14.6 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (3.75 ft (1.1 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
175
4.30 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 3.25 ft (1 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (26.75 ft (8.2 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
176
4.31 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 5.75 ft (1.8 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (24.25 ft (7.4 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
177
xv
Figure
Page
4.32 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 8.25 ft (2.5 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) tall section (21.75 ft (6.6 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
178
4.33
Axial force measurements in the strap located at 13.25 ft (4 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (16.75 ft (5.1 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
179
4.34 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 18.25 ft (5.6 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (11.75 ft (3.6 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
180
4.35 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 23.25 ft above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (6.75 ft (2 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
181
4.36 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 28.25 ft above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (1.75 ft (0.5 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
182
4.37 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.4 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) tall section (18.75 ft (5.7 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
183
4.38 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 3.75 ft (1.1 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) tall section ( 16.25 ft (5 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
184
4.39 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.9 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) tall section (13.75 ft (4.2 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
185
4.40 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.4 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) tall section (8.75 ft (2.7 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
186
4.41 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 16.25 ft (5 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) tall section (3.75 ft (1.1 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
187
xvi
Figure
Page
4.42 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 18.75 ft (5.7 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) tall section (1.25 ft (0.4 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
188
4.43 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.4 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section ( 50.75 ft (15.5 m)) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
189
4.44 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.9 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section (46.25 ft (14.1 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
190
4.45 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.4 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section ( 41.25 ft (12.6 m)below wall coping) throughout construction period.
191
4.46 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 16.25 ft (5 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section ( 36.25 ft (11 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
192
4.47 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 23.75 ft (7.2 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section (28.75 ft (8.8 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
193
4.48 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 28.75 ft (8.8 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section (23.75 ft (7.2 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
194
4.49 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 33.75 ft (10.3 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section (18.75 ft (5.7 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
195
4.50 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 41.25 ft (12.6 m)above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section (11.25 ft (3.4 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
196
4.51 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 47.75 ft (14.6 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section (3.75 ft (1.1 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
197
xvii
Figure
Page
4.52 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 3.25 ft (1 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) high section (26.75 ft (8.2 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
198
4.53
Measured force profiles in the strap located at 5.75 ft (1.8 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) high section (24.25 ft (7.4 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
199
4.54 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 8.25 ft (2.5 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) high section (21.75 ft (6.6 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
200
4.55 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 13.25 ft (4 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) high section (16.75 ft (5.1 m)below wall coping) throughout construction period.
201
4.56 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 18.25 ft (5.6 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) high section (11.75 ft (3.6 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
202
4.57 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 23.25 ft above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) high section (6.75 ft (2 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
203
4.58 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 28.25 ft above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) high section (1.75 ft (0.5 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
204
4.59 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.4 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) high section (18.75 ft (5.7 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
205
4.60 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 3.75 ft (1.1 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) high section ( 16.25 ft (5 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
206
4.61 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.9 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) high section (13.75 ft below wall coping) throughout construction period.
207
xviii
Figure Page
4.62 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.4 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) high section (8.75 ft below wall coping) throughout construction period.
208
4.63
Measured force profiles in the strap located at 16.25 ft (5 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) high section (3.75 ft (1.1 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
209
4.64 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 18.75 ft (5.7 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) high section (1.25 ft (0.4 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
210
4.65a Built-up vertical earth pressures beneath the reinforced soil mass throughout construction period (52 ft (15.85 m) tall section A).
211
4.65b Built-up vertical earth pressures beneath the reinforced soil mass throughout construction period (52 ft (15.85 m) tall section B).
212
4.66a Vertical earth pressure measurements versus the height of reinforced backfill in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (section A).
213
4.66b Vertical earth pressure measurements versus the height of reinforced backfill in the 52 ft (15.85 m) (15.85 m) (15.85 m) tall section (section B).
214
4.67 Vertical earth pressure profiles along the base of the reinforced soil at different construction stages.
215
4.68a Lateral earth pressure measured 10 ft (3 m) above the leveling pad on the wall facing during construction (Section A).
216
4.68b Lateral earth pressure measurements with fill height above pressure sensor located 10 ft (3 m) above the leveling pad on the wall facing during construction (section A).
217
4.69a Lateral earth pressure measured 5 ft (1.5 m) above the leveling pad on the wall facing during construction (Section B).
218
xix
Figure Page
4.69b Lateral earth pressure measurements with fill height above pressure sensor located 5 ft (1.5 m) above the leveling pad on the wall facing during construction (Section B).
219
4.70a Lateral earth pressure measured 10 ft (3 m) above the leveling pad on the wall facing during construction.
220
4.70b Lateral earth pressure measurements with fill height above pressure sensor located 10 ft (3 m) above the leveling pad on the wall facing during construction.
221
4.71 Pullout load-displacement curves for the four pullout test straps. 222
4.72 Axial force profiles measured along the pullout strap tested under embedded 14.5 ft (4.4 m) below grade under different test loads.
223
4.73 Axial force profiles measured along the pullout strap tested under embedded 23.5 ft (7.2 m) below grade under different test loads.
224
4.74 Axial force profiles measured along the pullout strap tested under embedded 32.5 ft (9.9 m) below grade under different test loads.
225
4.75 Axial force profiles measured along the pullout strap tested under embedded 42.5 ft (13 m) below grade under different test loads.
226
4.76 Deduced frictional stresses along the pullout strap tested under embedded 14.5 ft (4.4 m) below grade under different test loads.
227
4.77 Deduced frictional stresses along the pullout strap tested under embedded 23.5 ft (7.2 m) below grade under different test loads.
228
4.78 Deduced frictional stresses along the pullout strap tested under embedded 32.5 ft (9.9 m) below grade under different test loads.
229
4.79 Deduced frictional stresses along the pullout strap tested under embedded 42.5 ft (13 m) below grade under different test loads.
230
4.80 Deduced friction factors for the pullout strap tested under embedded 14.5 ft (4.4 m) below grade under different test loads.
231
xx
Figure Page
4.81 Deduced friction factors for the pullout strap tested under embedded 23.5 ft (7.2 m) below grade under different test loads.
232
4.82 Deduced friction factors for the pullout strap tested under embedded 32.5 ft (9.9 m) below grade under different test loads.
233
4.83 Deduced friction factors for the pullout strap tested under embedded 42.5 ft (13 m)below grade under different test loads.
234
4.84 Coefficient of friction (pullout factors) for the four pullout test straps.
235
4.85 Locations of the Settlement plates. 236
4.86 Settlement measurements on the eastern wall at different construction corresponding dates.
237
4.87 Wall settlements since October 14th 2000. 238
4.88 Wall deflections in the East-West direction as measured by the wall front survey point at the 52 ft (15.85 m) (15.85 m) (15.85 m) high wall section.
239
4.89 Wall deflections in the North-South direction as measured by the wall front survey point at the 52 ft (15.85 m) (15.85 m) (15.85 m) high wall section.
240
4.90 Wall deflections in the East-West direction as measured by the wall front survey point at the 30 ft (9.1 m) high wall section.
241
4.91 Wall deflections in the North-South direction as measured by the wall front survey point at the 30 ft (9.1 m) high wall section.
242
4.92 Lateral deflections along the height of the 52 ft (15.85 m) (15.85 m) section.
243
4.93 Lateral deflections along the height of the 30 ft (9.1 m) section. 244
xxi
Figure Page
4.94 Deflected shapes of reinforced earth wall: a) influence of wall settlement, and b) influence of wall geometry.
245
4.95 Comparison of the reinforcement maximum axial forces with the FHWA’s method for the 52 ft (15.85 m) (15.85 m) tall section.
246
4.96 Comparison of the locations of reinforcement maximum axial forces with the FHWA’s method.
247
4.97 Comparison of the reinforcement maximum axial forces with the FHWA’s method for the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section.
248
4.98 Comparison of the reinforcement maximum axial forces with the FHWA’s method for the 20 ft (6 m) tall section.
249
4.99 Comparison of the locations of reinforcement maximum axial forces with the FHWA’s method for the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section.
250
4.100 Comparison of the locations of reinforcement maximum axial forces with the FHWA’s method for the 20 ft (6 m) tall section.
251
4.101 Comparison of the measured lateral earth pressure coefficients with the FHWA’s design method.
252
4.102 Comparison of the measured vertical pressure beneath the reinforced soil with the trapezoidal and Meyerhof’s distributions.
253
5.1 a) Descriptive schematic of the two stabilizing systems, b) Equivalent reinforcement to compensate the virtual stable soil slope.
279
5.2 a) transformation of reinforcement elements into an equivalent soil-retaining slope, and b) the equivalent virtual soil slope.
280
5.3 System of forces in the virtual soil-retaining mass. 281
5.4 System of forces and resistances on a) segment I, and b) segment II.
282
xxii
Figure Page
5.5 System of forces and resistances on segment III. 283
5.6 a) Force profile along a reinforcement layer, b) working friction stress along a reinforcement layer, c) working friction resistance stresses for all reinforcement layers.
284
5.7 Frictional working resistance a) along reinforcement working length, and b) along the base of soil-retaining layer
285
5.8 Frictional resistances along the second reinforcement layer. 286
5.9 Effect of underlying reinforcements on the current reinforcement layer.
287
5.10 Sample distributions for the lateral earth pressure coefficients with the reinforced earth walls.
288
5.11 Deduced distributions for the active lengths of the reinforcements, each corresponding to the lateral earth pressure distributions in 5.10.
289
6.1 Axial force profiles measured at the 52 ft (15.85 m) (15.85 m) (15.85 m) high sections at the end of construction with no surface load (forces in lb/ft).
303
6.2 Locations of maximum tensile forces in the reinforcement observed at the Schoolhouse MSE wall.
304
6.3 Measured vs. predicted k/ka values for the Schoolhouse MSE wall.
305
6.4 Observed limiting equilibrium surface versus the VSW method predictions, and the FHWA assumption.
306
6.5 Comparison of the measured lateral earth pressure coefficients with the predictions of the VSW using the VSW distribution for the line of limiting equilibrium.
307
xxiii
Figure
Page
6.6 Measured axial reinforcement loads compared to the FHWA’s approach and the predictions of the VSW-method for the Schoolhouse wall.
338
6.7 VSW-method predictions for k/ka under current and expected ultimate loading conditions compared with the current measurements and FHWA’s design.
309
6.8 VSW-method predictions for axial forces under current and expected ultimate loading conditions compared with the current measurements and FHWA’s design.
310
6.9 Axial force profiles measured at the 30 ft (9.1 m) high sections at the end of construction (forces in lb/ft).
311
6.10 Transformation of surface inclination into equivalent reinforced soil mass.
312
6.11 Measured vs. predicted reinforcement forces using the VSW method for the 30 ft (9.1 m) high section at the Schoolhouse Road MSE wall.
313
6.12 Comparison between the calculated and measured lateral earth pressure coefficients for Christopher (1993) 20 ft (6 m) test high wall.
314
6.13 Comparison between the calculated and the measured reinforcement forces for Christopher (1993) 20 ft (6 m) test high wall.
315
6.14 Comparison between the calculated and measured lateral earth pressure coefficients for Minnow-Creek wall.
316
6.15 Comparison between the calculated and the measured reinforcement forces for Minnow-Creek wall.
317
7.1 Direction of soil dilation for different soil elements at different embedment depths along the line of limiting equilibrium.
332
xxiv
Figure Page
7.2
Influence of lateral confinement on vertical stresses: a) at-rest condition, b) below the at-rest and above the active conditions.
333
7.3 Possible distributions for lateral earth pressure coefficients in reinforced earth walls.
334
7.4 Deduced distributions for pullout factors based on the generated lateral earth pressure coefficients in 7.3.
335
7.5 Coefficient of friction (pullout factors) for the four pullout test straps.
336
7.6 Predicted apparent pullout factors using VSW-method for the Schoolhouse Road MSE-wall.
337
1
CHAPTER I
INTRODUCTION AND RESEARCH MERIT
1.1 INTRODUCTION
Soil reinforcement is one of the major advances in civil engineering practice since
decades. The concept of earth reinforcement has been used by instinct since centuries
where a stiffer intrusion is used to enhance the behavior of a deformable material and
produce a new stiffer composite material that can withstand tensile forces. The inclusion
of linear or planner tensile resistance supplement to the soil made it possible to replace
the conventional design options that are usually accompanied by costly materials and
construction, high quality control measures, and trained personnel. Earth reinforcement
involves many techniques such as: soil nailing, tiebacks, ground anchors, and soil
reinforcement. Soil reinforcement has only recently gained more academic interest than
ever before due to the advantages associated with this technology. In fact, earth
reinforcement has appeared as a commercial trademark and constituted a separate and
independent icon in geotechnical and highway engineering.
Earlier practice involved the use of the conventional cantilever and gravity
retaining type of structures. These relatively rigid retaining structures cannot
accommodate significant differential settlement, unless a competitive foundation soil is
deployed. Such problems become more pronounced when the height of the structure
increases and the foundation soil becomes weaker. On the other hand, the flexibility of
mechanically stabilized earth walls, MSEW, offers significant tolerance to the differential
2
settlement. Thus, the need for strong underlying foundation soil is not as strict as required
for the case the conventional retaining walls, making the MSEW system an ideal
alternative to the conventional system. The technical and commercial success of this
earth retaining system are characterized by the cost efficiency, ease of construction and
simplicity, reliability, adoptability to different site conditions, as well as the ability to
withstand substantial deformation without distress. These advantages have gained
increasing academic interests resulting in more intense research covering various areas of
concerns and/or verifying newly proposed application fields.
Vidal (1969) was the first to introduce the modern concept of soil reinforcement
in an interesting case study in France. Ever since, worldwide research and demonstration
projects have evolved under the sponsorship of different agencies: US Department of
Transportation (Walkinshaw, 1975), United Kingdome Department of Transportation
(Murray, 1977), as well as various leading agencies and laboratories in France (Schlosser,
1977). In the United States, the first reinforced earth system was built in California in
1972, whereas the first commercial use was in 1977 for Southern California Edison
Power Company. Thousands of walls have been constructed in the US ever since, and
over 12000 similar structures were built worldwide (Mitchell, 2000).
Reinforced earth systems can be categorized according to the method of
installation, geometry, or/and according to the reinforcing elements. Soil nailing is a
reinforcement technique for original, undisturbed grounds, whereas reinforced soil slopes
(RSS) and reinforced earth walls are cast within a remolded soil mass to sustain or
retrieve the stability of a retained mass, furnish a better ground for higher superstructural
loads, and/or reshape surface terrain for highway applications. Earth reinforcement has
3
been widely used in various highway constructions and general civil engineering
structures either permanently or temporarily. In general, earth reinforcement well suite
for steep terrain, undesirable ground conditions, and for cases associated with possible
high ground deformation.
Currently, earth reinforcement is used for various engineering applications
covering highway and railway engineering (bridge abutments, and embankments),
foundation engineering (geogrid web, reinforced foundations over weak soils, reinforced
earth slab over cavities), dam engineering (reinforced earth-fill dams, and dam water
upraise), industrial facilities (rock crushing plants, mineral storage bunkers, containment
tanks, and settlement tanks and lagoons), as well as for military purposes (army bunkers,
traverse and blast shelters). The majority of MSE walls used for permanent application
incorporates the segmental precast concrete facing and galvanized steel reinforcements.
On the other hand, the geotextile-faced retaining walls have enjoyed popularity for
temporary application. The wall with modular block dry cast facing unit with grid as the
reinforcement (MBW) has recently gained wide acceptance for permanent applications.
As shown in Figure 1.1, mechanically stabilized earth wall (MSEW) system
primarily consists of three components: facing element and level pad, reinforced
frictional soil mass, and reinforcing intrusions. They are generally categorized according
to the reinforcement material, deformability, geometry, stress transfer mechanism, as well
as placement/construction method. However, Adib (1988) indicated that the stresses that
are carried by the reinforcement depend on both the type density and type of
reinforcement. The total load carried by the extensible reinforcement can be the same as
that in the inextensible given that the density of the extensible reinforcement is high
4
enough to prevent soil from yielding (Mitchell 2000). Reinforcement can either deform
without rapture as in the case of geosynthetics (geotextiles and geogrids). Presently
various functional and commercial wall facing and reinforcement categories are available
allowing numerous engineering applications using this technique.
Similar to other structures, a successful design of mechanically stabilized earth
wall is the one that is globally and locally safe complying with the provisional
serviceability and durability requirements. It’s a process of location, selection,
specification and sizing. Location as to locate the most efficient spot with the utmost
savings in material and effort. Selection of the appropriate structure type, material, and
placement. Specifying the desired material properties and minimum quality control
measures, and determining the suitable reinforcement lengths and layouts in such a way
to comply external and internal stability, as well as satisfy the serviceability and
durability requirements.
As shown in Figure 1.2, external stability involves four distinct stability checkups.
Provided the foundation material properties, as well as external geometry attributes, deep
rotational stability is investigated using either one of the readily available, reliable limit
equilibrium analysis methods. Other external stability analyses cover the foundation
bearing capacity and settlement of the foundation material with provisions to check for
overturning of the reinforced mass, as well as sliding at the reinforced mass-foundation
interface under both static loads and seismic conditions. In fact, these are the same
external analysis conducted in the conventional gravity or cantilever retaining structures,
where the reinforced mass is treated as a composite homogeneous mass, and the
5
reinforcement should be long enough to prevent either one from occurring, and thus
providing an externally safe structure.
Internal stability necessarily means producing a competent and coherent mass that
ultimately self-standing, complying with the desired engineering objectives within the
prescribed limits and tolerances. By the end of the internal stability analyses, the size of
the reinforcing elements is determined, and the reinforcements are optimally arranged
and spaced in such a way to mechanically resist the gravitational and the super-structural
loads without reinforcement rapture or slippage (pullout) failures. Internal stability at
each reinforcement level is accomplished based the stress-deformation behavior of the
reinforcement mass using the working stress method of analysis. This demand a good
understanding of the internal and external loads, as well as the mechanisms and the
interactions associated with the proposed engineering structure.
The internal stability analysis of mechanically stabilized earth walls aims at
selecting reinforcement locations spacing and lengths based on the wall dimensions,
along with the properties of the soil and reinforcement. It should involve local stability
check at each reinforcement level and allow the occurrence of progressive failures, if
susceptible. Major areas of concern in the design of a reinforced soil mass include the
internal loads/stresses distributions, mechanical properties of the constituting material,
the interactions along their interfaces, as well as the simplifying design/analysis
assumptions with respect to material characteristics. Ultimately, these backgrounds are
useful in the sense that neither reinforcement breakage nor slippage is likely, and that a
coherent, internally stable, presumably rigid-like mass is obtained.
6
This research focuses on the design and analysis of mechanically stabilized earth
walls. A new method for the design and analysis will be developed taking into the
intensities and lengths of the reinforcement layers. This new method, called “Virtual Soil
Wedge” method will rationalize the distributions of the lateral earth pressure coefficients
and pullout resistance factors with depth. In this method, the lateral earth pressures, the
maximum forces in the reinforcement, and the pullout resistance of the reinforcement
will be related to the spacing and length of the reinforcements, and the height of the
reinforced soil mass.
An instrumentation monitoring program has also been carried out on a full-scale
52 ft (15.85 m) high reinforced earth wall. The instrumentation program aims at
monitoring the earth pressures and the axial forces in the reinforcements. To validate the
new method developed in this research, the field measurements will be compared with
the predictions of the new method. The field measurements will also be compared with
current design method recommended by the FHWA Design Manual.
1.2 STATEMENT OF THE PROBLEM AND SIGNIFICANCE OF WORK
Currently, there is no universally agreed approach for design and analysis of MES
wall analysis and design (Mitchell et al., 1987; Leshchinsky, 1987; Jewell, 1990;
Bonaparte, 1990; Gourc, 1990; Christopher, 1993; Elias, 1996; Liang, 1998). However,
the concepts of working stress have been widely described and recognized (Schlosser,
1988; Jewell 1988; Juran 1988; Christopher 1993; Liang 1998, etc.). Yet, the most
popular methods are empirical and are developed based on model tests (Elias and
Christopher, 1996). Despite the fact that they may provide a conservative design tool, the
7
available design methods failed to clearly demonstrate the merits of the distributions
upon which the design is based.
Initially, earth reinforcement was studied based on an analogy with reinforced
concrete, where earth reinforcement was assumed to resist tensile soil stresses, and was
treated as an anchored structure. Bassett and Last (1978) contradicted the analogy
indicating that soil reinforcement aims at resisting tensile soil strains instead. They
highlighted more questions and urged more effort to be directed towards the
understanding of soil-reinforcement interaction.
Despite the fact that reinforcement stiffness has been addressed by many
researchers (Juran, 1977; Juran and Schlosser, 1978; Schlosser and Elias, 1978;
Bonaparte and Schmertmann, 1987; and others), the reinforcement stiffness effects are
not yet well defined. The distribution of lateral earth pressure along the wall height, as
well as the shape of likely failure surface were related to the stiffness of the
reinforcement. However, the wall facing material would have a share of responsibility, if
not all, of producing such phenomena. The significantly higher pressure underneath the
wall facing than under the reinforced mass would definitely lead to larger settlement
under the wall facing. This would, in turn, deflect the reinforcement in a way to produce
peak reinforcement axial forces at some distance from the wall.
The influence of reinforcement stiffness, however, might not be limited to the
failure surface and the lateral earth pressure. It is very likely that reinforcement stiffness
will play a significant role in depicting the distribution of normal stresses within and
underneath the reinforced mass, thus influencing the external performance of the mass.
Internally, the reinforcement-soil interaction would be better understood given the normal
8
stress distributions being well understood. This would also indirectly elucidate the
significance of reinforcement layout (spacing and length) that would alter the state of
stresses and soil-reinforcement frictional distributions.
The current method recommended by the FHWA, of predicting the reinforcement
resistance to pullout assumes a uniformly distributed mobilized friction along the
anchorage length of reinforcement. This method has some drawbacks that could result in
discrepancies between predicted pullout behavior and actual field test data. These
drawbacks are:
I. The method fails to grasp the interactions between reinforcement throughout
the depth, ignoring the integrity of the remaining elements of the resistance
matrix (other surrounding reinforcement). The layout of surrounding
reinforcement will alter the level of stress at the point of test resulting in the
deficiencies in predicting the pullout capacity. The influence of the stress level
cannot be fully considered by the effective normal stress, the added
confinement from the surrounding reinforcement would also influence the
pullout capacity. Pullout failure of a single reinforcing element will be
influenced by neighboring reinforcements as well as the way they are packed,
arranged and their extent.
II. This method assumes a constant coefficient of friction regardless of the length
of the reinforcement. In addition to material properties, it is assumed to vary
only with depth; for a given reinforcement, at a certain test depth, there is a
corresponding coefficient of friction which is a constant value all along the
reinforcement, for whatever reinforcement’s length.
9
Available design methods are mostly based on reduced scale, model tests, or field
tests. This resulted in the development of empirical or semi-empirical formulas that are
limited for structures similar to those upon which they were developed. No rational
design procedure has been proven to be superior in predicting the behavior and response
of reinforced earth walls. The shortage of current practice in predicting the internal
response of reinforced mass, as shown by either overestimating or underestimating the
forces carried by the reinforcement, has been reported by many researchers (Collin, 1986,
Christopher, 1993).
Bassett and Last (1978) introduced simple diagram for the distribution of lateral
earth pressure coefficient based on the global stiffness to calculate the reinforcement
forces. Christopher (1993) conducted a study of reinforced earth walls and reinforced soil
slopes using different construction material, and shapes. Based on the finding of this
research, and previous contributions of different researchers, Elias and Christopher
(1996) summarized the design method, specifications, requirements, and variables in a
design manual that was adopted by the FHWA. In the FHWA method, the distribution of
normalized earth pressure coefficient is determined only based on the material types; e.g.,
inextensible such as metal strip, steel bars, and extensible reinforcement such as geogrid,
and woven and non-woven geotextile, ignoring all others influential factors. In all above-
mentioned approaches, the three types of failure planes, namely the Coulomb triangle,
and bi-linear failure plan and wedge failure plane, have been assigned for extensible and
inextensible reinforcement, respectively.
The study conducted by Collin (1986) indicated that the predicted reinforcement
forces by the Coherent Gravity method failed to approximate the actual measured forces.
10
He based his work on two actual field cases: Hayward wall, and Dunsmuir. Measured
reinforcement forces in the former wall were about 50% more than calculated, while for
the later wall predictions were 60% more than the measured. The failure of current design
methods to incorporate reinforcement stiffness has been frequently addressed in
explaining for these shortcomings. Research efforts were only capable of qualitatively
indicating the significance of reinforcement stiffness rather than quantitatively
understanding its contributions to the reinforced soil system.
Available design and analysis methods also involve simplifying assumptions,
predetermined dimensions that would often lead to unnecessary conservancy, and
additional cost and effort. The assumptions are not necessarily applicable to all
reinforcement and reinforced soil structures types. Restrictions and limiting conditions
allowing for either assumption need to be modified. The ignorance of the level of
confinement caused by the reinforcement layout and stiffness, and the dismissal of the
effects of wall facing material and geometry are another two major drawbacks of
available methods.
The development of a new design and analysis method with enhanced features
and improved predictabilities capabilities is the ultimate goal of this research. The new
method would overcome the shortcomings and drawbacks of currently available methods.
A method which is enforced with more analytic tools that will help reach out and explore
different areas of concern in the MSEW systems.
In the proposed method, the pullout capacity will be related to the following
reinforcement variables: horizontal and vertical spacing, the effective length, and the
overburden depth of the reinforcement. The influences of these variable on the pullout
11
resistance will be accounted for by investigating their effects on the confining and
vertical pressures within the reinforced soil mass.
To accomplish the goals of this research, the results of an instrumented 52-ft
(15.85 m) high mechanically stabilized wall (MSEW) constructed at the Muskingum
County (project MUS-16-7.16) will be studied, analyzed, and interpreted using the
developed methodology. The results of the monitoring study will also enrich the current
practice, and provide a practical proof for the new proposed method. The wall is 52-ft
(15.85 m) in total height, and about 700-ft (213.35 m) long, constructed using steel ribbed
reinforcement. The reinforced earth wall system was instrumented with strain gages to
measure the reinforcement axial forces. Pressure transducer cells are also used to measure
both vertical pressures on the foundation material and the lateral earth pressures exerted
on the wall facing. Four sections of the wall were instrumented: two at the 52-ft (15.85
m) high section, one at the 30-ft (9.15 m) high, and one at the 20-ft (6 m) high wall
section. The data will be presented, and used to evaluate the validity of the developed
method.
More specifically, the instrumentation results will be employed in such a ways to
serve in the accomplishing the following objectives:
• Enhance and enrich the current practice and knowledge of the behavior of MSEW
structure.
• The development of a new design/analysis method with better accuracy than the
available methods, more features to overcome the shortcomings of the existing design
12
methods and rationalize the distributions of lateral earth pressure coefficients and
pullout resistance factors with depth of reinforced earth walls.
• Validate the new method to be developed in this research by comparing the
predictions of the method with the field measured axial forces of the reinforcement,
lateral earth pressures, and the pullout resistance of the reinforcements.
• Validate the method recommended by the FHWA Design Manual by comparing the
predictions of this method with the field measurements.
1.3 RESEARCH OBJECTIVES
The objectives of this study are as follow:
• Conduct a comprehensive literature review for relevant works, more intensively
for work related to reinforcement stiffness effects.
• Examine the influence of the size of the reinforcement (spacing and length) on the
earth pressures and the reinforcement forces in reinforced earth walls.
• Develop a new design and analysis method that will account for the influences of
the reinforcement spacing and length, and the height of the wall. The method,
which will be referred to as the “Virtual Soil Wedge, VSW” method, will offer
additional design and analysis tools, and will be capable of accurately predicting
different behavioral aspects of the reinforced earth walls.
• Present and interpret the monitoring results of a fully instrumented MSEW, to
evaluate the adequacy of the developed methodology and to enrich the literature
13
with useful data pertaining to the design/analysis of mechanically stabilized earth
walls, including the interactions between constituting elements.
• Examine the adequacy and the accuracy of the current method recommended by
the FHWA Design Manual.
• Develop recommendations for future MSEW designs and construction, with
possible outcome of a safe and more economic design.
Figure 1.1 Typical reinforced earth wall.
Facing
reinforcedbackfill
reinforcement
reinforcedbackfill
leveling pad
Originalground Excavation
limits
Finished grade
14
a) Sliding c) Rotational
c) Bearing capacity d) Deep-seated (rotational)
Figure 1.2 External stability modes for reinforced earth walls.
15
CHAPTER II
LITERATURE REVIEW
The concept using the reinforcement to improve the behavior of poor or marginal
soils can be traced back to the early time of 17th and 18th centuries. People used straw,
branches and wood, bamboo as reinforcement for mud dwellings at that time. The
modern technology for the reinforced earth retaining wall started in the late 1960s after
the success of Vidal’s first steel strip wall in France (Vidal, 1969). Thereafter, more
extensive researches have been carried out in the same area aiming at better
understanding of the soil-reinforcement interaction, providing a consensus design
approach, and enhancing the design efficiency. Research efforts have covered different
aspects of concern to the design and analysis of reinforced earth structures, including the
external stability, sizing for internal stability, as well as some of the material
characteristic behavior, such as reinforcement stiffness effects, and soil dilation behavior.
The subsequent sections will describe in details some of the contributions of previous
researchers in the areas pertaining to the internal stability of reinforced earth walls.
2.1 INTERNAL STABILITY
A major issue in the process of determining the reinforcement dimensions and
spacing for internal stability is the successful prediction of the location and shape of the
internal failure surface within the reinforced soil mass, as well as the mechanisms of
occurrence, failure initiation and progress. The most commonly and conveniently used
methods for internal stability analysis of reinforced earth walls are test model-based and
16
the limit equilibrium-based methods, where the reinforced soil mass is analyzed primarily
at the incipient of failure. Two popular limit equilibrium-based approaches are usually
adopted: the first approach was derived from the stability analysis of a wedge defined by
the failure surface, and the second approach was based on the theory of plasticity. The
later approach is primarily applied to geosynthetic (geogrid and geotextile) reinforcement
(Bonaparte and Schmertmann, 1987). Finite element analysis has also been used for
internal stability analysis of reinforced earth wall, and will be reviewed independently in
the later sections.
2.1.1 Lateral earth pressure and internal failure surface
A basic understanding of the distribution of lateral soil pressure within the zone of
reinforcement is a crucial factor in the design for internal stability of the reinforced soil
mass. Various limit equilibrium based methods involved different assumptions regarding
the internal failure surface, which generally, is defined by the locus of the maximum axial
forces in the reinforcement. The more commonly used internal failure surfaces include:
the single-plane failure surface by the UK Department of Transportation (1978), infinite
slope failure surfaces proposed by Ingold (1982), logarithmic spiral failure surface
advocated by Juran (1977), Bassett and Juran (1989) and Gourc et al. (1990), bi-linear
wedge failure surface discussed by Bassett and Last (1978), Stocker et al. (1979),
Romstad et al. (1978), Mitchell et al. (1987), Christopher (1993), and Elias and
Christopher (1996), and circular failure surface elucidated by Phan et al. (1979), Christie
and El Hadi (1979), Liang (1998), and Grounc (1990).
17
Initial design theory was based on the classical Coulomb failure wedge and
Rankine earth pressure theories. See, for example, Baquelin (1978), and Lee et al. (1973),
where the failure surface was presumably not influenced by the presence of
reinforcement. An active failure wedge was assumed to develop at the wall toe and
extend upwards at an angle of 45+φ/2 from the horizon, where φ is the angle of internal
friction of the backfill soil. The lateral earth pressure was assumed to increase with depth.
The tensile forces of reinforcements were computed using the equivalent tributary area of
Rankine’s lateral earth pressure distribution and the maximum tensile force were
considered to be at the wall facing. Reinforcement was treated as a tieback with a
sufficient anchorage length to provide the necessary resistance. This method ignores the
influence of the reinforcement on the properties of the reinforced soil mass.
Earlier researches conducted in France (Schlosser and Long, 1974; Vidal (1966)
indicated the suitability of Coulomb wedge for extensible reinforced soil structures. The
less extensible or inextensible reinforcements restrain the development of the wedge and
reshape the line of maximum tensile forces into a logarithmic spiral curve. Juran (1977)
suggested that the state of stresses and strains responsible for the development of the
internal failure surface would be altered by the presence of reinforcement. He conducted
an experimental and theoretical study of reinforced earth walls to determine the minimum
height of the reinforced earth wall that would cause the wall to fail. The experimental
study included model wall tests, in which the walls were failed by increasing the fill
heights. This enabled the observation of the shape of the internal failure surface. In the
analytical study, Juran (1977) analyzed each soil layer within the reinforced soil mass
independently to locate the likely failure surface using the distributions shown in Figure
18
2.1a for the lateral earth pressure coefficients. These distributions were: the at-rest earth
pressure coefficient, the active earth pressure coefficient, and the coefficients determined
experimentally based on the reinforcement maximum tensile force, Tmax, reinforcement
horizontal and vertical spacing, Sh, and Sv, respectively, and the soil overburden. The
calculations of the experimental k values were based on the following two assumptions:
strain compatibility between the soil and the reinforcement, and frictionless soil-soil
interface. Based on these assumptions, the experimental k values could be obtained using
the following expression:
(2.1)
Where � is the unit weight of the reinforced soil, and Hf is the height of the soil fill that
will cause the model wall to fail.
The analysis and model wall tests indicated that the failure surface could be
approximated by a logarithmic spiral as shown in Figure 2.1b. The calculated heights of
the fill that caused the wall to fail were compared with the experimental measurements in
Figure 2.1c. As shown in this figure, the experimental failure causing heights were
represented by a line. The failure heights calculated based on the logarithmic spiral
failure surface had the same slope and trend as those of the experimental measurements,
with the main discrepancy being the intercept, Hi. Juran (1977) tried to explain for this
discrepancy by referring to the effects of the skin rigidity of the reinforced soil wall
model that were not accommodated in the analysis.
However, the work presented by Juran (1997) was based on assumption of strain
compatibility at the soil-reinforcement interface. Based on this assumption, Juran
indicated that friction stresses would only develop along the reinforcement-soil contact
hvf SSHTk
γmax=
19
area. No friction would develop along the soil-soil interface. These two assumptions
could lead to serious discrepancies regarding the deduced internal failure surface.
Moreover, the assumption of strain compatibility at the reinforcement-soil interface does
not necessarily imply having a frictionless soil-soil surface. Even with strain
compatibility between the soil and the reinforcement, friction stresses may still develop
along the soil-soil interface. Strain compatibility requires adequate bonding between the
reinforcement and the soil. However, even with enough bonding between the materials at
their interface, the bonding between the soil particles away from the reinforcement may
not be enough to prevent the relative movements between soil particles. These relative
movements will cause friction stresses to develop along the soil-soil interface.
The scale effects due to the small size of the model walls are another possible
source of discrepancy. The presence of the reinforcement, the reinforcement material, and
the reinforcement spacing and length would influence the stresses within the reinforced
soil mass significantly. Based on the intensities and lengths of the reinforcement, the
reinforced soil mass could be under active or at-rest condition. The influence of the size
of reinforcement can not be accommodated for in a model walls. Another concern in the
internal stability of reinforced earth walls will be the use of the conventional lateral earth
pressure coefficients, the at-rest, ko, and the active, ka, coefficients. The presence of the
reinforcement, the reinforcement type, and the reinforcement spacing and length may
also change the magnitudes and the definitions of the lateral earth pressure coefficients.
In fact, the reinforced soil mass will have an apparent cohesion due to the presence of the
reinforcement as well the reinforcement type and size. This means that, it will be possible
to have safe and stable reinforced soil masses with lateral earth pressure coefficients less
20
than the active. Similarly, it will be possible to have a reinforced soil mass with lateral
earth pressure coefficient higher than the at-rest. Accordingly, the influence of the
reinforcement type, spacing, and length on the horizontal and vertical pressures needs to
investigated and taken into account in the analysis and design of reinforced earth walls.
Lee et al. (1973) and Schlosser and Long (1974) independently reported that
failure in reinforced soil wall would start at the highest stressed reinforcement at the
bottom of the wall, close to the wall facing, then propagates upwards in a curvilinear
manner. Schlosser and Elias (1978) indicated that the line of maximum reinforcement
tensile forces is located within a lateral distance of 30% of the wall height from the wall
face, and proposed that this line intersect with the wall at its toe at 45o. Lee et al. (1973)
also observed a rotational type of failure around the toe with Coulomb failure plane.
Bassett and Last (1978) investigated the significance of reinforcement orientation in
optimizing the performance of the reinforced soil system. The location and the angle of
placement of the reinforcement are determined based on the direction of principal strains.
This will restrain the lateral deformations and produce a mass with a zero volume change
similar to the undrained conditions of cohesive soils. Furthermore, based on their
observations, they indicated that the bottom of the reinforced earth wall rotated about the
wall top, which was believed to be under at-rest conditions.
Juran and Schlosser (1978) conducted a series of triaxial, model, and full-scale
tests to investigate the soil-reinforcement interaction, and the stability of the reinforced
wall system. Their model tests indicated that the actual wall heights required to fail the
reinforced soil wall were higher than the heights predicted by Rankine’s theory. They
confirmed that the line of maximum reinforcement tensile forces would start from the
21
wall toe, and propagate according to the Coulomb wedge to half wall height, and then
become vertical for the upper half of the wall. Their work provided additional evidence
on the work done earlier by Bassett and Last (1978) concerning the vertical and
horizontal zero extension lines within the reinforced soil mass, and the significance of the
location and type of failure plain in the design of reinforced soil walls. The full-scale
measurements made by Bassett and Last (1978) indicated higher tensile forces in
reinforcements in the upper portion of the wall suggesting the presence of higher values
for the lateral pressure coefficients in the upper portion of the wall than these predicted
by Rankine’s theory. They stated that at-rest conditions and at-rest earth pressure
coefficient, ko, will prevail at the upper portion of the wall, decreasing to the active
conditions and active earth pressure coefficient, ka, at the middle of the wall height and
beneath.
Juran and Schlosser (1978) indicated that the distribution of the lateral earth
pressure coefficients can be used to justify for the shape of the line of maximum tensile
reinforcement forces. The higher values of the lateral earth pressure coefficients at the
upper portion of the wall provide a restraint to the wall movement, and with the lower
reinforcement being the first likely to slide out, the upper reinforcement translates
downwards, reaching a state of kinematic equilibrium with the upper portion of the likely
failure surface being approximately vertical. Furthermore, based on basic mechanics and
field observations, they introduced an internal design method using a logarithmic spiral
failure surface. They considered the case of reinforcement failure by breakage, assuming
fully mobilized shear stress along the internal failure surface and zero soil interlayer
friction.
22
Schlosser and Elias (1978) modified on the work of Juran (1977), and Juran and
Schlosser (1978) by simplifying the failure surface into bi-linear planes and limiting the
distance at which the failure line intercepts the upper surface of the wall to a maximum of
30% of the ultimate wall height. Similar to the logarithmic spiral surface, failure starts
from the toe, inclines up to half the wall height, and intersects a vertical line located at
0.3H away from the wall face, as shown in Figure 2.2. Bassett and Last (1978), on the
other hand, suggested that the lateral earth pressure coefficients would vary with the
location along the height of the wall. They stated that the at-rest earth pressure
coefficient, ko, would prevail at the top of the wall, linearly decreasing to the active
lateral earth pressure coefficient, ka, at 20 ft (6 m) below wall top. Below this point down
to the leveling pad, L.P., of the wall, the lateral earth pressure coefficient would be
constant and equal to the active lateral earth pressure coefficient. This distribution is
referred to as the “Coherent Gravity Distribution Method” and is depicted in Figure 2.3.
Jacky’s and Rankine’s equations are used to evaluate ko, and ka, respectively, as:
ko = 1 – sin φ and ka = tan2 (45 – φ/2) (2.2)
with φ is the angle of internal friction of the soil.
Bonaparte and Schmertmann (1987) studied the relation between the horizontal
stress and the horizontal strain of a soil element. They were able to deduce the
relationship between the lateral earth pressure and reinforcement stiffness as shown in
Figure 2.4. For the theoretically (100%) extensible reinforcement, the lateral soil pressure
can be determined by the active Rankine pressure. Decreasing the reinforcement
extensibility, as indicated by the increase in its stiffness, results in higher lateral earth
pressures in the upper portion of the wall, approaching the at-rest condition. For
23
extremely high reinforcement stiffness, theoretically absolute inextensible reinforcement,
at-rest can be appropriate for the whole reinforced soil mass. However, the work done by
Bonaparte and Schmertmann was based on the assumed strain compatibility at the soil-
reinforcement interface, ignoring the relative soil-reinforcement movements for all
reinforcement types. These relative movements cause wall deflections and deformations
that would, in turn, lead to discrepancies in estimating the forces to be resisted by the
reinforcement. The strain compatibility could only be conveniently assumed for geogrids.
The stiffness of the reinforcement has been defined as the area, Ar, of the
reinforcement in the tributary unit area of the wall, multiplied by the elastic modulus, Er,
of the reinforcement. The tributary area of the wall is given as the product of the
horizontal spacing, Sh, and the vertical spacing, Sv, of the reinforcement. The stiffness of
the reinforcement is calculated as:
K = Er As /( Sh Sv) 2.3
The current definition of the reinforcement stiffness dismisses the influence of the
length of reinforcement. However, increasing the length of reinforcement, within certain
limits, allows for reducing the horizontal spacing of reinforcement. Also bear in mind
that changing the length of reinforcement alters the lateral confining pressure acting on
the reinforced soil. Based on these two considerations, it may be advisable to include the
length of reinforcement in the definition of the reinforcement stiffness to better represent
the response of the reinforced soil mass.
Jewell (1985) presented conceptual soil-reinforcement compatibility curves that
accounted for the influence of reinforcement stiffness. Due to the inherent assumption of
reinforcement-soil strain compatibility, the developed curve was only intended for
24
geogrid reinforcement, since it allows soil penetration within its apertures. Jewell (1985)
related the mobilized internal angle of friction of the soil to the tensile strains of the
reinforcement for the cases of loose and dense sands as shown in Figure 2.5a. Using this
figure, and given the mobilized friction resistance, φmob, of the reinforced soil, the
reinforcement strains are determined. These strains are then used to obtain the available
axial force from Figure 2.5b under the anticipated time duration of loading. Using the
simple Rankine’s analysis, the mobilized frictional resistance curves shown in Figure
2.5a are used to calculate the maximum required forces for each reinforcement strains
and each reinforcement location. The maximum required forces are compared with the
available forces in Figure 2.5c. For the reinforcement to be in horizontal equilibrium with
the soil layer, the required reinforcement forces should be equal to the available forces.
Two points of equilibrium are indicated in Figure 2.5c for loose and dense soil
conditions. Then, and based on the limiting reinforcement axial strain of 10%, marked in
this figure, the required reinforcement forces at critical soil condition should be equal to
safety factor, FS, times the critical maximum available reinforcement force, Pvc. Jewell
(1985) used a safety factor, FS, equal to 1.5 in the approach he presented.
The method presented by Jewell (1985) requires laboratory tests to obtain
numeric values for the conceptual soil-reinforcement compatibility curves. The suitability
of this method and the compatibility curves will be questioned for reinforcements other
than the geogrids. This is due to the inherent assumption of the strain compatibility
between the reinforcement and the soil. However, if intended for reinforcement other
than the geogrids, it needs to be configured for the possible differences in shapes,
intercepts, magnitudes and scales along the vertical axes in Figures 2.5a, b and c.
25
Although the soil-reinforcement strain compatibility has been originally adopted
only for geogrid-reinforced soils, Jewell (1980), and Dyer and Milligan (1984) indicated
that perfect adherence at the soil-reinforcement interface under working stress conditions
can be reasonably assumed for steel ribbed reinforcement only at the locations of the
maximum reinforcement tensile forces. Accordingly, strain compatibility between the
reinforcement and the soil could be assumed to facilitate the analysis of the local
horizontal equilibrium of each reinforcement layer and the tributary area, shown in
Figure 2.6. The tributary area is equal to the product of the vertical and horizontal
spacing, Sv and Sh, respectively. Soil-reinforcement interface is assumed to be under
perfect adherence at the location of maximum reinforcement tensile force (Ehrlich and
Mitchell, 2000), which implies that:
εxr = εxs (2.4)
where εxr and εxs are the strains of the reinforcement and the horizontal soil strain (in the
x-direction), respectively, at the location of maximum reinforcement tensile force.
Mitchell (1987) and Christopher (1993) describe available design methods in
details, and show that based on the value of the global stiffness, the reinforcement forces
at the ultimate state can be calculated using the normalized distribution of the earth
pressure coefficient along the wall height (Coherent Gravity Method). Reinforcement is
modeled as a linear elastic material at the location of maximum reinforcement tension
force. As shown in Figure 2.6, the maximum tension, Tmax, carried by the reinforcement
and lateral earth pressure coefficient, k, are related to the reinforcement strain and the
overburden stress, σv, as:
Tmax = Er Ar εxr (2.5)
26
Tmax = k σv Sv Sh- (2.6a)
k = Tmax / (σv Sv Sh) (2.6b)
This method also involves the assumption of zero soil interlayer friction. The validity of
this assumption has been argued and questioned earlier.
Elias and Christopher (1996) developed systematic guidelines covering the design
and analyses of reinforced earth walls and reinforced soil, which resulted in the
publication of the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA-SA-96-071) Design Manual
with specifications, material requirements, and detailed design examples. They modified
upon the lateral earth pressure distribution proposed by Bassett and Last (1978) by
changing the limiting values for the lateral earth pressure coefficients as shown in Figure
2.7.
The current practice relevant to the design and analysis of reinforced earth walls
is based on the research efforts of different researchers and contributors. Starting from the
evolution of the concept by Vidal (1969), followed by the distinguished effort by Juran
(1977) who provided interpretation of the shape of the internal failure surface and the
distributions of the lateral earth pressure coefficients. The results presented in Juran
(1977) were put into a simpler, design adoptable formulation by Schlosser and Elias
(1978) for the failure surface, and by Bassett and last (1978) for the lateral earth pressure
distributions and the development of the coherent gravity method. The deduced failure
planes and lateral earth pressure distributions were based on model tests, and were
represented semi-empirically. Elias and Christopher (1996) prepared the FHWA Design
Manual summarizing the combined finding of different researchers since the evolution of
the reinforced soil walls and slopes. The current practices, however, have the
27
disadvantages of being based on model wall test, assumption of strain compatibility
condition between the soil and the reinforcement, negligence of the friction stresses along
the soil interlayer, and negligence of the influences of the reinforcement length and
stiffness on the lateral and vertical earth pressures.
For some field cases, the current design methods have been shown to either
underestimate or overestimate the actual field conditions and wall behavior. For example,
Collin (1986) presented the results of two instrumented walls: Hayward wall, and
Dunsmuir wall. Based on the measured reinforcement forces, Collin reported that the
coherent gravity method failed to represent the actual field conditions. Measured
reinforcement forces in the two walls were 50% more and 60% less than the forces
calculated by the coherent gravity method. This was an indication of the limited
applicability of the coherent gravity method only to the walls similar to the model walls
from which the method was developed. He also indicated that the lack of knowledge of
the reinforcement stiffness resulted in considerable differences between various
instrumented sections at the same reinforced wall. Collin (1986) called for additional
effort to be directed toward the development of a rational approach that considers the
reinforcement stiffness contributions more effectively.
Lee et al. (1994) reported the failure of four reinforced earth walls that were built
along two sections of a highway in eastern Tennessee. The first wall failed during
constructions, the second failed a month later, while the other two walls began to show
signs of damage eight months after construction. The walls were 39.5 to 49.0 ft (12 to 18
m) high with 5 x 5 ft (~1.5 x 1.5 m) precast concrete cruciform facing, and inclined
embankment at 1.5H:1V. The reinforced earth walls were designed by the Reinforced
28
Earth Company, with 2 inch x 1.5 inch (50 mm x 4 mm) steel strip reinforcements. The
design of these walls was based on the Coherent Gravity method (British Standards
institution, 1991; Jones, 1985; and Mitchell and Villet, 1987), Transportation Research
Board (TRB), and the French code for the design of reinforced soil structure (Ministere
des Transports, 1979). To minimize the excavation works at the down-slopes and the
foundation level, the reinforcement lengths at the lower part of the wall were shorter than
these at the upper part of walls.
Reinforcement length varied from 12 to 41 ft (3.7 to 12.6 m). The first wall,
referred to as wall A, failed during the construction of the embankment during filling at
the 29.5 ft (9th meter) of the design 82 ft (25 m ) height embankment above the top of
the wall. The second wall, referred to as wall B, experienced similar failure mechanism
and failure progress as those reported in wall A. Lee et al. (1994) reported that these two
walls suffered abrupt failures as a result of the failure of the reinforcement-wall
connection. This led to the development of a big hole in the wall facing which later
turned into a larger opening causing excessively large deformations at that wall. The
failures of the other two walls were characterized by excessive deformation, panel joint
damage, cracking, and settlements at the wall facing.
Lee et al. (1994) investigated the possible causes of failure by reviewing the
Reinforced Earth Company design, conducting intensive laboratory testing program, and
two dimensional and three dimensional finite element analyses. Probable causes for the
failures of the four walls were: the capacity of the high adherence reinforcement in poorly
compacted course backfill, three dimensional deformation of the reinforced soil mass due
to the wall geometry, stresses in the reinforcement under large deformation, and the
29
applicability of empirical and semi-empirical methods to reinforced earth structures with
difficult features and geometries. The authors indicated that the presence of large cobbles
in the backfill is one possible scenario that might have caused locally high stress
concentrations. The probable causes discussed by Lee et al. (1994) are, in fact, the issues
that have not been considered in current design methods. Based on the laboratory tests
results, the actual friction coefficients were less than the values used in the original
design. Uncertainties in the coefficient of friction will influence both the external and
internal stability analyses of reinforced earth walls, including reinforcement resistance to
pullout. They also stated that the backfill should be properly graded, compacted, and
provided with adequate drainage.
However, Lee et al. (1994) dismissed the possibility of the development of a
combined axial and torsional stresses at the wall-reinforcement connection due to the
complex geometries of the walls. The connection can fail at lower axial stress if coupled
with torsion at the same location. The three dimensional sloping wall geometry would
induce three dimensional stresses at the wall facing. Given the dimensions of the
reinforcement straps, the torsional stresses would be much more influential than the
bending stresses. In fact, this can be the core of an interesting research topic to elucidate
the influence of the torsion stresses as a consequence to the differences in pressures in the
third dimension.
Moreover, Lee et al. (1994) questioned the assumption made by many analytical
models about the location of the maximum forces in the reinforcement. They raised their
argument based on the fact that the failure occurred at the wall-reinforcement connection
and not along the commonly used logarithmic spiral described in Juran (1977), Juran and
30
Schlosser (1978), or the normalized bilinear line described in Schlosser and Elias (1978),
Christopher (1993), and Elias and Christopher (1996). However, the failure of structural
members such as the reinforcement in a reinforced soil mass is a stress failure and not a
forces failure. Having the failure started at the wall-reinforcement connection would not
imply having the maximum forces in the reinforcement at that location. It is very possible
to have higher axial stress and less axial force in the reinforcement at the wall-
reinforcement connection than along the logarithmic or bilinear surface. This is due to the
presence of the bolt hole in the reinforcement at the wall connection. This reduces the
cross-sectional area of the reinforcement and produces stress concentration at the
connection point that can cause the rupture of the reinforcement at this location rather
than the location of the maximum reinforcement force.
Allen and Bathurst (2001) presented a new empirical method for analyzing
reinforcement loads. The method, called the ko-stiffness method, was developed based on
the statistical analysis of a database that they collected. The database prepared by Allen
and Bathurst (2001) included 34 cases of fully instrumented full scale walls, and five
fully instrumented laboratory test walls. Nineteen of the 34 cases were walls with steel
reinforcement, and the remaining cases with different geosynthetic reinforcements. The
MSE walls summarized in their study were located from the United States and Europe,
indicating high variability of the reinforcement and wall facing material. The backfill soil
for all case studies was granular with little fines and no cohesion intercept.
Allen and Bathurst (2001) described some of the factors that would influence the
amount of reinforcement forces in an attempt to obtain an empirical equation for the
31
reinforcement forces as a function of these variables. The ko-stiffness method considered
the following variables:
• Wall geometry variables were: the total height, H, of the wall, the average surface
surcharge, S, the vertical spacing, Sv, of the reinforcement, and the influence of
the wall face batter through a new factor called the face batter factor, φfb.
• Reinforcement variables were: the local reinforcement stiffness, Slocal, which is
equal to the reinforcement stiffness, J, divided by the vertical spacing, Sv, of the
reinforcement, and the global wall stiffness calculated by dividing the average
• Reinforcement stiffness, Jave, by the average reinforcement vertical spacing. For a
total of n reinforcement layers, the global stiffness is thus given as:
(2.7)
• Stiffness, φfs, of the wall facing.
• The unit weight, γ, and the at-rest lateral earth pressure coefficient, ko, of the
backfill soil.
Allen and Bathurst (2001) defined the lateral earth pressure, σh, as:
(2.8)
k is the lateral earth pressure coefficient, and set equal to the at-rest coefficient, ko,
calculated using Jacky’s equation and the plain strain angle of internal friction. For steel
reinforced systems, a lower bound for ko equal to 0.3 was required to provide the best
correlation between the ko and the maximum tension in the reinforcement, Tmax. This
value for k would correspond to an angle of internal friction of 44o for the backfill soil.
The distribution of the lateral earth pressure for calculating the steel
reinforcement forces was approximated by a triangle, while the geosynthetic
nHJ
S aveglobal /
=
)(21 SHkh += γσ
32
reinforcement had a trapezoidal distribution. Accordingly, Allen and Bathurst (2001)
used the load distribution factor, Dtmax, to obtain the proper distributions. They also
included a function, Φ, to represent the effects of the global wall stiffness, facing
stiffness, facing batter, and the local stiffness of the reinforcement. The maximum tensile
force of the reinforcement was calculated as:
(2.9)
Where Φ was expressed as:
(2.10)
Φg is the global stiffness factor, expressed as
(2.11)
α and β are correlation coefficients to be determined using statistical analysis of the
actual field measurements. Based on the statistical analysis and regression of the field
measurements, α was found equal to 0.27 and β equal to 0.24. Pa is the atmospheric
pressure, Φlocal is the local stiffness factor which accounts for the relative local stiffness
of the reinforcement layer with respect to the global stiffness, and is expressed as:
(2.12)
Φfb is the wall facing batter factor, expressed as:
(2.13)
a is a coefficient equal to 1 for geosynthetic reinforcement and zero for steel
reinforcement, Φfb is the wall batter factor, kabh is the horizontal component of the active
Φ+= maxmax )(21
tv DSSHkT γ
d
avh
abhfb k
k
=Φ
β
ββ
ααα
=
=
=Φ
∑=
HnHJ
PS
n
ii
ave
a
globalg
1
/
a
global
v
a
global
locallocal S
SJSS
=
=Φ
fbfslocalg ΦΦΦΦ=Φ
33
earth pressure coefficient accounting for wall face batter, kavh is the horizontal component
of the active earth pressure coefficient assuming the wall facing is vertical, and Φfs is the
stiffness of the wall facing. Φfs is set equal to 0.5 to 1.0 depending on the stiffness of the
facing. Eq. (2.9) now becomes:
(2.14)
Allen and Bathurst (2001) used the ko-stiffness method to calculate the
reinforcement forces for the field cases studies, and compare them with the field
measurements for the geosynthetic and steel reinforcement separately as shown in
Figures 2.8 and 2.9, respectively.
However, the work done by Allen and Bathurst (2001) has the following
shortcomings:
• The expressions for the local and global stiffness factors and the wall face batter
factor were arbitrarily chosen. The correlation coefficients of these expressions
were then determined so as to obtain the best regression. The uniqueness of the
solution for these coefficients would be questioned.
• The regression analysis did not separate between different field cases based on
wall types or wall heights. The wall geometry, however, would influence the
tensile forces carried by the reinforcement.
• There is no rationale in the equations developed in this method. The equation for
the reinforcement forces is empirical, and the coefficients and constants involved
in this method are determined based on the measurements database.
d
avh
abh
a
global
v
n
ii
tv kk
SSJ
HDSSHkT
+=∑
=
24.0
1maxmax )(133.0 γ
34
• The method ignored the influence of the length of reinforcement layer on the
reinforcement maximum force.
• The influences of the embedment depth of the reinforcement layer on the
coefficients of friction and lateral earth pressure coefficients were not considered
in this method. The influence of the embedment depth of reinforcement is clearly
shown in Figure 2.8 and 2.9, where the method could not predict the forces
carried by reinforcement layers located away from the mid-height of the wall.
• The method attempted to account for different distributions of the reinforcement
forces by introducing the Dtmax factor. However, the wall face batter, and the
passive resistance provided by the earth fill placed on the other (external) side of
the wall facing are the most important reasons for developing such distributions.
These two factors were not considered in this method.
2.1.2 Reinforcement pullout resistance
Soil-reinforcement interaction is a key design parameter for the internal stability
of reinforced earth structures. The internal resistance of the reinforced soil mass is
developed along the soil-reinforcement interface in the resistance zone beyond the
internal failure surface. The amount of developing resistance is dependent upon the
properties of the backfill material, the reinforcement material, type and shape, and the
interface contact area, type and shape of reinforcement. A successful design of reinforced
soil mass should ensure the safety against reinforcement rupture and pullout, by careful
consideration of the maximum tensile forces likely to develop in the reinforcement. The
maximum tensile forces developed in the reinforcements are calculated using the
35
horizontal earth pressures based on full-scale and model tests derived empirical
relationships, such as Mitchell and Villet (1987), and Elias and Christopher (1996). Other
factors influencing the magnitudes of tensile forces in the reinforcement are the
reinforcement stiffness (Mitchell, 1987), and the compaction related effects (Finlay and
Sutherland, 1977, and Seed (1983).
Understanding the soil-reinforcement interaction is necessary to determine the
pullout resistance which defines the allowable tensile force of the reinforcement. The
allowable displacements are characterized by the relative soil-reinforcement movements
necessary to mobilize the design tensile force. Creep and long-term displacement should
also be investigated in the cases of cohesive backfill or extensible reinforcements.
The development of reinforcement forces is associated with the corresponding
failure modes. Basically, the resistance offered by the reinforcement can be predicted
either using the limit equilibrium method, or the working stress approach. The first
method is based on the balance of active body constructed by the assumed failure plane,
to determine the required forces of reinforcement layers at the ultimate state. Gourc et al.
(1990) has summarized most of the available methods evolving from the limit
equilibrium. Some further developments in this category can also be found in Jewell
(1990), Leshiwenshy (1987), and Schlosser (1990). In the working stress method, the
stresses mobilized in the reinforcement layers are calculated for the working conditions.
The actual strains developed in the reinforcement vary from layer to layer, which
suggests that the contribution of each reinforcement layer to the stability varies as well.
Numerous measurements provided by Juran (1988) and Christopher (1993) indicated the
advantages of the working stress concept. Many research works have been proposed to
36
incorporate working stresses in the analysis and design of MSE walls. The details of
work can be found in the works of Juran (1989), Mitchell and Villet (1987), Christopher
(1993), Elias (1996), and Liang (1998).
Figure 2.10 depicts that the reinforcement pullout resistance is mobilized through
either one or more of the following combinations: soil-reinforcement interface friction
and passive soil resistance. Accordingly, the pullout resistance is the sum of the two
terms, resulting in the following general equation (Elias, and Christopher, 1996):
Pr = F* α σv\ Le C (2.15)
Where Pr is the pullout resistance per unit width of reinforcement, F* is the
coefficient of friction at the reinforcement-soil interface, α is a scale factor to
accommodate for strain softening of granular fill, and the extensibility and length of
reinforcement, σv\ is the effective soil overburden at soil-reinforcement interface, Le is the
effective reinforcement length in the resistance zone, C is the number of soil-
reinforcement interfaces per one reinforcement layer, and b is the width of a single
reinforcement strip.
The friction coefficient, F*, also called the pullout factor, is evaluated based on
field test data, or by the popular semi-empirical relationship:
F* = passive resistance + frictional resistance
F* = Fq αβ + K µ∗ αf (2.16)
Fq is the embedment or surcharge bearing capacity factor, αβ is a structural geometric
factor for passive resistance, K is the ratio of the actual normal stress to the effective
vertical stress, µ∗, is the apparent friction coefficient, and αf is the structural geometric
factor for frictional resistance.
37
Elias and Christopher (1996) recommended that a laboratory pullout testing be
conducted to evaluate pullout parameters. They also provided details for laboratory
pullout testing procedures. However, in the absence of laboratory test data, they
recommended the following semi-empirical relationships to determine a conservative
value for pullout resistance:
Ribbed steel reinforcement, (2.17)
Steel grid, (2.18)
Geosynthetic reinforcement, (2.19)
t is the diameters of the grid line, and St is the length of grid opening.
Based on the above listed equations, the following comments can be made for the
indicated three different categories of reinforcements:
1. For ribbed steel reinforcement: the friction factors account for the soil gradation
through the uniformity coefficient, Cu. The friction factors are also shown to vary
with depth in an attempt to accommodate for the influence of the stress level.
2. For steel grid: the coefficient of friction is a function of the geometry of the
reinforcement as well as the stress level.
3. For geosynthetic reinforcement: the friction coefficient is dependent upon the
angle of internal friction of the soil and the level of stress.
In general, the coefficient of friction, F*, is a function of the soil type, gradation,
texture, roughness of the surface of reinforcement, and most importantly the confining
≥=≤+=
=.).(0.6tan
)(0.00.2log2.1tan*
SGbelowmzforsurfaceGroundzforC
F u
φρ
====
==.).(0.6)/(1020
)(0.0)/(2040*
SGbelowmzforStsurfaceGroundzforSt
FFt
tq
β
ββ α
αα
=geogridforsheetfor
Fφ
φtan8.0
tan3/2*
38
stress level. The influence of the level of confining stress on the coefficient of friction has
only been quantified using a limited number of model wall pullout tests. The results
indicated that the coefficients of friction as a function of depth could be approximated by
unique bilinear distributions. These distributions remain the same regardless of the
variations of the confining pressure affected by the variations in the distributions of the
reinforcement intensities and lengths with depth. Deviation from the original conditions
from which the distributions were originally developed, could result in errors in the
calculated pullout resistance. The confining pressure is a function of the densities and
lengths of the reinforcements, and the soil properties. Changing the reinforcement layouts
(spacing and length) would alter the distribution of the coefficient of friction by changing
the distribution of the confining pressures. Accordingly, a rational distribution for the
coefficient of friction needs to be developed to accommodate the influence of the
reinforcement layouts and the soil properties.
2.2 EXTERNAL STABILITY
The design of reinforced earth walls should ensure that there will be adequate
safety against external stability failure caused by the geostatic and external loads.
External stability failure modes, as shown in Figure 1.2, can be categorized as follows:
sliding along the base of the reinforced mass, overturning about the toe of the wall
located at the bottom of the wall, bearing capacity failure of the foundation soil, or the
deep slope failure.
An understanding of the system of forces and the distribution of the vertical stress
within and underneath the reinforced soil mass is essential for the evaluation of the
39
external stability of the reinforced soil mass. In the classical approach, typical forces
acting on a reinforced earth wall are the reinforced soil weight, surface surcharge, as well
as the lateral earth pressure along the boundary between the reinforced and the retained
soils. Figure 2.11 depicts the forces used in the analysis for external stability of
reinforced soil walls. The surface surcharge is calculated based on the worst possible
combinations of the anticipated live vehicular loads and the superstructure. As for the
lateral earth pressure developed along the boundary between the reinforced soil and the
retained soil, it is calculated using the properties of the retained soil. The total lateral soil
thrust, Ph, should be less than the total resistance force along the base of the reinforced
soil so as to assure the sliding stability of the reinforced soil mass. The safety factor, FSs,
for sliding stability is defined as the ratio of the resistance force to the driving lateral
force, with a usually minimum desired value of 1.5:
(2.20)
where γ is the unit weight of the reinforced soil, h is the total height of the reinforced
earth wall, L is the length of reinforcement, φ is the angle of internal friction of the
reinforced soil, γr is the unit weight of the retained soil, q is the surface surcharge
pressure, and kro is the at-rest lateral earth pressure coefficient of the soil retained by the
reinforced soil mass. Eq. (2.20) is rearranged for the minimum reinforcement length
required to accomplish the desired safety factor as follow:
(2.21)
In the classical approach, the reinforced soil mass has been assumed as a rigid
block. This enables the evaluation of the effect of the lateral pressure on the vertical
pressure distribution beneath the reinforced soil mass. Earlier practice involved the use of
5.1)5.0(
tan≥
+=
rors khhq
hLFSγ
φγ
φγγ
tan)5.0( ors khqFSL +
=
40
uniform contact pressure along the base of the reinforced soil mass. Currently, the
following two types of distributions for the vertical earth pressure have been frequently
used: the trapezoidal distribution, and Meyerhof’s distribution (Meyerhof, 1953).
In the trapezoidal distribution, shown in Figure 2.12a, a linear stress distribution
is assigned with a minimum and a maximum stress values at both ends of the reinforced
mass σr1, and σr2, respectively:
(2.22a)
(2.22b)
Similar to shallow foundation, and complying with the rotational stability and
bearing capacity requirements, the following two conditions should be met:
1. Reinforced mass should be prevented from tipping by maintaining the minimum
pressure above zero, and
2. The maximum pressure (σr2) should be less than the bearing capacity of the
foundation material.
Overturning stability of the system is evaluated by examining the ratio of the
driving moments to the resisting moments about the leveling pad, L.P, of the wall. This
ratio defines the safety, FSm, of the system against overturning. A minimum factor of
safety of 2.0 is usually desired, as suggested by the FHWA Design Manual (Elias and
Christopher, 1996).
Meyerhof’s distribution, on the other hand, is a simplification of the trapezoidal
distribution. The reaction stresses are distributed only along a part of the length of the
)1(22
2
21 Lhkh
LhPh roh
r −=×
−= γγσ
)1(22
2
2 Lhkh
LhPh roh
r +=×
+= γγσ
616
22
23
≤+
+=
+= ∑
qLhL
qhh
qLWM
eγ
γ
41
reinforced mass as shown in Figure 2.12b. The eccentricity (e) for the total system of
loads is first determined as follow:
(2.23
Ignoring the surcharge results in the following approximate expression for the
eccentricity, e:
(2.24)
The safety factor for bearing capacity is the ratio of the ultimate bearing capacity
of a reinforced soil mass, qult, to the vertical stress, σvb, acting over a length of L-2e. The
safety factor is expressed as:
(2.25)
The current practice, however, disregards the influence of the wall facing on the
vertical pressure distribution at the foundation elevation. The wall facing will influence
the stress conditions within and under the reinforced soil through the following two
interactions: reinforcement and wall, and the wall and soil interactions. In the first
interaction, the wall reacts to the lateral stress produced by the reinforced soil. The
amount of this reaction is equal to the sum of wall-reinforcement connection forces. The
second interaction is the friction developing along the interface between the soil and the
wall. This friction is caused by the relative movement caused by the high stress intensity
below and near the L.P of wall facing. Wall deflections will also alter the lateral and
vertical pressures within the reinforced soil mass, especially close to the wall facing. The
use of segmental concrete facing enables the wall facing panels to deform semi-
independently from other panels. The significance of these interactions needs to be
considered in the analysis of reinforced earth walls.
)2()( eLqLWqq
FS ult
vb
ult
−−==
σ
61
6 2
2
≤=L
He
42
2.3 COMPACTION INDUCED STRESSES
One of the concerns that arise from the construction of reinforced earth walls is
the influences of compaction process and compaction effort on the reinforcement forces
and the deformation response of the reinforced earth wall. The compaction process and
effort should be specified so as to obtain the required reinforcement-soil interaction, and
to improve the wall deformation behavior. Failure of the backfill soil at the area close to
the compaction machinery should also be prevented by maintaining the compaction
stresses below the bearing capacity of the soil.
Adib (1988) presented an analytical method incorporating the effects of relative
soil-reinforcement movement, the compaction-induced stresses, as well as the
reinforcement stiffness. He assumed that the soil, reinforcement, and their interface will
behave as linear elastic material. Duncan and Seed (1986) presented a method to
calculate compaction-induced stresses under ko conditions, using a transient moving one-
dimensional surficial load of finite extent, as shown in Figure 2.13. They used the stress
path configuration shown in Figure 2.14, where σ`zc is the maximum total pressure,
including compaction induced stress, and σ`z is the effective overburden pressure after
the end of compaction. Similarly, σ`xc, and σ`xr are the maximum horizontal pressure,
including compaction stress, and the residual horizontal pressure, after the end of
compaction, respectively. Also shown in this figure, are the three lateral earth pressure
coefficients that correspond to the compaction condition, kc, at-rest condition, ko, and the
residual condition, kr, after the end of compaction. Duncan and Seed (1986) indicated that
the horizontal deformations of the reinforced soil in the direction of reinforcement reduce
the maximum vertical and horizontal stresses. The equivalent maximum compaction
43
induced stresses in the reinforced soil mass can be assumed to be independent of the
horizontal deformations for mathematical simplicity and analytical convenience. This
means that at-rest conditions can be assumed. Accordingly, the horizontal and vertical
soil compaction induced stresses, σ`xp,i and σ`zc,I, respectively, are related to the at-rest
lateral earth pressure coefficient as:
σ`zc,I = σ`xp,I / ko (2.26a)
ko = 1 – sin φ ` (Jacky 1994) (2.26b)
Where φ` is the effective stress friction angle.
Compaction stresses will change the stress history of the soil. Referring to Figure
2.14, they defined the overcosolidation ratio, OCR, as:
OCR = σ`zc / σ`z (2.27)
It can be reasonably assumed that the soil in the region close to the roller contact
is in a state of plastic failure defining an upper bound limiting condition. The
intermediate stress in the direction of the reinforcement, σ`xp,I, shown in Figure 2.14, can
be calculated using Hook’s law as:
σ`xp,I = vo (σ`3a + σ`1a) (2.28a)
σ`3a = ko σ`1a (2.28b)
where vo is the Poisson’s ratio, and σ`3a and σ`1a are the effective major and minor
principal stresses, respectively, in the plastic zone. The Poisson’s ratio for at-rest
conditions is equal to ko/(1 + ko).
Neglecting the stress due to soil self weight in this zone, and assuming plain strain
failure of the soil, i.e., εx = 0, Eq. (2.28a) becomes:
σ`xp,I = vo (1 + ka) q0.5 (2.29)
44
where ka is the active lateral earth pressure coefficient, q is the roller bearing capacity
expressed as:
q = 0.5 γ` B Nγ (2.30)
B = Q / (σave L) (2.31a)
(2.31b)
γ' is the effective soil unit weight, B is roller soil contact width calculated as the
ratio of the maximum vertical operating roller drum force, Q, to the average stress, σave,
acting along the length, L, of the roller drum, Nγ is the bearing capacity factor, and σave is
the average stress acting on the roller-soil contact area during compaction.
Ehrlich and Mitchell (2000) presented a strain compatibility analysis method in
which they assumed interface adherence at the point of maximum tensile force along the
reinforcement. They related the nonlinear elastic soil behavior to the linear elastic
response of the reinforcement to model the soil-reinforcement interaction. They presented
a modified version of the hyperbolic model developed by Duncan et al. (1980) and
Duncan and Seed (1986). The model defined the horizontal stresses and the maximum
tensile force in the reinforcement. The horizontal pressure is calculated as the product of
the residual vertical pressure, σz’, and the residual lateral earth pressure coefficient, kr,
after the end of compaction. The provided expression for the vertical earth pressure:
(2.32)
−++= 1)
2'45(tan)
2'45tan( 4 φφ
γN
2
2'
31
'
r
az
Lzk
z
−=
γσ
45
Where z is the depth of the reinforcement layer, and Lr is the length of the reinforcement.
The residual lateral earth pressure coefficient, kr, was evaluated by trial using the
following expression:
(2.33a)
where, (2.33b)
Si is the relative soil-reinforcement index, k, ku, and n are the modulus number for
loading, unloading, and the exponent, respectively, introduced by Duncan et al. (1980),
Pa is the atmospheric pressure, Er is the reinforcement modulus, Ar is the area of the
reinforcement, OCR is the overconsolidation ratio, vun is the Poisson’s ratio defined as:
(2.34)
and k∆2 is the decremental lateral earth pressure coefficient for unloading, expressed as:
(2.35)
in which α is Duncan and Seed’s (1986) unloading coefficient, given as:
'sin7.0 φα = (2.36)
The maximum tensile force in the reinforcement is now calculated as:
(2.37)
Ehrlich and Mitchell (2000) also conducted a parametric study from which they
indicated: (1) the influence of compaction on the reinforcement forces is greater for
reinforced earth walls with low relative soil-reinforcement stiffness index, Si. However,
with higher relative soil-reinforcement stiffness factors, the influence of compaction will
be less, (2) the soil shearing resistance, unit weight, depth, the relative soil-reinforcement
stiffness index, and compaction are major factors determining the tensile forces in the
nrrc
u
crun
n
a
z
i kkOCRkkk
OCRkkkkvPS )(
])()[1(1 222'
−
−−−−=
∆∆σ
hva
rri SSkP
AES =
2
2
1 ∆
∆
+=
kkvun
1)(
2 −−
=∆ OCROCROCRk
kn
o
'zrhv kSST σ=
46
reinforcement, (3) the coefficient of lateral earth pressure, k, can be higher than the at-rest
coefficient, ko, at the top of the wall depending on the relative soil-reinforcement stiffness
index. The upper limit for the lateral earth pressure coefficient will be ko if there is no
compaction involved.
2.4 FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS
Finite element analyses have been employed in analyzing reinforced earth walls
by two distinctive approaches (Herrmann and Yasin, 1978). The first approach treats the
reinforcement and reinforced soil separately in a discrete approach, while the other
approach considers the soil and reinforcement as a homogenized orthotropic material.
Chang and Forsyth (1977) used finite element based on the composite elastic theory to predict the
field behavior of a reinforced, skin plate type earth wall constructed in California. They used the three
possible criteria suggested by Chang et al. (1973) for the evaluation of the shear strength parameters of the
soil-reinforcement interface. According to these criteria, the shear strength parameters would correspond to
either one of the following:
1. Peak or maximum deviator stress as the failure stress of dilating soils.
2. Deviator stress corresponding to 15% of axial strain in soil specimen when there
is no well-defined peak for the stress-strain curve.
3. The ultimate deviator stress represented by the deviator stress at the asymptote
of an idealized hyperbolic fit of the stress-strain curve.
They also used the relationship for the tangent modulus, Et, of the reinforcement
proposed by Chang et al. (1973). The modulus was calculated according to the following
equation:
Et = EI (1- γ H sin φ (1−sin φ)/(2c cos φ + 2q sin φ)) (2.38)
47
EI = A + B (1-sin φ) γ H; Initial tangent modulus (psf). (2.39)
q is the deviator stress, A is the intercept, stress independent, and B is a regression
coefficient. A and B are determined from laboratory tests on the types of the backfill soil
and reinforcement materials.
A schematic diagram of the wall analyzed by Chang and Forsyth (1977) is shown
in Figure 2.15. Despite the fact that the finite element analysis showed reasonable
predictions compared with field measurements, the two-dimensional finite element
analysis exhibit some shortcomings due to a lack of the ability to account for the time-
dependent settlement, reinforcement layout in the third dimension, as well as wall facing.
Ho and Rowe (1996) conducted a parametric study of reinforced earth walls using
finite element solution technique. Their work showed the effects of various design
parameters on the reinforcement forces. The design parameters were the reinforcement
length and spacing, and the height of the wall. They used the computer program-AFENA,
developed by Carter and Balaam (1985) with modifications to fit the purpose of
analyzing reinforced soil walls. They adopted a list of assumptions on the behaviors of
each of the constituting materials: the reinforced soil, the reinforcement, and the wall
facing. The soil was considered as an elastic-perfectly plastic material, with Mohr-
Coulomb failure criteria. Also, a non-associated flow rule, and non-linear stress-
dependent stiffness using Janbu’s equation (1963) were used for modeling the reinforced
soil. The reinforcement was treated as linear, elastic, zero compressive strength material.
The wall facing was assumed to be fully supported in the horizontal direction. As for the
interfaces between the reinforcement and the soil, soil and foundation, soil and wall, and
wall and foundation, they adopted the models suggested by Rowe and Soderman (1987),
48
Mohr-Coulomb failure criteria and a non-associated flow rule were also adopted for these
interfaces.
The major findings of the work conducted by Ho and Rowe (1996) are
summarized as follow:
• The most significant geometric parameter influencing the magnitudes of forces and
their distributions within the reinforced soil and in the reinforcing members is the
reinforcement length, L, to wall height, H, ratio (L/H). Changing the L/H ratio will
significantly influence the vertical and horizontal stresses within the reinforced earth
wall, and the maximum forces in the reinforcement.
• Changing the L/H ratio beyond 70% resulted in minor changes in the normalized
forces and stresses within the reinforcement and the reinforced soil mass.
• Regardless of the number of reinforcement layers, the distribution of the normalized
reinforcement forces remained the same. The normalized reinforcement forces are
defined as the ratio of the maximum reinforcement force, T, to the vertical spacing,
Sv, of the reinforcement.
They further stated that the optimal reinforcement layout would be a uniform
reinforcement distribution with depth (constant vertical spacing) and a constant L/H ratio
of 0.7, and the number of reinforcement layers would be determined based on practical
filling limitations and construction cost savings.
Ho and Rowe (1996) ignored the relation between the length and spacing of the
reinforcement. The length and spacing of the reinforcement should be related so that
reducing the reinforcement spacing would allow us to reduce the length of the
reinforcement. Similarly, increasing the length of reinforcement would permit increasing
49
the reinforcement spacing. The independency between the normalized reinforcement
forces, T/Sv, and the reinforcement vertical spacing, Sv, of the reinforcement could be
strongly questioned. For this independency to occur, the soil and the reinforcement
strains should be compatible and the soil interlayer friction should be zero. The
assumptions of strain compatibility and the frictionless soil interlayer have been argued
and questioned earlier in this chapter. These two assumptions could lead to significant
errors in the results of the analysis.
Yu and Sloan (1997) used lower and upper bound limit theorems in conjunction
with the finite element analysis to develop a general numerical method that can be used
to compute upper and lower bound solutions for reinforced soil structures. The lower
bound defines the statistically admissible stress field, whereas the upper bound defines
the kinematically admissible velocity field. The Mohr-Coulomb yield surface has been
confined by two six-sided surfaces from inside and out, indicating the lower and upper
yielding bounds, respectively, as shown in Figure 2.16. They introduced a numerical
solution algorithm in which the reinforced soil is treated as a homogeneous material with
anisotropic properties from a macroscopic perspective.
The use of finite element method, FEM, to analyze the reinforced earth walls
could be a powerful technique, provided that the reinforcement, the soil, and the wall
facing are well characterized in the analysis. Modeling of these elements as well as their
interactions is an essential step in a successful finite element analysis. The results of the
finite element analysis should also be coupled with real field measurements to validate
the assumption involved in the FEM analysis. That was in fact the major shortcoming of
the work done by Ho and Rowe (1996) and Yu and Sloan (1997). The results reported by
50
Ho and Rowe (1996) and the proposed yield surfaces were solely based on the FEM. If
either one of the elements constituting the reinforced earth walls was misrepresented in
the FE analysis, the results could be misleading. Moreover, the FEM also ignored the
effects of the size of the wall on the anticipated stresses and forces.
2.5 CASE STUDIES
The purpose of this section is to present a succinct review of field monitoring
results of two well documented cases. The measured data in these two cases, together
with the measured data of the Schoolhouse Road MSE wall, to be presented in a later
chapter, will be used in the comparisons with the current FHWA method, and in
validating the proposed new method.
2.5.1 Christopher (1993)
Christopher (1993) presented a study that deployed laboratory, model, reduced scale,
and full scale testing using different backfill materials. The objective of his study was to
investigate the deformation response of the reinforced earth structures for a variety of
reinforcement and backfill materials. Only selected parts of his work will be outlined due
to their relevancy to the current subject. The first part will summarize the reduced scale
pullout tests, full scale pullout tests, and field monitoring of full-scale instrumented walls.
The reduced scale tests were conducted on various types of backfill soils and
reinforcements combinations. Table 2.1 summarizes the test program, and conditions,
Christopher (1993). Based on these tests, the observed highest pullout resistances were
obtained when using the compacted gravel. Fine soils resulted in slightly less resistances
51
than the sand for most cases, and the differences were not really significant. Yet, it was
interesting to find out that the clayey soils when used with non-woven geotextile behaved
better than sand, suggesting the need for further research to determine the soil-
reinforcement combinations that could be used together to produce the optimum pullout
resistance.
A total of 8- full-scale, non-production reinforced earth walls were also
constructed, monitored and loaded to failure. These walls were constructed using
different backfill materials, facings and commercial reinforcements from different
manufacturers as summarized in Table 2.2. Gravel-sand, silt, and cobbles were used as
the reinforced backfill; precast panels, wrapped and gabion were used as the facing, and a
variety of reinforcement materials and shapes as indicated in Table 2.2 were used.
These walls were provided with strain gages to measure the reinforcement axial
forces, the interface pressure transducers to measure the lateral pressure imposed on the
wall, the vertical pressure transducers, and the inclinometers. Pullout test samples were
also provided. The results of the monitoring program for reinforcement maximum axial
forces, lateral earth pressures on the walls, and the wall facing deflections did not indicate
any significant difference in the walls constructed with different backfills. Walls 3, 4, and
5 were mainly used to compare the influence of the backfill material since they have the
same reinforcement and wall facing configurations. However, based on the relevancy to
the current study, only the measurements made on the steel ribbed strips reinforced earth
wall (wall-1) will be used in this study. The measurements will include measured
reinforcement maximum forces and the corresponding lateral earth pressures as shown in
Figures 2.17).
52
Table 2.1 Pullout test program by Christopher (1993).
Normal stress (psi) Reinforcement type
Cobbles Gravel Sand Silt Clay
Geotextile
Coarse woven 5, 10, 15 Smooth wovenb 1, 2, 5 1, 2, 5 2, 5 5 Needle-punched nonwoven 1.5 5, 15 5
Heatbonded nonwoven 4.2, 5
Geogrids (in) Extruded (1x1) 3, 4, 6 Extruded (1x4) 2, 4, 8 2, 4, 8 15 5, 15 Welded (3x3) 2, 4, 8 3, 4, 6 Welded (1.5x4) 2, 4, 8
Strips
Fiber 5, 15, 37 5, 15 Metal 5, 15, 37 Metal-epoxy 5, 15
Metal grids (in)
Welded wire (6x9) 5 5, 15, 37 Bar mats (6x12) 5, 37 Bar mats (6x24) 5, 15 5 5, 15, 37 5 Gabion mesh 5, 15
1 psi = 6.9 Kpa
Table 2.2 Summary of field test program by Christopher (1993).
Structure Height (ft) Facing Reinforcement Backfill material
Wall 1 20 Precast panels Ribbed metal strips (8 @14)* Gravel-sand
53
Wall 2 20 Precast panels Extruded geogrids (8 @14) Gravel-sand
Wall 3 20 Precast panels Bar mats (8 @14) Gravel-sand
Wall 4 20 Precast panels Bar mats (8 @ 14) Cobbles
Wall 5 20 Precast panels Bar mats (8 @ 14) Clayey silt
Wall 6 19.5 Wrapped Nonwoven geotextile (7 @14) Gravel-sand
Wall 7 21 Gabion Woven wire mesh (7 @ 14) Gravel-sand
Wall 8 21 Gabion Woven wire mesh (7 @ 12 to 21.5) Gravel-sand
• 8-reinforcement layers, 14-ft (4.3 m )long each. • 1 ft = 0.305 m
2.5.2 Minnow Creek Wall
This is a 55-ft (16.8 m) high MSE-wall, with 5-ft x 5-ft (1.5 m x 1.5 m) cruciform
concrete panel facing, and reinforced with ribbed steel strips. It is a bridge abutment wall,
with a line of HP14 x 74 piles behind the wall facing to support a bridge on the US24
crossing Minnow Creek in Cass County, Indiana. Schematics of the wall’s front view and
the cross-section are provided in Figures 2.18 and 2.19.
The wall was designed to sustain the ground water flow conditions and a uniform
traffic surcharge of 250 psf. The reinforced backfill had a unit weight of 120 pcf (18.86
KN/m3), and a friction angle of 34o. The reinforcements were vertically spaced by 2.5 ft
(0.8 m), and the horizontal spacing varied from 1 ft (0.305 m) at the bottom to 3.3 ft (1
m) at the top. As shown in Figure 2.19, the reinforcement lengths were ranging from 39 ft
54
to 51 ft (11.9 m to 15.5 m) at the bottom, where the unbalanced phreatic surface was
encountered.
Due to the significance of the work, an instrumentation monitoring program was
conducted through the Purdue University. The instrumentation program was aimed at the
monitoring of the reinforcement forces, the reinforcement-wall connection forces, lateral
earth pressures, vertical earth pressures. Rusner (1999) presented the results of the
instrumentation study along with conclusions about the stability of the reinforced earth
structure. Only the measured reinforcement forces reproduced in Figure 2.20 will be
studied in this research.
55
Strips width, in.
0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
Hei
ght a
t fai
lure
, in.
0
5
10
15
20
Rankine
Proposed (Log. spiral)
Experimentalstraight line
Hi
Hi : Effect of the
skin rigidity
k
0.00 0.08 0.16 0.24
Hei
ght-H
f, in.
0
5
10
15
20
kt =T
max
γ Hf S
v S
h
ko
kt
Logarithmicspiral
ka
Distance from wall, in.
0 5 10H
eigh
t-Hf , i
n.
0
5
10
15
20
a) b)
Rankine
Logarithmicspiral
c)
1 inch = 2.54 cm Figure 2.1 a) Distribution of the theoretical coefficient of lateral earth pressure with depth,
b) Theoretical and experimental failure surfaces, and c) Computed and measured heights of model walls a failure. (Juran, 1977)
56
Figure 2.2 Active failure wedges for reinforced soil walls.
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 2.3 Earth pressure distribution within inextensible reinforced soil per the Coherent Gravity method (Bassett and Last, 1978).
Bi-linearsurface
Log.- spiralfailure surface
0.3 H
H
Depth, ft.
Lateral earth pressure coefficient, kkoka
20-ft
57
1 m = 3.33 ft Figure 2.4 Theoretical distributions for the coefficient of lateral earth pressure with
depth. (reproduced from Bonaparte and Schmertmann, 1987)
2
4
6
8
10
12
0.20.1 0.3 0.4 0.5
(Extensible)Ka
Ko
(In-extensible)
S =
70 M
Pa
Range for steel
Range forGeosynthetics
S = 2 MPa
Assumed bycoherent gravity
procedure
Fill propertiesφ` = 35γm = 20 kN/m3
Lateral earth pressure coefficient, KD
epth
- Z, m
58
Figure 2.5 Compatibility curve between soil and reinforcement (Jewell, 1985).
5 10
Mob
ilize
d fri
ctio
nal
resi
stan
ce, φ
mob
Loose
Dense
Tensile strain, %5 10
Axi
al fo
rce,
Pr
Tensile strain, %
Increasing time
Response to long term loading
Required force
Available force
Equilibriumpoints
5 100
00
Tensile strain, %
Max
. gro
ss re
quire
d&
gro
ss a
vaila
ble
forc
es
Pvc
1.5 Pvc
1.5 Pvc : Required force at critical state soil
strength
a) b)
c)
pvc : Available force at critical conditions.
59
Figure 2.6 Internal equilibrium in reinforced earth walls.
Active zone
Potentialfailure surface
Resistance zone
σh
Tτx= 0.0
τx= 0.0
60
1 ft = 0.305 m Figure 2.7 Lateral earth pressure distribution for ribbed steel reinforcement per the
FHWA Design Manual (Elias and Christopher, 1996).
Depth, ft.
k
20-ft
1.7 ka1.2 ka
61
1 KN/m = 68.5 lb/ft Figure 2.8 Measured maximum forces in the geosynthetic reinforcements versus the
values predicted using the ko-stiffness method produced by Allen and Bathurst (2001).
62
1 KN/m = 68.5 lb/ft
Figure 2.9 Measured maximum forces in reinforcements with different types versus the predicted values using the ko-stiffness method.
63
Figure 2.10 Soil-reinforcement interaction: a) frictional resistance, b) friction-
bearing for ribbed reinforcement, and c) friction-bearing for steel mesh reinforcement.
Normal Pressure Frictional force
PulloutForce
Passive ResistanceFrictionalResistance
PulloutForce
Passive Resistance
Pllout ForceFrictional Resistance
a)
b)
c)
64
Figure 2.11 External forces acting on reinforced earth walls.
H
q
H/2
H/3
0.5 γH2k
qk
Toe
W
q (For overturning and pullout)
Rsb
65
a)
b)
Figure 2.12 Distributions of pressure under reinforced earth walls: a) Trapezoidal, b) Meyerhof’s.
σ1σ2
H
L
Ph
q
q(For overturning and pullout)
2eL-2eL
H
Ph
L
q
q(For overturning and pullout)
66
Figure 2.13 Plastic zones near roller-soil contact area (Duncan and Seed, 1986).
qL
Roller drumy
x
z
σ`3a
σ`1a
σ`xp,i
Β
67
Figure 2.14 Assumed stress path due to compaction (Duncan and Seed, 1986).
σx`
σz`
σxr`
σxc`
σz` σzc`
1
54
2 3
Ko - UnloadingKo - Loading
Kr Ko
Kc
68
Figure 2.15 Schematic of the skin-plate reinforced wall modeled by Chang and Forsyth (1977).
Skin plate
Reinforcement
Reinforced soil
69
Figure 2.16 Mohr-Coulomb yield surface confined by the lower and upper bounds (Yu and Sloan, 1997).
X = σx + σy + σ r cos 2θ
Y =
2 τ
xy +
σxy
s in
2θ
X2 + Y2 = R2
R
R = 2c cosφ - (σx + σy + σ r ) sin φ
Upper limit
Lower Limit
70
1m = 3.3 ft
Figure 2.17 Measured maximum strains in the reinforcements in wall 1 (Christopher, 1993).
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
Maximum reinforcement strains, micro.
Dep
th b
elow
top
of th
e w
all,
ft
71
Figure 2.18 Geometry of Minnow Creek MSE-wall.
East boundbridge
West boundbridge
Instrumentedsection
Bridge piles
72
1 m = 3.3 ft
Figure 2.19 Cross-section of the Minnow Creek wall.
43.3-ft
12-ft
39-ft
2
1
Rip rap
51-ft
9.8-ft
Finished grade
Reinforcement
73
1 m = 3.3 ft , 1 Kips/ft = 14.7 KN/m
Figure 2.20 Measured maximum tensile forces in the reinforcements in Creek Minnow wall (Runser, 1999).
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Axial reinforcement force, kip/ft
Dep
th b
elow
top
of w
all, f
t.
74
CHAPTER III
INSTRUMENTATION AND FIELD MONITORING PROGRAM
3.1 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
An essential part of the research was the instrumentation and monitoring program
that has been planned and carried out on the MSE-walls at the project MUS-16-17.6,
Muskingum County, Ohio. The instrumented MSE-wall is the eastern abutment of the
bridge over crossing the Old Schoolhouse Road in Muskingum County, Ohio, and thus
will be referred to as the “Schoolhouse Road”. The primary design called for 52 ft (15.85
m) tall and about 700 ft (213.4 m) long MSE-abutments with 22 HP14 x 74 point bearing
piles driven on each abutment to support the bridge footings and transfer bridge structural
loads to the hard subsurface strata. Figure 3.1a depicts schematic front view of the MSE
wall. To minimize the frictional stresses along the shaft of the piles within the reinforced
soil zone, PVC sleeves were placed along the piles within the reinforced backfill zone.
Four sections along the wall were monitored: two 52 ft (15.85 m) tall, one 30 ft
(9.1 m) high and one 20 ft (6 m) tall sections, denoted as A and B, C, and D, respectively.
The locations of these sections are indicated in Figure 3.1b. The instrumentation and
monitoring program targeted the following important issues:
• Monitor the stress level on the reinforcement straps to assure the safety during
construction and service life.
• Enhance knowledge about the behavior of MSEW system for future design, in
order to improve or modify current design procedures.
• Provide a real field data to be analyzed and used for the validation of a
design/analysis method to be developed in this research study.
75
• Gain a better understanding of the load transfer mechanism along the
reinforcement-soil interface under working and pullout forces.
Construction at the MUS-16-17.6 project started in July 2000, and was opened for
traffic in September 2002. During this period, the construction was suspended for about
two months from December 12th 2001. This was based the formal request of the
contractor due to the harsh weather conditions that badly interfered the rate of work
progress. The construction progress time-schedule is graphically presented in Figure 3.2.
Details of the construction material and the instrumentations plan are discussed in the
subsequent sections.
3.2 GEOLOGY OF THE SITE
According to the geological mapping, the project site lies within the unglaciated
section of the Allegheny plateau, near the northern boundary of the current and preglacial
floodplain of the Muskingum River Valley. The preglacial sequences are dominated by
lacustrine deposits of massive laminated silts and clays, glacial outwash deposits, and
sand and gravel bodies as benches, terraces, or loess.
The geotechnical study conducted at the project site included a number of
boreholes. Two of these boreholes, labeled SC-2 and SC-A, were used to obtain the soil
profile underneath the instrumented wall. The locations of these two boreholes are
indicated in Figure 3.1b, and the borehole summaries are given in Figure 3.3a and 3.3b,
for SC-2 and SC-2A, respectively. A general profile combining the two boreholes is also
provided in Figure 3.4. The geotechnical investigation report indicated the domination of
cohesive soils generally described as brown to gray silty clay (clayey silt, silt and clay)
76
with little to some sand at the upper layers. Sandstone and/or weathered sandstone
underlain the top soil for most of the borings at varying depth from 20 ft (6 m) to 40 ft
(12.2 m) below the ground surface. Majority of borings exhibited layers of brown and/or
gray, medium to high plasticity clay with little to some silts at varying depths. Layers of
brown to gray silty sand (clayey sand, sandy silt) with less than 10% fine gravel were
also exhibited at varying depths. The groundwater table was encountered at about 20 ft (6
m) below the ground surface at the location of the wall construction.
3.3 MATERIAL PROPERTIES
3.3.1 Backfill and Foundation Materials
The selected reinforced backfill material was described as well graded sand (SW). Based
on the ODOT specifications, it was required that this soil should be cohesionless and
compacted to meet a minimum of 95% of the maximum Proctor’s unit weight (ASTM D-
698). This will correspond to a field dry unit weight of 110 pcf (17.3 KN/m3) and an
angle of internal friction of 34o. The retained backfill, on the other hand, was
cohesionless with an angle of internal friction of 30o and a unit weight of 120 pcf (18.9
KN/m3).
A 4 ft (1.2 m) thick layer of ODOT-304 material was specified to replace the unstable
original top-soil at the construction site. Perforated corrugated plastic pipes with a 6 in
diameter were also placed on top of the ODOT-304 foundation soils both behind the wall
facing and along the far end of the reinforced soil mass.
3.3.2 Reinforcement and Facing
77
The design of the MUS- 16-17.6 reinforced earth wall called for the use of galvanized
steel reinforcing strips and 5 x 5 ft (1.5 x 1.5 m) precast concrete segmental cruciform
facing. The reinforcing strips are 2 inch (5.1 cm) wide, 0.16 inch (4 mm) thick, designed
by the wall contractor to have uniform lengths with depth. Based on the laboratory tensile
test on the reinforcement, the elastic modulus for the reinforcement was estimated to be
28x106 psi (19.3 x104 Mpa)
3.4 FIELD INSTRUMENTATION AND TESTING PLAN
3.4.1 Instrumentation Plan
The instrumentation program was planned to monitor the developed forces in the
reinforcement, the vertical earth pressure at the base of the reinforced soil mass, and the
movements within the reinforced mass and on the wall facing. Four sections were
instrumented: two 52 ft (15.85m) tall sections (section A and B) close to the bridge
median, and 30 ft (9.1m) and 20 ft (6 m) tall sections away from the median at the south
end of the wall (sections C and D, respectively). Schematics of the instrumented sections
with details of the locations of the instrument sensors are provided in Figures 3.5 through
3.7. To overcome the risk of missing data due to the possible damages that might occur to
the gages at the 52 ft (15.85 m) section, sections A and B were equally and similarly
instrumented so as to provide a backup set of data.
All reinforcements were vertically spaced at 2.5 ft (0.75 m), and a horizontal spacing was
varied from 1.0 ft (0.305m) at the bottom to as high as 3.33 ft (1 m) at the top. The
lengths of reinforcements at each section were uniform with depth as follow: 36 ft (11
m), 20 ft (6 m), and 16 ft (4.9 m), for the 52 ft (15.85 m), 30 ft (9.1 m), and 20 ft (6 m)
tall sections, respectively.
78
The instrumentation plan included: vertical pressure cells at sections A and B only to
measure the vertical earth pressure at the base of the reinforced soil mass; strain gages
attached to the reinforcement straps at all four sections to measure the strains in the
reinforcements; contact (interface) pressure cells to measure the horizontal earth
pressures acting on the back of the wall facing at the two 52 ft (15.85m) tall sections.
Nine of the 20 reinforcing straps at each section A and section B were instrumented with
vibrating wire strain gages distributed in a way to enable best estimate of the locations of
the maximum reinforcement forces. The instrumentation of sections C and D, on the
other hand, only included strain gages mounted on the selected reinforcements with
distributions shown in Figures 3.6 and 3.7 for the 30 ft (9.1m) and 20 ft (6 m) sections,
respectively. Earth inclinometer casings were installed at each section to monitor the
movements within the soil mass. Unfortunately, these inclinometers were damaged
during the construction of the wall. Details of the work relevant to the instrumentation
preparation, calibration, transportation and installation are provided next.
I. Strain gages:
Vibrating wire strain gages (Geokon VW-4100) were spot welded to the reinforcement
layers. Tables 3.1 through 3.6 give the locations of the instrumented reinforcements, their
elevations and spacing, as well as the locations of strain gages in each reinforcement
strip. Two strain gages were mounted at each location: one on the top and one on the
bottom. Figure 3.8 shows the spot welding of strain gages onto the instrumented
reinforcement strips. The instrumented reinforcement straps were stored at the soil
laboratory and an on-site trailer as shown in Figure 3.9. The installation of these
79
instrumented reinforcement strips is illustrated by the pictures provided in Figures 3.10
and 3.11.
II. Vertical Pressure Cells:
A total of eight Geokon (VW-4800) earth pressure transducer cells were installed at the
base of the reinforced soil mass in the two 52 ft (15.85 m) tall sections: four cells were
used per each section located at 5 ft (1.5 m), 10 ft (3 m), 20 ft (6 m) and 30 ft (9.1 m)
from the back of the wall facing. Based on recommendation of the manufacturer
(Geokon), the pressure cells were calibrated in three different ways to provide accurate
calibration coefficients. Geokon has provided their laboratory calibrated factors. An
independent calibration was accomplished at the civil engineering laboratory at the
University of Akron to assure the occurrence of no damage during the shipment. The
third calibration or adjustment was conducted at the field immediately after installation to
adjust for the initial (zero) readings of the cell.
Installation of the vertical pressure cell was accomplished by following the
manufacturer’s instructions. A hole was excavated and large size soil particles were
removed. Then the pressure cell was set in the hole. Backfill soil was then used to cover
and protect the pressure cells. The installation process is depicted in Figure 3.12.
III. Contact Earth Pressure Cells:
Five of the Geokon (VW-4400) contact pressure cells were installed in each of the two 52
ft (15.85m) tall instrumented sections. All contact pressure cells were provided with
calibration sheets from the manufacturer. They were embedded in the pre-cast concrete
panels in the casting plant. Before erection at the construction site, the contact pressure
80
cells were temporarily covered with wooden plate for protections. Figure 3.13 shows a
contact pressure cell and the protective covering.
All gages and instrumentation cells were connected to 16/32 channel multiplexers
(Geokon 8032). Each multiplexer provided 16 channels connected to 16 gages or
instrumentation cells. The multiplexers were connected to CR10X Control Module data-
loggers that could accommodate six multiplexers at a time. The data loggers were
programmed and operated using the MultiLogger software provided by Geokon. Thirty
multiplexers and five data loggers were deployed to operate a total of 426 channels at all
four instrumented sections. The data sampling frequency was set to 2 minute intervals
during the construction activities. By the end of construction, or during the no
construction periods, the sampling intervals were set to 2 hours.
During the construction period, the data loggers and multiplexers were temporarily
protected using water tight plastic coverings. They were frequently moved away from the
construction and earth filling activities during construction. By the end of construction,
the multiplexers and data-loggers were permanently secured inside steel cabinets that
were placed on top of the reinforced backfill. Figure 3.14 shows the cabinet at the
permanent location. Different stages of wall construction are depicted in Figures 3.15 and
3.16.
81
Table 3.1 Locations and numberings of the instrumented reinforcement straps in sections
A and B.
Location Serial No.* Strap H. Spacing
Sh (ft) Above L.P Below top of wall
1 S1 1.0 1.25 51.25
3 S2 1.0 6.25 46.25
6 S3 1.25 11.25 41.25
8 S4 1.25 16.25 36.25
11 S5 1.67 23.75 28.75
13 S6 1.67 28.75 23.75
15 S7 2.5 33.75 18.75
18 S8 2.5 41.25 11.25
20 S9 3.33 48.75 3.75 * Number of reinforcing strap from bottom to top. (1 ft = 0.305m)
Table 3.2 Locations of strain gages along instrumented straps in sections A and B.
Strap Distance from wall facing, ft
S1 1, 2, 5, 10
S2 1,3,5,10, 15, 20, 30
S3 1, 5, 7, 10, 15, 25, 30
S4 1, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
S5 1, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
S6 1, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
S7 1, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
S8 1, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
S9 1, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
(1 ft = 0.305m)
82
Table 3.3 Locations and numberings of the instrumented reinforcement straps in section
C.
Location Serial No.* Strap H. Spacing Sh (ft) Above L.P Below top of wall
2 S1C 1.7 3.25 26.75
3 S2C 1.7 5.75 24.25
4 S3C 1.7 8.25 21.75
6 S4C 2.5 13.25 16.75
8 S5C 2.5 18.25 11.75
10 S6C 2.5 23.25 6.75
12 S7C 3.0 28.25 1.75 * Number of reinforcing strap from bottom to top.
(1 ft = 0.305m)
Table 3.4 Locations of strain gages along instrumented straps in section C.
Strap Distance from wall facing, ft
S1C 1, 3, 6, 10
S2C 1, 2, 4, 7, 11, 14, 20
S3C 1, 2, 4, 7, 11, 14, 20
S4C 1, 4, 7, 9, 11, 14, 20
S5C 2, 5, 8, 10, ,12, 15, 20
S6C 2, 5, 8, 10, ,12, 15, 20
S7C 2, 7, 11, 15, 20
(1 ft = 0.305m)
83
Table 3.5 Locations and numberings of the instrumented reinforcement straps in section
D.
Location Serial No.* Strap
H. Spacing
Sh (ft) Above L.P Below top of wall
1 S1D 1.7 1.25 18.75
2 S2D 1.7 3.75 16.25
3 S3D 2.5 6.25 13.75
5 S4D 2.5 11.25 8.75
7 S5D 2.5 16.25 3.75
8 S6D 2.5 18.8 1.2
* Number of reinforcing strap from bottom to top.
(1 ft = 0.305m)
Table 3.6 Locations of strain gages along instrumented straps in section D.
Strap Distance from wall facing, ft
S1D 1, 2, 5, 7, 12
S2D 1, 2, 5, 7, 10, 12
S3D 1, 2, 5, 7, 10, 12
S4D 1, 2, 5, 7, 10, 12
S5D 1, 5, 7, 12
S6D 1, 7, 12
(1 ft = 0.305m)
84
3.4.2 Field Pullout Test Program
Four non-production pullout test straps were installed and tested at four different
stages that corresponded to four different overburden depths of: 14.5 ft (4.4 m), 23.5 ft
(7.2 m), 32.5 ft (9.9 m), and 42.5 ft (13 m). Figure 3.17 provides schematic diagrams of
the test setup. The pullout straps were 12 ft (3.7 m) long each, and were instrumented
with Geokon (VW-4100) strain gages to obtain an approximate distribution of tensile
forces and frictional stresses along the strap during the test. The strain gages were spot
welded to the four pullout straps on the two sides of each strap at locations that are: 2 ft
(0.61m), 4 ft (1.2 m), 6 ft (1.8 m), and 8 ft (2.4 m) away from the wall facing, as shown
in Figure 3.18. The pullout straps were located close to the center of the panels that had a
hole so that the pullout strap would pass through the hole to connect to the loading jack.
Figure 3.18 provides more detailed schematics of the arrangement, and shown in Figure
3.19 are pictures of the actual tests.
The pullout load was applied through a hydraulic loading jack with a 25 ton
capacity. The loading jack was supported by a steel reaction frame that transmitted the
load back to the wall through a large flat and wide steel plate. Schematics of the test setup
are shown in Figure 3.20, and a photo of the setup in the field is provided in Figure 3.21.
The pullout loads were incrementally applied and maintained for 2 minutes so as
to measure the strains during the load hold. The strains were then converted into
reinforcement forces. The displacement of the test straps was measured using mechanical
dial gages. This allowed the generation of the load-displacement curves for all pullout
tests.
85
a)
b)
1ft = 0.305 m
Figure 3.1 Schematics of the instrumented MSE wall: a) Front projection, and b) Plan view.
4.92
'9.
84'
4.92
'9.
84'
9.84
'9.
84'
9.84
'
47.71' 68.88' 44.0' 8.24' 14.76' 19.68' 14.76' 14.76' 14.76' 17.73'
C.L (ST. 1167+73.76)
363.70' (FRONT PROJECTION)
63.35' 90.22' 95.00' 115.13'TOP OF C.I.P COPING HP 14X74
W E STBO PU N D LA N E S
EA STBO PUN DLA N ES
Instr'dSection-B Instr'd
Section-A
Instr'dSection-C Instr'd
Section-D
2:1
2:1
SC -2
SC-2A
Investigation borehole
86
Jul-00
Aug-00
Sep-00
Oct-00
Nov-00
Dec-00
Jan-01
Feb-01
Mar-01
Apr-01
May-01
Jun-01
Jul-01
Aug-01
Sep-01
Oct-01
Nov-01
Dec-01
Jan-02
Feb-02
Mar-02
Apr-02
May-02
Jun-02
Jul-02
Aug-02
Sep-02
Replace
Found. Place
L.P Susp’d Panels &
backfill Pile
hammering Final grade Bridge
structure Asphalt
Pavement Open to traffic
Figure 3.2 Construction activities for the Schoolhouse MSE-wall.
87
Elev ft
Depth ft Description wc ODOT
Class.
Top soil Brown silty clay
760.0 10 Brown sandy clay, some silt
750.0 20
Gray clayey sand, some silt
Brown silty clay, little sand, trace shale fragments
740.0 30 Dark gray silt, some clay, little sand
730.0 40 Gray silty sand, little clay, little gravel
720.0 50
710.0 60
Gray to brown and gray silt and clay, trace sand
22
25
23
23
21
21
21 23
23
13
22
21
15 13
25
13
12
14
12
A-6b
A-6a
A-4a
Visual
A-4b
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 3.3a Soil boring data for SC-2.
88
Elev ft
Depth ft Description wc ODOT
Class.
Top soil- Brown clay, some silt, some organics. Brown silty clay, little sand, trace organics
766.0 10 Brown clay, some silt, trace sand, trace organics
756.0 20
746.0 30
Brown and gray clayey silt, little sand
Brown gravel, some sand, little clayey silt
16
22
20
23
20
23
20
22
17
13
12
A-6a
A-7-6
A-4a
Visual
736.0 40 Sandstone; brown and gray, soft to medium hard, fine grained, highly broken, highly jointed RQD = 7%
Shale; dark gray (black), soft to medium hard, slightly broken and jointed. RQD = 37%
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 3.3b Soil boring data for SC-2a.
89
Figure 3.4 Soil profile along the eastern (instrumented) wall.
C.L (ST. 1167+73.76)
363.70' (FRONT PROJECTION)
TOP OF C.I.P COPING
Existing Ground
??
Sandstone
Shale
Gray clayey silt, little sand
??
??
??
??
Gravel with sand
Borehole
Brown silty clay, little sand
Section C
Section D
Section BSection A
90
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 3.5 Instrumented 52-ft (15.85 m) high wall sections (Sections A and B).
Vibrating wire spot welded strain gage (2 gages each)Vibrating wire interface pressure cellVibrating wire embeddedpressure cell
1 5 10 15 20 25 30
1 5 10 15 20 25 30
1 5 10 15 20 25 30
1 5 10 15 20 25 30
1 5 10 15 20 25 30
1 5 10 15 20 25 30
1 5 7 10 15 25 30
1 3 5 10 2015 30
1 2 5 10
5 5 10
*
* Distance in feet from panel
12.5'
10
Surveying points (SP)
30
10'
10'
10'
5'
1''1''
5'
HP14 x 74
1'
10'10'15'
Inclinometer casing
91
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 3.6 Instrumented 30 ft (9.1 m) high wall section (Section C).
Vibrating Wire SpotWelded Strain Gage
2 7 11 15
2 5 8 10 12 15
2 5 8 10 12 15
4 7 9
11 141
2 4 7 11 14
12
3 6 10
Inclinometer casing
1'
8'
25'
*
* Distance in feet from panel
8' 9'
20
20
20
20
20
20
Surveying point
4 7
1
1 11 14 20
92
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 3.7 Instrumented 20 ft (6 m) high wall section (Section D).
Inclinometer casings
Vibrating wire spot welded strain gage (2-gages each)1 7 12
1 5 7 12
1 2 5 7 10 12
1 2 5 7 10 12
1 2 5 7 10 12
1 2 5 7
1'
8'
16'
* Distance in feet from panel
*
12
Surveying point
21
95
Figure 3.10 Installation of instrumented straps.
Figure 3.11 Covering of instrumented straps by soil backfill.
101
a)
b)
1 ft = 0.205 m
1 inch= 2.54 cm
Figure 3.17 Pullout test details: (a) soil overburden conditions, (b) front view and cross-section of test setup.
4" Dia.
Panel
cross-sectionfront view
5-ft
5-ft
14-ft of fill
32.5-ft of fill42.5-ft of fill
22.5-ft of fill
102
1ft = 0.305 m
Figure 3.18 Configuration of gages for pullout test strap.
2-ft 2-ft 2-ft3-ft 3-ft12-ft
Facingpanel
Hole
Jackingload
Testdepth
Mechanicalgage
Pullout strapStrain gage
104
1 inch = 2.54 cm
Figure 3.20 Schematics of pullout test setup: Loading jack and reaction frame.
1/2" x 12" x 12"Steel Plate
2" DiameterAll thread Rod
1.25" diameterall thread rod
4" dia.hole
12"
Nut
15"
30"
2"x2"x0.5"
25-tonjack
Reaction plate
precast panel
4''
12"
precast panel
Stra
p
106
CHAPTER IV
FIELD MONITORING RESULTS
4.1 AXIAL FORCES IN REINFORCEMENT
Axial reinforcement forces were obtained using the measured strains from the
strain gages readings. The average strains of the two-strain gages mounted at the same
location on the two sides of the reinforcement correspond to the axial reinforcement
strain at the gage location. These strains were then transformed into the axial
reinforcement forces by the multiplication of the cross-sectional area (A) and elastic
modulus (E) of the reinforcement strips.
The raw measured reinforcement strains for all instrumented reinforcements in the
two 52 ft (15.85 m), and 30 ft (9.1 m), and 20 ft (6 m) instrumented sections (sections A,
B, C, and D, respectively) were calibrated and processed to be used in further analysis. In
general, the strain gages were capable of capturing the general trends as well as the strain
values at important construction events previously indicated in Figure 3.2. The
resolutions of the measured reinforcement strains for all sections were reasonably clear
and fairly good since the beginning of construction until mid-March 2001, marking the
end of the reinforced backfill operation. Minor disturbances, noise and oscillations were
noticeable from time to time as a consequence to the movement of heavy construction
machinery and the pile driving. Starting late march 2001, the heavy temporary
construction activities relevant to bridge construction had resulted in the damage of more
than 30% of the strain gages. These gages might have suffered permanent deformations
that either stretched or decompressed the gages beyond the working elastic range. For
107
some periods of time, the responses of these gages were unreasonably high, indicating
periods of malfunctioning or out-of-range operation. Accordingly, the measured strains
were carefully examined to eliminate those malfunctioning and out-of-range readings.
Following the data filtering, the initial readings of the strain gages were
determined. Due to sensitivity of the strain gages, the initial readings were made within
the first day of installation of the reinforcement strap at the site under a 0.50 ft (0.2 m)
thick seating soil fill cover. The seating pressure was small enough but necessary to
eliminate the oscillations and noise measured in the strain gages. An average value for
the filtered strain measurements of each two gages mounted on the two sides of the
instrumented strap at a given location was then calculated. The average accumulative
strains were then transformed into axial reinforcement forces given the cross-sectional
area, A, and the Young’s modulus, E, of the reinforcement.
Figures 4.1a through 4.9b show the measured axial reinforcement forces and force
profile, part (a) and part (b), respectively, along the reinforcements in the 52 ft (15.85 m)
high instrumented section. These were the measurement made during the backfilling
construction stage prior to the final grading and placement of surface surcharge.
However, due to poor quality of the strain measurements in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high
section (section A), only a part of the measurements from the section was used and
combined with the data from the other 52 ft (15.85 m) high section (section B). The
maximum axial reinforcement forces and their location along the strap in the 52 ft (15.85
m) high section are provided in Table 4.1.
As shown in part (a) of these figures, the axial forces measured in straps located at
lower elevations increased nonlinearly with the thickness of the fill height above the
108
strap. The axial force measured at each gage location in the instrumented strap increased
almost linearly with the placement of the first 10 ft (3 m) of fill, and then the
accumulative axial force began to flatten with further fill application. This can be
explained by considering the reduction in the lateral support (confinement) at different
fill thicknesses. The reduction in lateral confinement is indicated by the low lateral earth
pressures and lateral earth pressure coefficient. The amount of loss in the lateral
confinement increases with the thickness of the fill. The reduced lateral support would
increase with the thickness of the reinforced backfill above the reinforcement layer. This
reduces the linear dependency between the reinforcement-soil friction stresses and the
soil overburden. The friction stresses, in turn, sum up along the reinforcement-soil
interface to produce the reinforcement axial force. The last part of each of these figures,
during the second half of February and early March 2001, showed a drastic increase in
the axial forces. This is merely a consequence of the final pile driving and pile grouting
operations.
Part (b) of Figures 4.1 through 4.9 show the measured axial force profiles along
the reinforcements at different construction stages where the fill thicknesses above the
reinforcement strap vary. For most straps, the locations of the maximum axial force can
be well observed. However, some of the profiles showed more than one peak in the axial
force profiles. The 4 mm thick straps were so deformable in the longitudinal direction
and tend to not align perfectly horizontal during installation. These local deflections
change the sign (direction) of the friction stresses thus producing local peak axial forces
that are of no significance to the analysis of the forces in the reinforcements.
109
The measured axial reinforcement forces and force profiles along the
instrumented straps for the 30 ft (9.1 m) high section (section C) are provided in Figures
4.9a through 4.15b, part (a) and part (b), respectively. These measurements were
produced by transforming the axial (average) strains into forces as mentioned earlier. A
summary of the maximum forces in the reinforcement and their locations at the end of
backfill construction stage is summarized in Table 4.2. Similarly, Figures 4.16a and b
through 4.20a and b show the axial forces in the reinforcements and axial force profiles
along the straps for the 20 ft (6 m) high instrumented section (section D). The maximum
forces as well as their locations on the straps are listed in Table 4.3.
The axial forces measurements in part (a) of the figures indicated the nonlinear
dependency of the axial forces on the fill thickness above the instrumented straps.
Beyond the first 5 ft (1.5 m) of fill in section C and about 4 ft (1.2 m) of fill in section D,
nonlinear or bilinear axial force-fill curves were observed for most straps. This can be
caused by the lose of the lateral support or confinement similar to the 52 ft (15.85 m)
high section. The complex wall geometry at these two sections and the sloping wall
coping also contributed to the nonlinear or bilinear behavior. Similar to the 52 ft (15.85
m) section, some of the axial force profiles measured in the 30 ft (9.1 m) and 20 ft (6 m)
sections shown in part (b) of the figures, indicated more than one local peak force along
the reinforcement straps. As indicated earlier the deformations of the straps during
installation and during very early construction stages are the reasons behind these local
maxima that do not correspond to the line of limiting equilibrium.
110
Table 4.1 Maximum reinforcement forces based on measured reinforcement strains in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section.
Strap location in feet Strap number above L.P Below upper grade
Max. Force Kip/ft
Location along strap, ft
9B 47.75 3.75 0.37 15
8B 40.25 11.25 0.40 15
7B 32.75 18.75 0.71 15
6B 27.75 23.75 1.28 10
5B 22.75 28.75 2.92 5
4B 15.25 36.25 1.64 10
3B 10.25 41.25 2.09 10
2B 5.25 46.25 2.24 3
1B 0.25 51.25 2.29 1.5 • 1 Kip/ft = 14.7 KN/m
• 1 ft = 0.305 m
Table 4.2 Maximum reinforcement forces based on measured reinforcement strains in the 30 ft (9.1 m) high section.
Strap location in feet Strap number above L.P Below upper grade
Max. Force kip/ft
Location along strap, ft
7C 26.75 3.25 0.42 10
6C 24.25 5.75 0.81 10
5C 21.75 8.25 0.89 8
4C 16.75 13.25 1.09 7
3C 11.75 18.25 1.33 10
2C 6.75 23.25 2.4 7
1C 1.75 28.25 1.77 6 • 1 Kip/ft = 14.7 KN/m
• 1 ft = 0.305 m
111
Table 4.3 Maximum reinforcement forces based on measured reinforcement strains in the 20 ft (6 m) high section.
Strap location in feet Strap number above L.P Below upper grade
Max. Force Kip/ft
Location along strap, ft
6D 19.75 1.25 --- ---
5D 17.25 3.75 0.8 0.37
4D 14.75 6.25 1.6 0.72
3D 9.75 11.25 1.3 0.65
2D 4.75 16.25 2.6 1.4
1D 2.2 18.8 1.7 0.77 1 Kip/ft = 14.7 KN/m
1 ft = 0.305 m
By the end of backfill-reinforcement construction, the following construction
activities were carried out: construction of the bridge foundation, in-situ (retained) soil
fill and grading, construction of the bridge superstructure and the concrete pavement.
These construction activities were executed in the following sequence and time schedule:
• March 17th 2001 to April 24th 2001: construction of cast-in-place
reinforced concrete bridge foundation which was connected to the piles.
• April 17th 2001 to April 30th 2001: placement of an 8 ft (2.4 m) thick layer
of in-situ soil (dirt) on top of the reinforced soil.
• May 14th 2001 to June 25th 2001: installation of steel girders and casting a
1.0 ft (0.3 m) thick concrete slab over the bridge span and the surrounding reinforced soil
zone.
• June 20th 2001 to June 30th 2001: final grading at and near the median area
at the locations of the instrumented sections. By the end of this period, a 3 ft (0.9 m) thick
112
fill covered the median area producing an equivalence of 0.33 ksf (15.8 kPa) surface
surcharge.
The load imposed by the end of the first three activities could be approximated by
an equivalent pressure of 1.0 ksf (47.9 kPa) at the top of the reinforced soil. However, all
instrumented sections were located away from the highway, which along with the
interactive nature of construction sequence, and the complex geometry of the surface
loads would make it very difficult to estimate the equivalent total surcharge imposed at
the locations of the median instrumented sections. Using the simple trapezoidal rule, the
equivalent dead-load surcharge would approximately be 0.6 ksf (28.7 kPa) at the depth 5
ft (1.5 m) below the top of the reinforced soil.
The reinforcement forces measured during the bridge construction and final
grading period are shown in Figures 4.21 through 4.29 for the 52 ft (15.85 m) high
section. Axial force measurements in the 30 ft (9.1 m) and 20 ft (6 m) high sections are
also shown in Figures 4.30 through 4.36 and 4.37 through 4.42, respectively. Even these
two relatively remote sections were influenced by the bridge construction and grading
activities close to the location of the two 52 ft (15.85 m) sections. Axial force profile for
the 52 ft (15.85 m), 30 ft (9.1 m), and 20 ft (6 m) high sections for three construction
stages: end of reinforcement-backfill, end of bridge construction, and end of final
grading, are also shown in Figures 4.43 through 4.51, Figures 4.52 through 4.58 and
Figures 4.59 through 4.64, respectively. Based on these profiles, the maximum forces
measured in the reinforcement in each of the three sections due to the influence of the
surface surcharge are summarized in Tables 4.4, 4.5, and 4.6, in respective order.
113
The force increment, Fq*, in these tables is the added tensile force at the same
location in the reinforcement due to the application of the surface surcharge. The negative
sign of some of the force increment marked in Tables 4.4 and 4.5 means that the axial
tensile force in the reinforcement is reduced by that amount. The negative values do not
indicate the real influence of the surcharge loads on the reinforcement loads, and should
be disregarded. For the purpose of further analyses, axial forces in the reinforcement by
the end of reinforced backfilling operation will be considered and not by the end of
surface surcharge application.
As shown in these tables, there are no general trends that can be distinguished for
the axial force increments with the embedment depth of the reinforcement in all three
instrumented sections. Moreover, the two sections located away from the surcharge area,
20 ft (6 m) and 30 ft (9.1 m) sections, were as much influenced by the surface surcharge
stress as the 52 ft (15.85 m) section. This could be attributed to the fact that the extents of
the surface loads are not vast enough to deal with as an infinitely large surcharge area.
The complex geometry and the sloping backfill of the reinforced earth wall at the
locations of the 30 ft (9.1 m) and 20 ft (6 m) high sections would transfer a portion of the
surface load to these two sections. It was indicated earlier in Chapter 2, that the complex
geometry of the wall has not yet been fully accommodated for in the current practice. In
fact, the complex geometry could produce serious discrepancies in the current practice by
influencing the magnitudes of axial forces and lateral earth pressures in the reinforced
soil mass as will be shown later in this chapter in the comparisons with the current
practice.
114
Table 4.4 Maximum reinforcement forces based on measured reinforcement strains in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section due to surface surcharge.
Strap location in feet Strap number above L.P Below upper grade
Max. Force Kip/ft
Force increment*
Kip/ft
9B 47.75 3.75 0.5 0.13
8B 40.25 11.25 0.5 0.1
7B 32.75 18.75 1.2 0.49
6B 27.75 23.75 1.9 0.62
5B 22.75 28.75 0.7 -2.22 ??
4B 15.25 36.25 1.9 0.26
3B 10.25 41.25 3.1 1.01
2B 5.25 46.25 3.3 1.06
1B 0.25 51.25 0.7 -1.6 ?? • Incremental force due to the surcharge pressure of 0.6 Ksf (28.7 kPa). • 1 Kip/ft = 14.7 KN/m • 1 ft = 0.305 m
Table 4.5 Maximum reinforcement forces based on measured reinforcement strains in the 30 ft (9.1 m) high section due to surface surcharge.
Strap location in feet Strap number above L.P Below upper grade
Max. Force Kip/ft
Force increment*
Kip/ft
7C 3.25 26.75 1.2 0.78
6C 5.75 24.25 0.8 -0.01 ??
5C 8.25 21.75 1.4 0.51
4C 13.25 16.75 1.3 0.21
3C 18.25 11.75 1.5 0.17
2C 23.25 6.75 2.2 -0.2 ??
1C 28.25 1.75 2.4 0.63 • Incremental force due to the surcharge pressure of 0.6 Ksf (28.7 KPa) • 1 Kip/ft = 14.7 KN/m. • 1 ft = 0.305 m
115
Table 4.6 Maximum reinforcement forces based on measured reinforcement strains in the 20 ft (6 m) high section due to surface surcharge.
Strap location in feet Strap number above L.P Below upper grade
Max. Force Kip/ft
Force increment* Kip/ft
6D 1.25 19.75 0.8 0.6
5D 3.75 17.25 0.8 0.4
4D 6.25 14.75 1.6 0.8
3D 11.25 9.75 1.3 0.5
2D 16.25 4.75 2.6 1.3
1D 18.8 2.2 1.7 0.5 • Incremental force due to the surcharge pressure of 0.6 Ksf (28.7 kPa). • 1 Kip/ft = 14.7 KN/m
4.2 PRESSURE MEASUREMENTS
4.2.1 Vertical pressure measurements
Vertical earth pressures were measured along the base of the reinforced soil mass
via the earth pressure cells installed in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high sections (section A and B,
respectively) as indicated in Chapter 3. Similar to the reinforcement strain gages, the
earth pressure cells were provided with calibration data from the manufacturer (Geokon).
As recommended by the manufacturer, they were also checked for damage during
shipping at the civil engineering laboratory at the University of Akron. Immediately after
installation at the designated locations at the project site, they were connected to the data
acquisition and operated under zero vertical pressure to obtain the initial readings.
The measured vertical earth pressures at different construction stages for sections
A and B are shown in Figures 4.65a and b, respectively. The pressure measurements in
both figures show a very clear trend throughout the monitoring period. The vertical
116
pressure cells appeared to perform the best among all instruments and gages deployed in
the instrumented wall. Noise and oscillations were minimal, and for many instances these
spike were merely the responses for the excess stresses caused by the temporary heavy
construction activities and the movement of heavy construction machines.
Also shown in Figures 4.65a and b (right-side vertical axes) are the equivalent soil
column height calculated by the division of the measured vertical pressure by the soil’s
unit weight of 120 pcf (18.85 KN/m3). However, the equivalent soil height shown in
Figures 4.65a and b were considerably different from the actual heights reported for the
reinforced soil mass. Three of the four vertical pressure cells indicated that the equivalent
soil height is higher than reported, while the fourth cell measured a little less. This is due
to the interferences of the wall, reinforcements, and to some extent the retained soil mass
as will be shown later in this chapter.
The vertical earth pressures are plotted against the reported heights of the
reinforced soil mass in Figure 4.66a and b, for sections A and B, respectively. Based on
these two Figures, the measured vertical earth pressures beneath both sections (A and B)
were shown to be very similar in both trend and magnitude. A maximum vertical earth
pressure was measured by the pressure cell located at 5 ft (1.5 m) from the wall facing.
However, as shown in Figure 4.67, the vertical earth pressure dropped drastically to a
minimum at about (10 ft) (3 m) from the wall facing. The measured pressure then
increased almost linearly as the pressure cell located further away from the wall facing.
The vertical earth pressure measurements close to the wall and at the side of the
retained earth were much higher than the values anticipated by the trapezoidal and the
Meyerhof’s distributions. The trapezoidal or Meyerhof’s distributions anticipates a
117
maximum and a minimum vertical pressures near the wall facing and at close to the
retained soil mass, respectively. This calls for reconsideration for the vertical earth
pressure distribution theory and investigation of the possible influences of the wall
facing-soil and wall facing-reinforcement interactions upon the vertical earth pressure
distribution. Comparisons of the measured vertical earth pressures with the existing
theoretical distributions and the influence of the wall facing will be addressed in section
4.5.
4.2.2 Horizontal pressure measurements
The embedded earth pressure cells in the concrete facing show the least
stability compared to other instruments used in the current instrumentation project. Noise
and oscillations were observed in all lateral earth pressure cells. Moreover, among the 10
embedded horizontal pressure cells installed at the wall facing, only three cells were
working properly since early construction works. The three cells were located as follow:
10 ft (3 m) above the leveling pad (L.P) at section A, and 5 ft (1.5 m) and 10 ft (3 m)
above the L.P at section B. The remaining seven malfunctioning cells were oscillating
around zero, giving no reliable pressure readings. This could possibly be due to
inadequate bonding between the cells and the concrete wall facing relieving some or all
of the lateral pressure measured by the lateral pressure sensor. The poor bonding or
adherence could be due to one or more of the following reasons: poor installation to the
concrete panel, temperature variation, and wall deflections and joint movements. When
installed, the cell should have perfect adherence with the facing so that the cells would
work properly. Changes in temperature, the differences in the thermal coefficients
118
between the concrete facing and the cell, as well as the development of cracks in the
concrete facing material would cause dysfunction of the pressure cells.
Shown in Figure 4.68a is the measured lateral earth pressures at section A.
The pressure increase due to the fill height above the cell is shown in Figure 4.68b.
Similarly, the pressure variation during different construction stages and fill heights for
the two cells located in section B at 5 ft (1.5 m) and 10 ft (3 m) above the L.P is shown in
Figures 4.69a and b, and 4.70a and b, respectively.
4.3 FIELD PULLOUT RESISTANCE
The four load displacement curves measured during the field pullout
testing are provided in Figure 4.71. The important load-displacement characteristics are
summarized in Table 4.7, where the measured reinforcement-soil interface friction
coefficient, F*, also referred to as the pullout factor, was obtained. The coefficients were
calculated using the maximum pullout loads along with Eq. 2.5. The last Column of
Table 4.7 summarizes the pullout factors calculated using the first maximum pullout
loads. As indicated in Table 4.7, the pullout factors are almost independent of the vertical
stress. An average value of 0.65 was obtained for all four test overburden heights.
The axial strains measured along the pullout straps were also used to indicate the
approximate shape of the distribution of the local friction coefficients (pullout factors)
along the reinforcement-soil interface. The measured average strains are converted into
axial forces using the reinforcement cross sectional area and elastic modulus. The axial
force profiles for the four pullout test straps are depicted in Figures 4.72 through 4.75.
The axial forces are then analyzed to provide frictional stresses using the force balance
principles for the discretized segments of the reinforcement straps, and are shown in
119
Figures 4.76 through 4.79. These stresses are then analyzed to provide the coefficients of
interface friction using Eq. 2.5, and are shown in Figures 4.80 through 4.83. The average
values for the coefficients of friction for different pullout loads are also shown in these
figures.
Comparison of the friction coefficients for the four test depths at their maximum
pullout loads is shown in Figure 4.84. The average value of the friction coefficient for
each of the four tests was about 0.67. However, the average values indicated in Figure
4.84 are only for the instrumented 8 ft (2.4 m) length of the 12 ft (3.7 m) long test straps.
This explains the differences between the average values for the pullout factors in this
approach from the previous one. Regardless of the magnitude of the average coefficients
of friction, all four tests conducted at four different embedment depths have about the
same average coefficients. The overburden height of the test strap had not significantly
influenced the magnitude of the coefficient of friction of the pullout strap.
120
Table 4.7 Summary of load-displacement curves for pullout test straps. Pullout load Test
strap Depth below
grade ft Kips Kip/ft(1) Displacement
inch F*(2)
1 14.5 3 0.25 1.0 0.60
2 23.5 7.2 0.60 0.8 0.55
3 32.5 9.9 0.83 0.5 0.57
4 42.5 11.9 0.99 1.0 0.58 (1) load / length of strap: Strap length, L = 12 ft (3.7 m). (2) Soil-interface friction coefficient (pullout factor). Kip/ft =14.7 KN/m 1 ft = 0.305 m 1 inch = 2.54 cm
4.4 FIELD SETTLEMENT AND DEFORMATION MEASUREMENTS
During the construction of the wall, vertical settlement in the foundation
of the reinforced soil and the wall facing, as well as the lateral deformations of the wall
were monitored. Details of these measurements are provided in the next subsections.
4.4.1 Vertical settlement
Vertical settlements in the reinforced soil’s foundation material were measured
using two different techniques. In the first technique, measurements of settlement were
taken by the project contractor staff using the settlement plates installed at the locations
indicated in Figure 4.85. The other technique used the survey point measurements made
along the wall facing at the locations of the four instrumented sections previously shown
in Figures 3.3, 3.4, and 3.5.
Settlement plate measurements are shown in Figure 4.86, and are numerically
listed in Table 4.8. However, the settlement plates were damaged by the contractor and
the last set of measurements was made on October 24th 2002, which corresponds to an 18
121
ft (5.5 m) thick reinforced fill above the leveling pad. These measured settlements would
mainly be the immediate elastic settlements. At the time of the last measurement which is
about 1.5 months into wall construction, the consolidation settlements may still be small.
Starting October 14th 2002, point survey measurements were made on a monthly
schedule along the height of the wall at the locations of the four instrumented sections.
These measurements provide the wall panel movements in all three directions. The
settlement of the wall facing was obtained from the differences in the elevations of the
lowest survey point at each section at different times during and after construction.
However, it was not possible to install the survey points on the lowest facing panel since
it will be located under the dredge line as specified by the minimum embedment
requirements. The anticipated joint contraction due to cumulative weights, and the
differences in the movements of the lower two joints were well below 0.10 in.
The deduced approximate settlement measurements underneath the wall
facing for the three sections (52 ft (15.85 m), 30 ft (9.1 m), and 20 ft (6 m) ) high
sections) produced from the wall point surveys are shown in Figure 4.87. The settlement
curve for the 52 ft (15.85 m) sections heaved in the second survey reading (on October
21st 2000). This heave was thought to be caused by the pile driving at that location. The
settlements at the two down slope sections (30 ft (9.1 m) and 20 ft (6 m)) high wall
sections are shown to be considerably higher than that at the median (52 ft (15.85 m) high
section). This is mainly due to the weaker subsurface geology, groundwater movement,
and the presence of the piles supporting the bridge abutment at the location of the 52 ft
(15.85 m) high section. The weaker subsurface formations and the easier groundwater
drainage at the wall wing which is the location of the 30 ft (9.1 m) and 20 ft (6 m)
122
sections than in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section have resulted in higher wall settlements
at the wall wing than that at and close to the median. The faster groundwater escape at the
wall wing location is a consequence of the original ground topography which was
dipping towards the wall wing. The presence of driven piles has also improved the
subsurface conditions close to the median location. This will, in turn, reduce
deformability of the foundation material and the consequent wall settlement at and close
to this location.
Table 4.8 Settlement in inches of foundation material 10 ft (3 m) behind the eastern wall.
Distance from Median Centerline, ft Date
42.83-N* C.L 42-S 8/29/2000 0 0 0 9/13/2000 0 0.48 0.24 9/22/2000 0.12 0.72 0.24 9/29/2000 0.54 1.08 0.6 10/6/2000 0.66 1.2 0.9 10/13/2000 0.84 1.5 1.14 10/19/2000 0.78 1.44 1.2 10/24/2000 1.02 1.68 1.32
• N: north, S: south. • 1 ft = 0.305 m
4.4.2 Lateral wall deformation
Wall deflections are provided based on the wall survey point measurements made
at the panel facings of the instrumented sections. The lateral deflections were produced
by interpreting the E-W and N-S average movements for the 52 ft (15.85 m) and 30 ft
(9.1 m) high sections. Figures 4.88 through 4.91 show the wall movements in both the E-
123
W and the N-S directions for the 52 ft (15.85 m) and 30 ft (9.1 m) high sections,
respectively. The lateral deflections for each section, in the direction normal to the wall,
were then produced and are depicted in Figures 4.92 and 4.93 for the 52 ft (15.85 m) and
30 ft (9.1 m) high sections, respectively. Based on these figures, it can be shown that the
maximum lateral movements of the wall were 0.45 inch (1.1 cm) and 1.7 inch (4.3 cm) at
the locations of the 52 ft (15.85 m) and 30 ft (9.1 m) high sections, respectively. Based on
the FHWA Design Manual performance criteria, a limiting value for the lateral wall
deflection would be equal to the wall height divided by 250 for the case of inextensible
reinforcement. This corresponds to maximum deflections of about 2.4 inch (6.1 cm) and
1.44 inch (3.7 cm) for the 52 ft (15.85 m) and 30 ft (9.1 m) high sections. This is not,
however, a strict requirement for the safety of the structure; yet it is advised to maintain
the lateral deflections within this empirical limit. Accordingly, it can be stated that the
maximum lateral deflections observed at the 52 ft (15.85 m) section were well within the
FHWA preferred limits, whereas the deflections of the 30 ft (9.1 m) high section were a
little over limit.
Having higher wall deflections at the 30 ft (9.1 m) section (wall wing) than at the
52 ft (15.85 m) section (wall median) can be explained by considering the factors that
cause or influence lateral deflections of these sections. These factors are the same factors
that influence the differential settlement between the two sections, including the presence
of the piles, pile driving, subsurface geology and stratification, and ground water
movements. These factors influenced the amount of differential settlement of the wall,
which in turn, influenced the amount of lateral deflections at each section. The settlement
of the wall at a given section will be accompanied by a rotational movement for the wall.
124
This is due to the wall-reinforcement connection. Upon settlement of the wall facing, the
reinforcements tend to resist the wall downward movement. This causes the wall to
laterally deflect as illustrated in Figure 4.94a. The higher the settlement of the wall
facing, the larger the lateral deflections at the wall facing. The geometry of the wall and
the wall facing type and alignment are also important factors that influence the amount
and direction of the lateral wall deflections. Despite the fact that, wall facing panels are
not perfectly connected to each other, they are indirectly connected through the
reinforcement and the interlocking cell alignment. These connections are strong enough
to prevent the movement of one panel independent from the others. Accordingly, and as
illustrated in Figure 4.94b, the movement of the wall wing will induce a movement in the
opposite direction at the wall median. This explains the differences in the directions of
the lateral wall deflections at the wall median and wall wing (locations of the 52 ft (15.85
m) and 30 ft (9.1 m) sections, respectively).
4.5 COMPARISON WITH CURRENT PRACTICE
The results of the field monitoring and pullout testing will be compared with the
current engineering practice, namely, FHWA design approach, for the design of similar
reinforced earth walls. Comparisons will be separately made for: reinforcement forces,
lateral earth pressures, and the vertical earth pressures.
Based on comparison made in Figure 4.95 for the measured maximum axial
forces in the reinforcements at the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section, the method described by
the FHWA Design Manual is shown to provide a reasonable and conservative design
tool. The locations of the maximum reinforcement forces, shown in Figure 4.96, also
125
matched the distribution assumed by the FHWA design manual. Similar comparisons of
the maximum forces in the reinforcement for the 30 ft (9.1 m) and 20 ft (6 m) high
sections are provided in Figures 4.97 and 4.98, respectively. The measured reinforcement
forces exceeded the values predicted by the FHWA design method for many points in
these two sections, and the largest discrepancy was observed for the 20 ft (6 m) high
section. The comparisons of the locations of these maximum forces for the two sections
in Figures 4.99 and 4.100 show big differences between the measured and the predicted
locations. The reason for the observed discrepancies for the 30 ft (9.1 m) and 20 ft (6 m)
high sections could be due to the geometry of the wall at these sections. The 52 ft (15.85
m) section has a flat and straight wall coping and upper grade. The 30 ft (9.1 m) and 20 ft
(6 m) sections had a three dimensional sloping surface, thus making it more difficult to
anticipate the actual in situ stresses using the FHWA approach.
The lateral earth pressure measurements on the wall facing were normalized as
the ratio of the inferred lateral earth pressure coefficients to the active coefficients as
depicted in Figure 4.101. As clearly shown in this figure, FHWA design has reasonably
captured the general trend of the lateral earth pressures with depth. The differences could
be attributed to the additional safety accommodated in the FHWA design method.
However, the measurements indicated that the lateral earth pressure coefficients for
depths below 10 ft (3 m) from the upper wall grade were less than the active earth
pressure coefficients (k/ka <1.0). This is due to the fact that the lateral earth pressure
coefficients inferred from the measured lateral earth pressures were developed by
dividing the lateral earth pressure measurements by the uniform vertical earth pressure
(�v = � h). Yet, the vertical earth pressure is not constant along the base of the reinforced
126
soil. The actual vertical pressure distribution is shown in Figure 4.102, where the vertical
pressures close to the wall facing were more than twice as much as the assumed uniform
pressure value. The exact distribution of vertical stresses under the reinforced soil mass
needs to be more accurately captured and evaluated. The comparisons made in Figure
4.102 for the measured vertical stresses with the three commonly used distributions
indicate the deficiency of these methods. However, for the purpose of external stability,
the assumed uniform distribution has been shown to resemble the actual measurements
better than the other two distributions.
All three vertical pressure distributions have the common shortcoming of not
accommodating all influential forces and stresses acting on the system. Both the
trapezoidal and Meyerhof’s distributions assume a rigid reinforced soil mass with the
lateral earth pressure from the retained earth and the surface surcharge as the only
external forces acting on the reinforced soil mass. The wall-soil friction could
significantly influence the vertical pressure distribution. Although the reinforcement
forces are considered as internal forces, the presence of the concrete facing would
transform these forces into external forces through the wall-reinforcement connections.
These forces will oppose, in direction, the lateral earth thrust imposed by the retained
earth. This explains the better performance of the uniform distribution than the other two
methods: the trapezoidal and Meyerhof’s.
127
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.1a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.4 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (50.75 ft (15.5 m) below wall coping).
Fill above strap, ft.
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
1-ft2-ft
5-ft
10-ft
Distance from wall facing:
Date (mm/dd/yy)
09/01/00 10/01/00 10/31/00 11/30/00 12/30/00 01/29/01 02/28/01
128
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.1b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.4 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (50.75 ft (15.5 m) below wall coping).
Distance along the strap fom wall facing, ft.
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
5.5
10.3
50.2
35
Fill abovestrap, ft:
129
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.2a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.9 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (46.25 ft (14.1 m) below wall coping).
Fill above strap, ft.
0 10 20 30 40 50
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
10-ft
3-ft
5-ft
1-ft
30-ft
25-ft20-ft
Distance fromwall facing:
Date (mm/dd/yy)
09/18/00 10/18/00 11/17/00 12/17/00 01/16/01 02/15/01 03/17/01
130
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.2b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.9 m) above the L.P
in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (46.25 ft (14.1 m) below wall coping).
Distance along strap from wall facing,ft
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
5.410.520.0
34.0
45.3
Fill abovestrap, ft:
131
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.3a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.4 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (41.25 ft (12.6 m) below wall coping).
Fill above strap, ft.
0 10 20 30 40 50
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
10-ft
5-ft
15-ft30-ft
25-ft20-ft
Distance fromwall facing:
Date (mm/dd/yy)
10/20/00 11/19/00 12/19/00 01/18/01 02/17/01 03/19/01
132
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.3b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.4 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (41.25 ft (12.6 m) below wall coping).
Distance along strap from wall facing,ft
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
12.1
20.5
33.2
40.2
Fill abovestrap, ft:
133
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.4a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 16.25 ft (5 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (36.25 ft (11 m) below wall coping).
Fill above strap, ft.
0 10 20 30 40 50
Axia
l for
ce, l
b/ft
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
10-ft5-ft
15-ft
30-ft25-ft
20-ft
Distance fromwall facing:
Date (mm/dd/yy)
10/20/00 11/19/00 12/19/00 01/18/01 02/17/01
1-ft
134
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.4b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 16.25 ft (5 m) above the L.P
in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (36.25 ft (11 m) below wall coping).
Distance along strap from wall facing,ft
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
5.9
15.5
23.8
35.2
Fill abovestrap, ft:
135
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.5a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 23.75 ft (7.2 m) above the
L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (28.75 ft (8.8 m) below wall coping).
Fill above strap, ft.
0 10 20 30 40 50
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
10-ft
5-ft
15-ft30-ft
25-ft
20-ft
Distance fromwall facing:
Date (mm/dd/yy)
10/20/00 11/29/00 01/08/01 02/17/01
1-ft
136
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.5b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 23.75 ft (7.2 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (28.75 ft (8.8 m) below wall coping).
Distance along strap from wall facing,ft
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
5.2
10.7
15.2
27.7
Fill abovestrap, ft:
137
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.6a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 28.75 ft (8.8 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (23.75 ft (7.2 m) below wall coping).
Fill above strap, ft.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
10-ft
5-ft
15-ft
30-ft
25-ft
20-ft
Distance fromwall facing:
Date (mm/dd/yy)
12/04/00 12/24/00 01/13/01 02/02/01 02/22/01 03/14/01
1-ft
138
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.6b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 28.75 ft (8.8 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (23.75 ft (7.2 m) below wall coping).
Distance along strap from wall facing,ft
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
5.7
10.2
15.7
22.7
Fill abovestrap, ft:
139
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.7a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 33.75 ft (10.3 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (18.75 ft (5.7 m) below wall coping).
Fill above strap, ft.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
500
1000
10-ft
5-ft
15-ft
30-ft
25-ft
20-ft
Distance fromwall facing:
Date (mm/dd/yy)
02/23/01 02/28/01 03/05/01 03/10/01 03/15/01
1-ft
140
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.7b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 33.75 ft (10.3 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (18.75 ft (5.7 m) below wall coping).
Distance along strap from wall facing,ft
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
5.2
13.8
17.7
Fill abovestrap, ft:
141
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.8a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 41.25 ft (12.6 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (11.25 ft (3.4 m) below wall coping).
Fill above strap, ft.
0 5 10 15
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
500
10-ft
5-ft
15-ft
30-ft
25-ft
20-ft
Distance fromwall facing:
Date (mm/dd/yy)
03/06/01 03/11/01 03/16/01
1-ft
142
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.8b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 41.25 ft (12.6 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (11.25 ft (3.4 m) below wall coping).
Distance along strap from wall facing,ft
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
6.4
10.3
Fill abovestrap, ft:
143
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.9a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 47.75 ft (14.6 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (3.75 ft (1.15 m) below wall coping).
Fill above strap, ft.
0 1 2 3 4 5
Axia
l for
ce, l
b/ft
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
5-ft
15-ft
30-ft
25-ft20-ft
Distance fromwall facing:
Date (mm/dd/yy)
03/12/01 03/17/01
1-ft
144
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.9b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 47.75 ft (14.6 m) above the
L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (3.75 ft (1.2 m) below wall coping).
Distance along strap from wall facing,ft
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Axia
l for
ce, l
b/ft
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
Fill abovestrap, ft:
1.6
3.75
145
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.10a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 3.25 ft (1.0 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (26.75 ft (8.2 m) below wall coping).
Fill above strap, ft.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Axia
l for
ce, l
b/ft
0
400
800
1200
1600
2000
10-ft
6-ft
20-ft
3-ft
Distance fromwall facing:
Date (mm/dd/yy)
09/25/00 10/10/00 10/25/00 11/09/00 11/24/00 12/09/00
1-ft
146
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.10b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 3.25 ft (1.0 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (26.75 ft (8.2 m) below wall coping).
Distance along strap from wall facing,ft
0 5 10 15 20 25
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
400
800
1200
1600
2000
147
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.11a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 5.75 ft (1.8 m) above the
L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (24.25 ft (7.4 m) below wall coping).
Fill above strap, ft.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
4-ft
7-ft
11-ft
2-ft
Distance fromwall facing:
Date (mm/dd/yy)
09/29/00 10/14/00 10/29/00 11/13/00 11/28/00
1-ft
14-ft
148
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.11b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 5.75 ft (1.8 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (24.25 ft (7.4 m) below wall coping).
Distance along strap from wall facing,ft
0 5 10 15 20 25
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
14.1
24.7
Fill abovestrap, ft:
10
149
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.12a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 8.25 ft (2.5 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (21.75 ft (6.6 m) below wall coping).
Fill above strap, ft.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
500
1000
1500
4-ft
7-ft
20-ft
2-ft
Distance fromwall facing:
Date (mm/dd/yy)
10/06/00 10/21/00 11/05/00 11/20/00 12/05/00
1-ft
14-ft11-ft
150
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.12b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 8.25 ft (2.5 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft ( 9.1 m) tall section (21.75 ft (6.6 m) below wall coping).
Distance along strap from wall facing,ft
0 5 10 15 20 25
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
10
21
Fill abovestrap, ft:
4.5
15
151
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.13a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 13.25 ft (4.0 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft ( 9.1 m) tall section (16.75 ft (5.1 m) below wall coping).
Fill above strap, ft.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Axia
l for
ce, l
b/ft
0
500
1000
1500
9-ft7-ft
20-ft
Distance fromwall facing:
Date (mm/dd/yy)
10/28/00 11/07/00 11/17/00 11/27/00 12/07/00
1-ft
4-ft
11-ft
152
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.13b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 13.25 ft (4 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft ( 9.1 m) tall section (16.75 ft (5.1 m) below wall coping).
Distance along strap from wall facing,ft
0 5 10 15 20 25
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
500
1000
1500
10
Fill abovestrap, ft:
5
16.8
153
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.14a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 18.25 ft (5.6 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft ( 9.1 m) tall section (11.75 ft (3.6 m) below wall coping).
Fill above strap, ft.
0 5 10 15
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
200
400
600
800
1000
2-ft
8-ft
20-ft
Distance fromwall facing:
Date (mm/dd/yy)
11/07/00 11/17/00 11/27/00 12/07/00
15-ft
12-ft5-ft
154
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.14b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 18.25 ft (5.6 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft ( 9.1 m) tall section (11.75 ft (3.6 m) below wall coping).
Distance along strap from wall facing,ft
0 5 10 15 20 25
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
200
400
600
800
1000
9.5
11.75
Fill abovestrap, ft:
5
155
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.15a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 23.25 ft (7.1 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft ( 9.1 m) tall section (6.75 ft (2 m) below wall coping).
Fill above strap, ft.
0 2 4 6 8 10
Axia
l for
ce, l
b/ft
0
200
400
600
800
1000
2-ft
8-ft
20-ft
Distance fromwall facing:
Date (mm/dd/yy)
11/28/00 12/03/00 12/08/00
15-ft12-ft
5-ft
10-ft
156
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.15b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 23.25 ft (7.1 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft ( 9.1 m) tall section (6.75 ft (2.1 m) below wall coping).
Distance along strap from wall facing,ft
0 5 10 15 20 25
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
6.75
Fill abovestrap, ft:
3.7
157
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.16a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.4 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft ( 6 m) tall section (18.75 ft (5.7 m) below wall coping).
Fill above strap, ft.
0 5 10 15 20
Axia
l for
ce, l
b/ft
0
500
1000
1500
7-ft12-ft
2-ft
Distance fromwall facing:
Date (mm/dd/yy)
09/29/00 10/14/00 10/29/00 11/13/00
1-ft
158
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.16b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.4 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) tall section (18.75 ft (5.7 m) below wall coping).
Distance along strap from wall facing,ft
0 5 10 15 20
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
500
1000
1500
18.75
5
Fill abovestrap, ft:
12
159
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.17a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 3.75 ft (1.1 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6 m) tall section (16.25 ft (5 m) below wall coping).
Fill above strap, ft.
0 5 10 15 20
Axia
l for
ce, l
b/ft
0
500
1000
1500
10-ft12-ft
2-ft
Distance fromwall facing:
Date (mm/dd/yy)
10/01/00 10/16/00 10/31/00 11/15/00
1-ft
160
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.17b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 3.75 ft (1.15 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft ( 6 m) tall section (16.25 ft (5 m) below wall coping).
Distance along strap from wall facing,ft
0 5 10 15 20
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
500
1000
1500
16.25
5
Fill abovestrap, ft:
12
161
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.18a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.9 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft ( 6 m) tall section (13.75 ft (4.2 m) below wall coping).
Fill above strap, ft.
0 5 10 15 20
Axia
l for
ce, l
b/ft
0
500
1000
7-ft
12-ft
2-ft
Distance fromwall facing:
Date (mm/dd/yy)
10/03/00 10/18/00 11/02/00 11/17/00
1-ft10-ft
162
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.18b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.9 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft ( 6 m) tall section (13.75 ft (4.2 m) below wall coping).
Distance along strap from wall facing,ft
0 5 10 15 20
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
500
1000
1500
13
5
Fill abovestrap, ft:
10
163
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.19a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.4 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft ( 6 m) tall section (8.75 ft (2.7 m) below wall coping).
Fill above strap, ft.
0 5 10 15 20
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
500
1000
7-ft
12-ft
2-ft
Distance fromwall facing:
Date (mm/dd/yy)
10/03/00 10/18/00 11/02/00 11/17/00
1-ft
10-ft
5-ft
164
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.19b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.4 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft ( 6 m) tall section (8.75 ft (2.7 m) below wall coping).
Distance along strap from wall facing,ft
0 5 10 15 20
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
500
1000
1500
5
Fill abovestrap, ft:
10
165
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.20a Axial force measurements in the strap located at 16.25 ft (5 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft ( 6 m) tall section (3.75 ft (1.1 m) below wall coping).
Fill above strap, ft.
0 1 2 3 4 5
Axi
al fo
rce,
lb/ft
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
7-ft
12-ft
Distance fromwall facing:
Date (mm/dd/yy)
11/05/00 11/10/00 11/15/00 11/20/00
1-ft
5-ft
166
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.20b Measured force profiles in the strap located at 16.25 ft (5 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft ( 6.1 m) tall section (3.75 ft (1.15 m) below wall coping).
Distance along strap from wall facing,ft
0 5 10 15 20
Axia
l for
ce, l
b/ft
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
2.5
Fill abovestrap, ft:
3.8
167
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.21 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.4 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.8 m) tall section (50.75 ft (15.5 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling after reinforcement-backfilling.
Date (m/d/yy)
3/1/01 3/31/01 4/30/01 5/30/01 6/29/01 7/29/01
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
, lb/
ft.
-2000
-1000
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
1-ft
2-ft
10-ft5-ft
Bridge constructionand final grading
Distance fromwall facing
168
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.22 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.9 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (46.25 ft (14.1 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling after reinforcement-backfilling.
Date (m/d/yy)
3/1/01 3/31/01 4/30/01 5/30/01 6/29/01 7/29/01
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
, lb/
ft.
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
10-ft
3-ft5-ft
1-ft30-ft
20-ft
Bridge constructionand final grading
Distance fromwall facing
169
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.23 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.4 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.8 m) tall section (41.25 ft (12.6 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
Date (m/d/yy)
3/1/01 3/31/01 4/30/01 5/30/01 6/29/01 7/29/01
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
, lb/
ft
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5-ft20-ft
15-ft
10-ft
30-ft
25-ft
Distance fromwall facingBridge construction
and final grading
170
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.24 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 16.25 ft (5 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.8 m) tall section (36.25 ft (11 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
Date (m/d/yy)
3/1/01 3/31/01 4/30/01 5/30/01 6/29/01 7/29/01
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
10-ft
50-ft
20-ft
25-ft
30-ft
Distance fromwall facing
Bridge constructionand final grading
171
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.25 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 23.75 ft (7.2 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.8 m) tall section (28.75 ft (8.8 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
Date (m/d/yy)
3/1/01 3/31/01 4/30/01 5/30/01 6/29/01 7/29/01
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
, lb/
ft
0
500
1000
1500
30-ft
20-ft
1-ft
10-ft
5-ft
1-ft20-ft
Distance fromwall facingBridge construction
and final grading
172
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.26 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 28.75 ft (8.8 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.8 m) tall section (23.75 ft (7.2 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
Date (m/d/yy)
3/1/01 3/31/01 4/30/01 5/30/01 6/29/01 7/29/01
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
Bridge constructionand final grading
30-ft
10-ft
25-ft5-ft
Distance fromwall facing
173
1 lb/ft =14.6 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.27 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 33.75 ft (10.3 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (18.75 ft (5.7 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
Date (m/d/yy)
3/1/01 3/31/01 4/30/01 5/30/01 6/29/01 7/29/01
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
Bridge constructionand final grading
Distance fromwall facing
10-ft
15-ft
1-ft
30-ft
20-ft25-ft5-ft
174
1 lb/ft =14.6 N/m
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.28 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 41.25 ft (12.6 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (11.25 ft (3.4 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
Date (m/d/yy)
3/1/01 3/31/01 4/30/01 5/30/01 6/29/01 7/29/01
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
, lb/
ft.
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
Bridge constructionand final grading
20-ft15-ft
25-ft30-ft
Distance fromwall facing
175
1 lb/ft =14.6 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.29 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 47.75 ft (14.6 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (3.75 ft (1.1 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
Date (m/d/yy)
3/1/01 3/31/01 4/30/01 5/30/01 6/29/01 7/29/01
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
100
200
300
400
500
600
15-ft
20-ft
5-ft25-ft
30-ft
Bridge constructionand final grading
Distance fromwall facing
176
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.30 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 3.25 ft (1 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (26.75 ft (8.2 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
Date (m/d/yy)
12/1/00 1/10/01 2/19/01 3/31/01 5/10/01 6/19/01 7/29/01
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
1-ft
3-ft
6-ft10-ft
Distance fromwall facing
Bridge constructionand final grading
177
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.31 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 5.75 ft (1.8 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (24.25 ft (7.4 m)below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
Date (m/d/yy)
11/20/00 12/30/00 2/8/01 3/20/01 4/29/01 6/8/01 7/18/01
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
1-ft
2-ft4-ft
11-ft7-ft
Distance fromwall facing
Bridge constructionand final grading
178
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.32 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 8.25 ft (2.5 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6.1 m) tall section (21.75 ft (6.6 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
Date (m/d/yy)
12/1/00 1/10/01 2/19/01 3/31/01 5/10/01 6/19/01 7/29/01
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
20-ft
1-ft
4-ft7-ft11-ft
14-ft
Bridge constructionand final grading
Distancefrom
wall facing
179
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.33 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 13.25 ft (4 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (16.75 ft (5.1 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
Date (m/d/yy)
12/1/00 1/10/01 2/19/01 3/31/01 5/10/01 6/19/01 7/29/01
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
1-ft
20-ft
9-ft
4-ft
11-ft
Bridge constructionand final grading
Distancefrom
wall facing
180
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.34 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 18.25 ft (5.6 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (11.75 ft (3.6 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
Date (m/d/yy)
12/1/00 1/10/01 2/19/01 3/31/01 5/10/01 6/19/01 7/29/01
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2-ft
20-ft
5-ft
12-ft 15-ft8-ft
Distance fromwall facing
Bridge constructionand final grading
181
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.35 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 23.25 ft (7.2 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (6.75 ft (2.1 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
Date (m/d/yy)
12/1/00 12/21/00 1/10/01 1/30/01 2/19/01 3/11/01 3/31/01 4/20/01
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2-ft
5-ft
8-ft20-ft
15-ft12-ft
Distance fromwall facing
Bridgeconstruction
Outof
range
182
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.36 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 28.25 ft (8.6 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section (1.75 ft (0.5 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
Date (m/d/yy)
12/1/00 1/10/01 2/19/01 3/31/01 5/10/01 6/19/01 7/29/01
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
500
1000
1500
20-ft
7-ft
11-ft15-ft
Distance fromwall facing
Bridge constructionand final grading
183
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.37 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.4 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6.1 m) tall section (18.75 ft (5.7 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
Date (m/d/yy)
11/1/00 12/11/00 1/20/01 3/1/01 4/10/01 5/20/01 6/29/01 8/8/01
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
1-ft
12-ft
7-ft
Bridge constructionand final grading
Distance from
wall facing
184
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.38 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 3.75 ft (1.1 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6.1 m) tall section (16.25 ft (5 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
Date (m/d/yy)
11/1/00 12/11/00 1/20/01 3/1/01 4/10/01 5/20/01 6/29/01 8/8/01
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
12-ft1-ft
10-ft2-ft
Distance fromwall facing
Bridge constructionand final grading
185
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.39 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.9 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6.1 m) tall section (13.75 ft (4.2 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
Date (m/d/yy)
11/1/00 12/11/00 1/20/01 3/1/01 4/10/01 5/20/01 6/29/01 8/8/01
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
1-ft
2-ft
7-ft12-ft10-ft5-ft
Bridge constructionand final grading
Distance fromwall facing
186
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.40 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.4 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6.1 m) tall section (8.75 ft (2.7 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
Date (m/d/yy)
11/1/00 12/11/00 1/20/01 3/1/01 4/10/01 5/20/01 6/29/01 8/8/01
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
Bridge constructionand final grading
7-ft
1-ft2-ft
5-ft12-ft10-ft
Distance fromwall facing
187
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.41 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 16.25 ft (5 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6.1 m) tall section (3.75 ft (1.1 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
Date (m/d/yy)
11/1/00 12/11/00 1/20/01 3/1/01 4/10/01 5/20/01 6/29/01 8/8/01
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
12-ft
5-ft7-ft
Bridge constructionand final grading
Distance fromwall facing
188
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.42 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 18.75 ft (5.7 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6.1 m) tall section (1.25 ft (0.4 m) below wall coping) after reinforcement-backfilling.
Date (m/d/yy)
11/1/00 12/11/00 1/20/01 3/1/01 4/10/01 5/20/01 6/29/01 8/8/01
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1-ft
7-ft
12-ft
Distance fromwall facing
Bridge constructionand final grading
189
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.43 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.4 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section (50.75 ft (15.5 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
-1500
-1000
-500
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
End of reinf.-backfillEnd of bridge constructionEnd of final grading
190
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.44 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.9 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section (46.25 ft (14.1 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
End of reinf.-backfillEnd of bridge constructionEnd of final grading
191
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.45 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.4 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section (41.25 ft (12.6 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
End of reinf.-backfillEnd of bridge constructionEnd of final grading
192
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.46 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 16.25 ft (5 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section (36.25 ft (11 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
End of reinf.-backfillEnd of bridge constructionEnd of final grading
193
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.47 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 23.75 ft (7.2 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section (28.75 ft (8.8 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
End of reinf.-backfillEnd of bridge constructionEnd of final grading
194
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.48 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 28.75 (8.8 m) ft above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section (23.75 ft (7.2 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
End of reinf.-backfillEnd of bridge constructionEnd of final grading
195
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.49 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 33.75 ft (10.3 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section (18.75 ft (5.7 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
End of reinf.-backfillEnd of bridge constructionEnd of final grading
196
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.50 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 41.25 ft (12.6 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section (11.25 ft (3.4 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
End of reinf.-backfillEnd of bridge constructionEnd of final grading
197
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.51 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 47.75 ft (14.6 m) above the L.P in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section (3.75 ft (1.1 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
200
400
600
800
1000
End of reinf.-backfillEnd of bridge constructionEnd of final grading
198
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.52 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 3.25 ft (1 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) high section (26.75 ft (8.2 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
End of reinf.-backfillEnd of bridge constructionEnd of final grading
199
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.53 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 5.75 ft (1.8 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) high section (24.25 ft (7.4 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
End of reinf.-backfillEnd of bridge constructionEnd of final grading
200
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.54 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 8.25 ft (2.5 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6.1 m) high section (21.75 ft (6.6 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
0 5 10 15 20 25
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
End of reinf.-backfillEnd of bridge constructionEnd of final grading
201
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.55 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 13.25 ft (4 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) high section (16.75 ft (5.1 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
0 5 10 15 20 25
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
End of reinf.-backfillEnd of bridge constructionEnd of final grading
202
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.56 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 18.25 ft (5.6 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) high section (11.75 ft (3.6 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
End of reinf.-backfillEnd of bridge constructionEnd of final grading
203
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.57 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 23.25 ft (7.1 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) high section (6.75 ft (2.1 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
End of reinf.-backfillDuring bridge construction(reading terminated)
204
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.58 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 28.25 ft (8.6 m) above the L.P in the 30 ft (9.1 m) high section (1.75 ft (0.5 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
End of reinf.-backfillEnd of bridge constructionEnd of final grading
205
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.59 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.4 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6.1 m) high section (18.75 ft (5.7 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
End of reinf.-backfillEnd of bridge constructionEnd of final grading
206
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.60 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 3.75 ft (1.1 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6.1 m) high section (16.25 (5 m) ft below wall coping) throughout construction period.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
End of reinf.-backfillEnd of bridge constructionEnd of final grading
207
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.61 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.9 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6.1 m) high section (13.75 ft (4.2 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
End of reinf.-backfillEnd of bridge constructionEnd of final grading
208
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.62 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.4 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6.1 m) high section (8.75 ft (2.7 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
End of reinf.-backfillEnd of bridge constructionEnd of final grading
209
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.63 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 16.25 ft (5 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6.1 m) high section (3.75 ft (1.1 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
4 6 8 10 12 14
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
End of reinf.-backfillEnd of bridge constructionEnd of final grading
210
1 lb/ft =14.7 N/m 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.64 Measured force profiles in the strap located at 18.75 ft (5.7 m) above the L.P in the 20 ft (6.1 m) high section (1.25 ft (0.4 m) below wall coping) throughout construction period.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Rei
nfor
cem
ent f
orce
s, lb
/ft.
0
500
1000
1500
2000
End of reinf.-backfillEnd of bridge constructionEnd of final grading
211
1 psf = 47.9 N/m2 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.65a Built-up vertical earth pressures beneath the reinforced soil mass throughout construction period (52 ft (15.85 m) tall section A).
Date (m/d/yy)
9/3/00 10/13/00 11/22/00 1/1/01 2/10/01 3/22/01 5/1/01 6/10/01 7/20/01 8/29/01
Verti
cal p
ress
ure,
psf
.
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
12000
14000
Equ
ival
ent s
oil c
olum
n, ft
.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
End of reinforcement-backfill
Bridge construction& final grading
5-ft
30-ft20-ft
10-ft
Distance fromwall facing
212
1 psf =47.9 N/m2 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.65b Built-up vertical earth pressures beneath the reinforced soil mass throughout construction period (52 ft (15.85 m) tall section B).
Date (m/d/yy)
9/3/00 10/13/00 11/22/00 1/1/01 2/10/01 3/22/01 5/1/01 6/10/01 7/20/01
Verti
cal p
ress
ure,
psf
.
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
12000
14000
Equ
ival
ent s
oil c
olum
n, ft
.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
End of reinforcement-backfill
Bridge construction& final grading
213
1 psf = 47.9 N/m2 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.66a Vertical earth pressure measurements versus the height of reinforced backfill in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (section A).
Pressure, psf.
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Ove
rbur
den
heig
ht a
bove
cel
l, ft.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
5-ft10-ft20-ft30-ft
Distance fromwall facing:
Dat
e (m
m/d
d/yy
)
9/4/00
9/24/00
10/14/00
11/3/00
11/23/00
12/13/00
1/2/01
1/22/01
2/11/01
3/3/01
1
γ
214
1 psf = 47.9 N/m2 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.66b Vertical earth pressure measurements versus the height of reinforced backfill in the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section (section B).
Pressure, psf.
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Ove
rbur
den
heig
ht a
bove
cel
l, ft.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
5-ft10-ft20-ft30-ft
Distance fromwall facing:
Dat
e (m
m/d
d/yy
)
9/4/00
9/24/00
10/14/00
11/3/00
11/23/00
12/13/00
1/2/01
1/22/01
2/11/01
3/3/01
γ
1
215
1 psf = 47.9 N/m2
1 ft = 0.305 m Figure 4.67 Vertical earth pressure profiles along the base of the reinforced soil at
different construction stages.
Location from wall facing, ft.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Verti
cal e
arth
pre
ssur
e, p
sf.
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
12000
5-ft10-ft
15-ft
25-ft
35-ft42-ft
52-ft
end of bridge constructionand final grading
Height of fillabove cells:
63-ft
216
1 psf = 47.9 N/m2
Figure 4.68a Lateral earth pressure measured 10 ft (3 m) above the leveling pad on the wall facing during construction (Section A).
Date (m/d/yy)
9/20/00 10/30/00 12/9/00 1/18/01 2/27/01 4/8/01 5/18/01 6/27/01
Late
ral p
ress
ure,
psf
.
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
Reinforcement-backfilling Bridge construction& final grading
217
1ft = 0.305 m, 1 psf = 47.9 N/m2
Figure 4.68b Lateral earth pressure measurements with fill height above pressure sensor located 10 ft (3 m) above the leveling pad on the wall facing during construction (section A).
Fill above pressure cell, ft.
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Late
ral e
arth
pre
ssur
e, p
sf.
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
Reinforced backfill Surfacesurcharge
218
1 psf = 47.9 N/m2
Figure 4.69a Lateral earth pressure measured 5 ft (1.5 m) above the leveling pad on the wall facing during construction (Section B).
Date (m/d/yy)
9/1/00 10/11/00 11/20/00 12/30/00 2/8/01 3/20/01 4/29/01 6/8/01 7/18/01
Late
ral p
ress
ure,
psf
.
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
Reinforcement-backfilling Bridge construction& final grading
219
1ft = 0.305 m, 1 psf = 47.9 N/m2
Figure 4.69b Lateral earth pressure measurements with fill height above pressure sensor located 5 ft (1.5 m) above the leveling pad on the wall facing during construction (Section B).
Fill above pressure cell, ft.
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Late
ral e
arth
pre
ssur
e, p
sf.
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
Reinforced backfill Surfacesurcharge
220
1 psf = 47.9 N/m2
Figure 4.70a Lateral earth pressure measured 10 ft (3 m) above the leveling pad on the wall facing during construction.
Date (m/d/yy)
9/20/00 10/30/00 12/9/00 1/18/01 2/27/01 4/8/01 5/18/01 6/27/01
Late
ral p
ress
ure,
psf
.
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
Reinforcement-backfilling Bridge construction& final grading
221
1ft = 0.305 m, 1 psf = 47.9 N/m2
Figure 4.70b Lateral earth pressure measurements with fill height above pressure sensor located 10 ft (3 m) above the leveling pad on the wall facing during construction.
Fill above pressure cell, ft.
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Late
ral e
arth
pre
ssur
e, p
sf.
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
Reinforced backfill Surfacesurcharge
222
1 inch = 2.54 cm, 1 Kip = 4.45 KN
Figure 4.71 Pullout load-displacement curves for the four pullout test straps.
Displacement, in.
0 1 2 3 4
Pullo
ut L
oad,
kip
s.
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
42.532.5
23.5
14.5
Test depth belowupper grade
223
1 ft = 0.305 m, 1 Kip = 4.45 KN
Figure 4.72 Axial force profiles measured along the pullout strap tested under embedded 14.5 ft (4.4 m) below grade under different test loads.
Distance on test strap from wall, ft
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Axi
al lo
ad, k
ips.
0
1
2
3
4
1.22.53.03.9
Pullout load:
224
1 ft = 0.305 m, 1 Kip = 4.45 KN
Figure 4.73 Axial force profiles measured along the pullout strap tested under embedded 23.5 ft (7.2 m) below grade under different test loads.
Distance on test strap from wall, ft
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Axi
al lo
ad, k
ips.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
1.54.05.57.2
Pullout load:
225
1 ft = 0.305 m, 1 Kip = 4.45 KN
Figure 4.74 Axial force profiles measured along the pullout strap tested under embedded 32.5 ft (9.9 m) below grade under different test loads.
Distance on test strap from wall, ft
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Axi
al lo
ad, k
ips.
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
1.52.56.07.79.9
Pullout load:
226
1 ft = 0.305 m, 1 Kip = 4.45 KN
Figure 4.75 Axial force profiles measured along the pullout strap tested under embedded 42.5 ft (13 m) below grade under different test loads.
Distance on test strap from wall, ft
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Axia
l loa
d, k
ips.
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
3.05.67.59.211.8
227
1ft = 0.305 m, 1 Ksf = 47.9 KN/m2
Figure 4.76 Deduced frictional stresses along the pullout strap tested under embedded 14.5 ft (4.4 m) below grade under different test loads.
Distance on strap from wall facing, ft.
2 4 6 10
Fric
tiona
l res
ista
nce,
ksf
.
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
1.22.53.03.9
Pullout load:
228
1ft = 0.305 m, 1 Ksf = 47.9 KN/m2
Figure 4.77 Deduced frictional stresses along the pullout strap tested under embedded 23.5 ft (7.2 m) below grade under different test loads.
Distance on strap from wall facing, ft.
2 4 7 10
Fric
tiona
l res
ista
nce,
ksf
.
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
1.54.05.57.2
Pullout load:
229
1ft = 0.305 m, 1 Ksf = 47.9 KN/m2
Figure 4.78 Deduced frictional stresses along the pullout strap tested under embedded 32.5 ft (9.9 m) below grade under different test loads.
Distance on strap from wall facing, ft.
2 4 7 10 12
Fric
tiona
l res
ista
nce,
ksf
.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1.52.56.07.79.9
Pullout load:
230
1ft = 0.305 m, 1 Ksf = 47.9 KN/m2
Figure 4.79 Deduced frictional stresses along the pullout strap tested under embedded 42.5 ft (13 m) below grade under different test loads.
Distance on strap from wall facing, ft.
2 4 6 8
Fric
tiona
l res
ista
nce,
ksf
.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
3.05.67.59.211.8
Pullout load:
231
1ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.80 Deduced friction factors for the pullout strap tested under embedded 14.5 ft (4.2 m) below grade under different test loads.
Distance on strap from wall facing, ft.
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fric
tion
fact
or
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
1.23.03.53.9
0.19
0.75
0.54
0.37
Pullout load:
Average values
232
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.81 Deduced friction factors for the pullout strap tested under embedded 23.5 ft (7.2 m) below grade under different test loads.
Distance on strap from wall facing, ft.
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fric
tion
fact
or
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
1.64.05.57.2
0.19
0.680.55
0.37
Pullout load:Average values
233
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.82 Deduced friction factors for the pullout strap tested under embedded 32.5 ft (9.9 m) below grade under different test loads.
Distance on strap from wall facing, ft.
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Fric
tion
fact
or
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
1.52.56.07.79.9
0.10
0.73
0.50
0.20
Pullout load:
Average values
234
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.83 Deduced friction factors for the pullout strap tested under embedded 42.5 ft (13 m) below grade under different test loads.
Distance on strap from wall facing, ft.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Fric
tion
fact
or
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
3.05.67.59.211.4
0.15
0.70
0.40
0.29
Pullout load: Average values
0.40
235
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.84 Coefficient of friction (pullout factors) for the four pullout test straps.
Distance on strap from wall facing, ft.
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fric
tion
fact
or
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
14.5 3.9 0.7223.5 7.2 0.6232.5 9.9 0.8042.5 11.4 0.60
Depth Load average
236
1 ft = 0.305 m Figure 4.85 Locations of the Settlement plates.
10-ft
East M SEabutm ent
40-ft
42.8-ft
237
N
1 inch = 2.54 cm, 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.86 Settlement measurements on the eastern wall at different construction
corresponding dates.
-1.8
-1.6
-1.4
-1.2
-1
-0.8
-0.6
-0.4
-0.2
0
-50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50Distance from centerline, ft.
Settl
men
t, in
ch.
9/13/2000 9/22/2000 9/29/200010/3/2000 10/6/2000 10/19/200010/24/2000
E1 E2
E3
238
1 inch = 2.54 cm
Figure 4.87 Wall settlements since October 14th 2000.
-10
-8
-6
-4
-2
0
2
4
10/13/00
12/2/00
1/21/01
3/12/01
5/1/01
6/20/01
8/9/01
Date (m/d/yy).
Add
ed w
all-b
ase
settl
emen
t, in
.
52-ft
30-ft
20-ft
Soil reinforcement and select filling Dirt filling and grading.
Section
239
1 inch = 2.54 cm, 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.88 Wall deflections in the East-West direction as measured by the wall front
survey point at the 52 ft (15.85 m) high wall section.
0
10
20
30
40
50
-1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5Wall E-W movement, in.
Wal
l hei
ght,
ft.
10/26/001/5/012/9/016/1/017/10/01
+EW
240
1 inch = 2.54 cm, 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.89 Wall deflections in the North-South direction as measured by the wall front
survey point at the 52 ft (15.85 m) high wall section.
0
10
20
30
40
50
-1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5
Wall N-S movement, in.
Wal
l hei
ght,
ft.
10/26/00
1/5/012/9/01
6/1/017/10/01
+NS
241
1 inch = 2.54 cm, 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.90 Wall deflections in the East-West direction as measured by the wall front
survey point at the 30 ft (9.1 m) high wall section.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
-2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
Wall E-W movement, in.
Wal
l hei
ght,
ft.
11/16/0012/22/002/9/013/9/014/19/015/11/016/12/017/10/01
+EW
242
1 inch = 2.54 cm, 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.91 Wall deflections in the North-South direction as measured by the wall front
survey point at the 30 ft (9.1 m) high wall section.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
-4 -3.5 -3 -2.5 -2 -1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1
Wall N-S Movement, in.
Wal
l hei
ght,
ft.
11/16/0012/22/002/9/013/9/014/19/015/11/016/12/017/10/01
+NS
243
1 inch = 2.54 cm, 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.92 Lateral deflections along the height of the 52 ft (15.85 m) section.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
-1.5 -1 -0.5 0 0.5 1 1.5
Lateral deflections, inch.
Heig
ht a
bove
L.P
, ft.
10/26/00
1/5/01
5/11/01
6/1/01
7/10/01
244
1 inch = 2.54 cm, 1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.93 Lateral deflections along the height of the 30 ft (9.1 m) section.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
-3 -2 -1 0 1 2
Lateral deflections, in.
Loca
tion
alon
g th
e w
all h
eigh
t, ft.
11/16/002/9/014/19/015/11/016/12/017/10/01
245
a)
b)
Figure 4.94 Deflected shapes of reinforced earth wall: a) influence of wall settlement, and b) influence of wall geometry.
Deflectedshape
Deflectedshape
Deflectedshape
Deflectedshape
Undeformed Undeformed
246
1 ft = 0.305 m, 1 Kip/ft= 14.7 KN/m
Figure 4.95 Comparison of the reinforcement maximum axial forces with the FHWA’s method for the 52 ft (15.85 m) tall section.
Axial reinforcement force, k/ft.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Dep
th fr
om u
pper
gra
de, f
t.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
FHWAMeasured
247
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.96 Comparison of the locations of reinforcement maximum axial forces with the FHWA’s method.
Locations of max. reinforcement forces, ft.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Dep
th b
elow
upp
er g
rade
, ft.
0
10
20
30
40
50
FHWAMeasured
248
1 ft = 0.305 m, 1 Kip/ft= 14.7 KN/m
Figure 4.97 Comparison of the reinforcement maximum axial forces with the FHWA’s method for the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section.
Axial reinforcement force, k/ft.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Dep
th fr
om u
pper
gra
de, f
t.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
FHWAMeasured
249
1 ft = 0.305 m, 1 Kip/ft= 14.7 KN/m
Figure 4.98 Comparison of the reinforcement maximum axial forces with the FHWA’s method for the 20 ft (6 m) tall section.
Axial reinforcement force, k/ft.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Dep
th fr
om u
pper
gra
de, f
t.
0
5
10
15
20
FHWAMeasured
250
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.99 Comparison of the locations of reinforcement maximum axial forces with the FHWA’s method for the 30 ft (9.1 m) tall section.
Locations of max. reinforcement forces, ft.
0 5 10 15 20
Dep
th b
elow
upp
er g
rade
, ft.
0
10
20
30
FHWAMeasured
251
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.100 Comparison of the locations of reinforcement maximum axial forces with the FHWA’s method for the 20 (6 m) ft tall section.
Locations of max. reinforcement forces, ft.
0.0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0
Dep
th b
elow
upp
er g
rade
, ft.
0
5
10
15
20
FHWAMeasured
252
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 4.101 Comparison of the measured lateral earth pressure coefficients with the FHWA’s design method.
k/ka
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0
Dep
th fr
om to
p of
wal
l, ft.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
Measured (Sec-B)Measured (Sec-A)
FHWArecommendation
253
1 ft = 0.305 m, 1 psf = 47.9 N/m2
Figure 4.102 Comparison of the measured vertical pressure beneath the reinforced soil with the trapezoidal and Meyerhof’s distributions.
Distance from wall facing, ft.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Ver
tical
ear
th p
ress
ure,
psf
.
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
12000
14000
16000
MeasuredTrapezoidalMeyerhof'sUniform
254
CHAPTER V
DEVELOPMENT OF NEW CONCEPT IN DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF
REINFORCED EARTH WALLS
5.1 INTRODUCTION
Considerable research effort has been oriented towards the internal analysis of reinforced
earth structures since the introduction of the reinforced earth walls by Vidal (1969). Most
efforts have targeted on the subjects such as the soil-reinforcement interactions,
deformation response of the reinforced earth walls, as well as the state of stress within
and underneath the reinforced soil mass. However, no rational design/analysis method
has been developed. Instead, design curves and specifications and distribution charts
were suggested based on laboratory model and limited field results.
In this chapter, a new concept for the design and analysis of reinforced earth walls is
presented. The new concept and the associated method “Virtual Soil Wedge” method will
provide more rational analytic tools for the internal stability analysis using the
reinforcement spacing, length and overburden depth, as well as the height of the wall. In
its current state, the concept presented will only be applicable to the inextensible steel-
reinforced earth walls.
5.2 VIRTUAL SOIL WEDGE SUPPORT CONCEPT
A new concept for analyzing reinforced earth walls will be presented. The basis of
this new concept is to replace the reinforcement effects by a retaining soil wedge to
255
produce the same retaining actions. The concept is depicted in Figure 5.1a and b, where
the reinforcement layers, originally in zone II, are replaced by an equivalent retaining soil
wedge that has a specific geometry (zone I) so as to maintain the state of equilibrium and
resistance forces. Each reinforcement layer will have its equivalent imaginary soil
supporting wedge that will provide the same resistance. An assumption is made in the
derivation that the foundation soil is strong enough so that the deep-seated failure needs
not be concerned with. The method will be referred to as the “Virtual Soil Wedge
Support” (VSW) method to indicate the use of the imaginary soil supporting wedge to
represent the reinforcement effect. The introduction of the retaining soil wedge to the un-
reinforced vertical soil face will provide a path for analyzing the internal working stresses
at each reinforcement layer.
The developed method will be shown to provide reasonable explanations to
several aspects of the reinforced earth wall behavior. Among them, two key issues will be
elucidated, including the distribution of the lateral earth pressure, and the locations of the
maximum tensile forces in the reinforcement. The locus of maximum tensile forces in the
reinforcement defines the critical limiting failure surface, which will be shown to be
affected by both the reinforcement spacing and length. The current work is derived
explicitly for the ribbed steel strips reinforced earth walls. Based on similar principles,
but with some modification, the method could be extended for other types of
reinforcement.
The wedge corresponding to the prescribed reinforced earth wall will be initially
analyzed under the system of forces shown on the left side of Figure 5.1a for base
stability and overturning. The resistances at each reinforcement level, as well as for the
256
entire depth are then calculated based on the reinforcement layout variables (effective
length, and spacing). This necessarily demands an understanding of the behavior of the
soil wedge, and the correspondence of the reinforcement and soil parameters to the
geometry of the soil wedge, as well as the friction stress distribution along reinforcement
layers.
5.3 VIRTUAL SOIL WEDGE ANALYSIS
5.3.1 Virtual Soil Wedge Analysis
The approach to analyze a reinforced soil mass is by transforming the
reinforcement layers shown in Figure 5.2a, into an equivalent virtual soil retaining wedge
shown in Figure 5.2b. The geometry of the retaining wedge will vary according to the
intensity (i.e., spacing) of the reinforcement at each reinforcement location. The
relationship defining the dependency of the wedge geometry on the reinforcement and
soil parameters will be established. The required soil parameters are the unit weight, γ,
and the angle of internal friction, φ, of backfill material. In addition, vertical
reinforcement spacing, Sv and coverage ratio, Rc, defined as the ratio of the width, b, of
the reinforcement strip to the horizontal spacing, Sh, of the reinforcement, are also
needed. The development of this new approach will be accomplished in two parts: the
first is relevant to the soil retaining wedge, and the second is pertaining to the
reinforcement-soil-reinforcement interactions.
The forces acting on the equivalent soil wedge are depicted in Figure 5.3. The
resistance provided by each of the equivalent soil retaining segments will be distributed
257
along its upper and lower surfaces. Each segment is subjected to an external lateral force
from the retained soil mass as shown in the right hand side of the figure. The equilibrium
of each segment will be investigated separately so that rational expressions relating the
slope angle of the virtual soil wedge and the corresponding lateral earth pressure are
developed. It will be shown later that they are dependent upon the reinforcement layout,
i.e., size, length, and spacing.
The horizontal earth pressure distribution along the vertical axis, h, shown in
Figure 5.3 is related to the unit weight of the soil, soil overburden height, h, and a factor
that corresponds to the effect of the lateral confinement and embracement that restrains or
prevents the lateral soil movements at the point of consideration. This factor will be
referred to as the embracement factor, Ie, which will be related to the geometry of the
virtual soil wedge. Accordingly the lateral earth pressure will be expressed as:
(5.1)
The embracement factor is different from the lateral earth pressure coefficients in
two ways. First, the coefficients of lateral earth pressures are only evaluated using the
angle of internal friction of the soil, with attention to the expected soil’s movement.
Three distinct coefficients are traditionally considered as the active, at-rest, and the
passive lateral earth pressure coefficients. Whereas, the embracement factor is related to
the slope of the virtual soil wedge, which in turn is related to the reinforcement layout.
Secondly, in the traditional approach, the vertical and lateral earth pressures are related
through either one of the three lateral earth pressure coefficients depending upon the state
of equilibrium of the soil as follow:
(5.2)
==
p
o
a
vh
korkork
hk,
γσσ
eh hIγσ =
258
Where ka, ko, and kp are the active, at-rest, and the passive lateral earth pressure
coefficients, respectively. The vertical earth pressure is assumed to be independent of the
state of equilibrium or value of the lateral earth pressure coefficients. In the VSW
method, on the other hand, both the vertical and the lateral earth pressures are dependent
upon the equilibrium of the soil mass. The vertical earth pressure, σv, is related to the
confining lateral earth pressure, σh, by the at-rest lateral earth pressure coefficient as:
(5.3)
Now, let’s consider the first segment (segment I) in Figure 5.4a, the horizontal
equilibrium condition requires that;
(5.4)
where the horizontal soil thrust, P1, is given as:
(5.5)
Note that h1 is the vertical axis defining the soil overburden from the bottom of the first
segment, and Sv is the thickness of the soil segment which corresponds to the vertical
spacing of the reinforcement.
The horizontal base resistance, R1, on the other hand, is the sum of unit friction
resistances, r1(x), along the retaining soil base, which can be expressed as:
(5.6)
µ1 is the coefficient of working friction at the base of the first layer, and is assumed to be
a constant for a given slope angle, and x1 is the location ordinate defined in Figure 5.4a.
Given that:
)(22 11
21
211 veve ShISIhP ===
γγ
∑ =−= 011 PRFh
111 )()( µγ xhxr =
)( ehv Ifσσ =
259
h1(x)= x1 tanβ1 (5.7)
the unit resistance then becomes:
(5.8)
and the total frictional resistance, R1 at the base of the first layer is calculated as:
(5.9)
referring to Figure 5.4a:
(5.10)
then R1 becomes:
(5.11)
Complying with the equilibrium condition (Eq. 5.4):
(5.12)
(5.13)
Evoke moment equilibrium at point A as follows:
(5.14)
Where W1 is the weight of the retaining soil wedge expressed as:
(5.15)
(5.16)
1111 tan)( µβγ xxr =
2tan)tan()( 11
21
01111
0111
11 µβγµβγ ∆=== ∫∫
∆∆
dxxdxxrR
11
1
12
1
12
11
tan
21
tan21
e
evv
I
ISS
PR
=
=
=
βµ
γβ
µγ
033
111 =
∆−WSP v
1
2
1
1111
tan21
)tan
(21
βγ
βγ
v
vv
SW
SSW
=
=∆∆=
1
12
1 tan2 βµγ
⋅= vSR
11 tan β
vS=∆
260
The moment equilibrium equation can be rewritten as:
(5.17)
this can be reduced to get the following relationship:
(5.18a)
(5.18b)
Combining Eq. (5.13) and Eqns. (5.18a) or (5.18b) helps define the relationship between
the coefficient of working base friction coefficient and the slope angle or the
embracement factors as:
(5.19a)
and the total resistance of the base of segment I, Rs1, is expressed as:
(5.19b)
As for segment II, understanding the equilibrium conditions and equations
requires an understanding of the contribution of each of the two distinct zones shown on
both sides of Figure 5.4b: zone-2, and zone-1-2. This means that, the lateral thrust exerted
by the retained soil mass and the resistances and weights of the virtual soil wedge
segment, as well as the distribution of the coefficients of working friction along the base
of the segment should be well defined. Satisfying the equilibrium conditions of segment
II of the virtual soil wedge can be accomplished by investigating the equilibrium of zone
1 and zone 1-2 on both sides of the figure, separately. This has been proven in Appendix
B at the end of the report.
11
2
12
tan3tan21
321
ββγγ vvv
evSSSIS ⋅=⋅
11
121
1tan
tan1
e
e
I
I
=
=
β
β
11
1 tan1
eI==β
µ
12
11 21
evs ISRR γ==
261
The base resistance, R2, lumped at the base of zone-2 is the sum of unit friction
resistances calculated as follow:
(5.20)
(5.21)
The horizontal force equilibrium of zone-2 requires:
(5.22)
This is rearranged to get:
(5.23)
the moment equilibrium about point B shown in Figure 5.4b implies that:
(5.24)
(5.25)
(5.26)
this is reduced to:
(5.27)
As for zone 1-2 (Figure 5.4b), the horizontal force equilibrium requires that:
(5.28)
where, (5.29)
(5.30a)
011212 =−− RPR
2
222
2
22
tan21
21
βµγγ vev SIS
RP
=
=
2
22 tan β
µ=eI
12
1
1212
1121
110
111112
23
tan23
2tan)tan(
1
evv
vv
ISSR
SdxxSR
γβ
µγ
µβγµγµβγ
==
∆+∆=+= ∫
∆
22
2
22
222
2
222
tan3tan21
321
321
321
33
ββγγ
γγ
vvvev
vv
ev
v
SSSIS
SSIS
WSP
⋅=⋅
∆⋅∆=⋅
∆=
22
222 tan1 µ
β==eI
)tan
(tan2
1
2tan)(
22
2
222
2222
20
2222
2
ββµγ
µβγµγ
vv
SSR
dxxhR
=∆=
∆== ∫
∆
262
and
(5.30b)
the total resistance provided by the segment II, Rs2, is now expressed as:
(5.31)
(5.32)
and the sum of the total resistances of the first and second segments is thus given as:
(5.33)
Similarily for segment III of the virtual soil wedge, shown in Figure 5.5, two
zones are distinguished: zone-3, and zone 1-3. Each of which can be analyzed separately
as indicated earlier in the analysis of segment II.
For zone-3:
(5.34)
evoking the moment equilibrium of zone 3 leads to the following expression:
(5.35)
As for zone-1-3 in Figure 5.5, the lateral earth thrust, P13, is calculated as:
(5.36)
and the resistance, R13, is calculated similar to R12 in segment 2 as follows:
(5.37) (5.38)
12
112 )( evvev ISSISP γγ ==
12
22
21 23
21
evevss ISISRR γγ +=+
3
3233
23 tan2
121
βµ
γγ vev SRISP ===
232
33
33 tan
1tan
µββ
µ===eI
)()( 212
2113 eevvevev IISSISISP +=+= γγγ
12
22
13
0 01111222213
25
23
)tan2()tan(2 1
evev
vv
ISISR
dxxSdxxSR
γγ
βγµβγµ
+=
+++= ∫ ∫∆ ∆
12
22
12
12
22
2
11222
21
21
23
21
evevevevevs
s
ISISISISISR
RRRR
γγγγγ +=−+=
−+=
263
and the sum of axial forces of all three upper reinforcement layers is given as:
(5.39)
(5.40)
Similar analysis of successive segments allows for the development of general
expressions for the embracement factors and the total friction resistance for the n-th layer
as follow:
(5.41a)
(5.41b)
Eq. (5.41b) can be further manipulated to obtain the total resistance provided by
any segment, Rsn, as follow:
(5.42)
(5.43)
(5.44)
or, (5.45)
(5.46)
(5.47)
12
22
32
3
1
331321
3
1
25
23
21
evevevi
si
sssi
si
ISISISR
RRRRRR
γγγ ++=
+=++=
∑
∑
=
−=
( )∑∑==
+−=+++=n
iei
vsnss
n
isi IinSRRRR
1
2
211
1)(22
γL
+=⇒ ∑
−
=
1
1
2
22
n
ieien
vsn II
SR
γ
nn
n
nenI
βµ
βµ
22
tan1
tan===
( ) ( )
−−−+−=
−=
∑∑
∑∑−
==
−
==
1
11
2
1
11
1)(21)(22
n
iei
n
iei
vsn
n
isi
n
isisn
IinIinS
R
RRR
γ
+=
+=
∆+∆=
∑
∑
∑
−
=
−
=
−
=
1
1
222
1
122
2
1
1
22
22
tan12
tan1
2
22
n
iin
vsn
n
i nn
vsn
n
iinsn
SR
SR
R
µµγ
ββγ
γ
264
5.3.2 Reinforcement maximum axial forces
The total working force at any selected reinforcement layer is the same as the total
working base resistance provided by the equivalent soil-retaining wedge. The distribution
of the resistance stresses of the equivalent soil-retaining mass has been defined and
expanded in terms of the coefficients of the working friction, µ, the slope angle, β, or the
lateral embracement factors, Ie (Eqns 5.44, through 5.47). The distributions of the
working stresses along the reinforcement is assumed to be similar to the distributions of
the frictional stresses mobilized along the base of the virtual soil wedge. For any
reinforcement layer within the reinforced soil mass, the distribution of working stresses
can be established by examining the actual axial force profile along reinforcement layer
shown in Figure 5.6a. The corresponding frictional resistance will be approximated by a
linear distribution for the first (upper) layer, and bi-linear distributions for the remaining
layers with zero frictional stress at the location of the maximum reinforcement force as
shown in Figure 5.6b. Figure 5.6c shows the simplified distributions for all reinforcement
layers.
In current practice, the total frictional resistance, Rri, of the i-th steel strip
reinforcement with a length, li, width, b, and horizontal spacing, Sh, is given as:
(5.48)
Where C is the number of the reinforcement-soil contact surfaces (C = 2 for steel strip
reinforcement), Rc is the reinforcement coverage ratio defined as the ratio of the width, b,
of the reinforcement strip to the lateral spacing, Sh,of the reinforcement, and µo is the
coefficient of friction along the reinforcement-soil interface For the pullout resistance of
reinforcement, the length, li, will be replaced by the effective reinforcement length, Le,
ociiioh
iiri RlhCSblhCR µγµγ ==
265
and the coefficient of friction is replaced by the pullout capacity factor, F*, as defined by
the FHWA Design Manual (Elias and Christopher, 1996).
The method adopted by the FHWA for the evaluation of the reinforcement pullout
resistance involves two assumptions that need to be revised and reconsidered. First, the
coefficient of interface friction, µo, is assumed to be a constant value along the
reinforcement length. However, as indicated earlier and illustrated in Figures 5.6b and
5.6c, the coefficient of interface friction changes direction at the location of the
maximum reinforcement force, and increases linearly to reach a maximum value. The
result will be a linear distribution for the first (topmost) reinforcement layer, and a
bilinear distribution for all other layers. The second assumption involved in the current
practice is the bilinear independency of the frictional stress distributions with the soil
overburden depth. Accordingly, Eq. (5.48) will be modified by a depth multiplier factor,
mi, which varies according to the location of the reinforcement layer represented by i-th
layer. Eq. (5.48) will be reformulated to accommodate for the linear frictional distribution
and the depth effect.
Consider the first layer of reinforcement and the corresponding first segment of
the retaining soil wedge shown in Figure 5.7a and b, respectively. The reinforcement-soil
working friction coefficient increases linearly to a maximum value of µr1 as shown in
Figure 5.7a. Moreover, the frictional resistances are developed along a part of the
reinforcement length, and not necessarily the whole length of reinforcement. This will be
referred to as the working reinforcement length increment, w1, of the first layer.
Accordingly, the unit frictional resistance, rr1, provided by the first reinforcement layer,
266
modified for the linearly increasing friction coefficient and the depth factor can be
expressed as:
(5.49)
and the total resistance, Rr1, of the first layer will be the sum of the unit friction
resistances along the working length of the reinforcement, i.e.:
(5.50)
(5.51)
Similar to the equivalent virtual soil wedge, the maximum coefficient of working friction,
µr1, in the first reinforcement layer is inversely proportional to the slope angle, βr1, i.e.:
(5.52)
the slope, tan βr1, on the other hand, is proportional to the vertical spacing, and the total
working length of first reinforcement layer as follows:
(5.53)
Combining Eqns. (5.52) and (5.53), the maximum value for the coefficient of working
friction of the first layer can be expressed as follow:
(5.54)
The proportionality factor, f, will be referred to as the scaling factor. This scaling
factor will either stretch or compress the total reinforcement working length increment,
CW1. Possible factors that will influence the magnitude of the scaling factor are the type,
width and roughness of the reinforcement, as well as the soil type and particle size. The
value of scaling factor for a given combination of reinforcement and backfill needs to be
determined using experimental observations and field measurements.
1111
1110
11110
111
2
)()(11
rcv
vrr
w
rc
w
rrr
RwSCm
ShdxxRhCmdxrR
µγ
µγ
=
=== ∫∫
11 tan
1
rr β
µ ∝
1
11tan
wCSv
r ∝β
vr S
wCf 11 =µ
)( 111111 rrcr xRhCmr µγ=
267
Substituing Eq. (5.54) in Eq. (5.51) yields the following expression for the total
resistance of the first reinforcement layer:
(5.55)
As for the second reinforcement layer, the reinforcement friction resistance will
be divided into two separate zones as shown in Figure 5.8 (zone 2 and zone 1-2). Similar
to the analysis of the virtual soil wedge illustrated earlier, the reinforcement friction stress
in zone-2 is a function of the layout of the second reinforcement layer; while for zone 1-2
the frictional stress will be based on the first layer’s layout. As depicted in Figure 5.8, the
frictional resistance is approximated by a bilinear distribution function as follows:
(5.56)
These unit resistances are integrated over the two discrete lengths of zone 2 and
zone 1-2 (w2 + w1) to obtain the total resistance of the second reinforcement as follow:
(5.57)
With h2 = 2Sv, µr2 (xr2) varies from 0 to µr2, and µr1 is a constant value
(5.58)
substituting Eq. (5.54) for the coefficients of working friction in the above equation
yields:
11112222222 )2()2(2 rcvrcvr wCRSmCwRSmR µγµγ
+=
2111
11111 )(
22wCRfm
SwCfwCRSmR cv
cvrγγ
==
+<<
<=
122211
222
222
222 )(wwxwRC
wxwxRChmxr
rrc
rr
rcrr
LLLL
LL
µ
µγ
+= ∫ ∫
+2 12
202112
2
222222
w ww
wrrcr
rrcr dxRdx
wxRChmR µµγ
268
(5.59)
(5.60)
Similar derivations for successive layers yield the following general expression for the
total working resistance of any reinforcement layer, n, as follows:
(5.61)
Based on the equivalency between the reinforcement and the retaining virtual soil
wedge, the reinforcement working resistance, given by Eq. (5.61), should be equal to the
working resistances of the virtual soil-retaining wedge given by Eq. (5.44). For this to
happen, both parts of the two equations should be equal. Accordingly, for the first part:
(5.62)
(5.63)
and for the second equality:
(5.64)
(5.65)
But Eqns. (63a) and (65b) should not contradict. For this to happen, the depth factor, mi,
should be given as:
(5.66)
+= ∑
−
=
1
1
22
2
2
n
iici
ncnnrn wRwRCfmnR γ
22
22
)(
)(22
ncnnv
en
ncnnenv
wCRmfSnI
wCRfmnIS
=
=γγ
22
22
)(
)(
iciiv
ei
iciieiv
wCRfmSiI
wCfRmiIS
=
= γγ
niFori
mi ....,2,1;12 ==
( ) ( )
( )211
222
222
1
21
1122
22
2222
2
)(2)(
wRwRCmfR
SwCRfSm
SwCRfSmR
ccr
vcv
vcvr
+=
+=
γ
γγ
269
Eq. (5.66) is substituted in Eq. (5.21a) to get:
(5.67)
this can be rearranged for the n-th working length increment, wn, as:
(5.68)
and the reinforcement-soil working resistance force for the n-th reinforcement layer will
be expressed as:
(5.69)
where (Eq. 5.44)
The equations derived so far involve iterative solution procedures to determine
the working length increments, wi, and the corresponding embracement factors, Iei. To
overcome these lengthy procedures and calculations, a simplified approach for solving
the problem utilizing some of the major findings of the previous analyses will be
presented in the section of the chapter.
5.4 SIMPLIEFIED APPROACH
The complexity of the developed equations in the preceding sections is due to the
complex slope geometry of the virtual soil wedge caused by the variable layout of the
reinforcement layers. However, if a virtual soil wedge has a uniform slope, the problem
and the resulting equations will become simple to deal with and solve. Accordingly, in
the analysis of the n-th layer of reinforcement, one could assume that all of the preceding
)2
(
21
1
2
1
1
222
∑
∑−
=
−
=
+=
=
+=
n
iei
envsn
sn
n
iicin
cnrn
II
SR
RwRwR
CfR
γ
γ
cn
envn Rf
ICSw =
22 )( nv
cnen wC
SRfI =
270
reinforcement layers above the current layer would have a uniform slope for the virtual
soil wedge. For this assumption to hold, all of the preceding reinforcement layers should
have the same embracement factor, coverage ratios, as well as working length increments
as those of the current n-th layer. i.e.:
(5.70)
Accordingly, the total resistance of the n-th reinforcement layer (Eq. 5.69)
becomes:
(5.71)
which can be expressed in terms of the total working length, Lwn, as:
(5.72)
Similarily, the n-th base resistance of the virtual soil wedge in Eq. (5.44) can be
simplified as follow:
(5.73)
(5.74)
Set Eq. (5.72) equal to Eq. (5.74) to get:
2)(2
12ncnrn CwfRnR γ−
=
)()(2
12 22 nwnwncnrn nwLCLfR
nnR =
−= γ
envsn
n
iei
envsn
ISnR
II
SR
2
1
1
2
212
)2
(
γ
γ
−=
+= ∑−
=
===
=
===
===
enee
nwn
cncc
n
III
wnCL
RRR
www
L
L
L
21
21
21
271
(5.75)
(5.76)
(5.77)
Which can be rearranged for the embracement factor as follow:
(5.78)
Up to this point, the reinforcement total resistance and the corresponding
embracement factors have been derived based on a uniform soil wedge slope, ignoring
the influence of the construction sequence of the reinforced soil wall, which contributes
to the interaction between different reinforcement layers. The bottom-up construction
sequence of the reinforced soil walls tends to compact the lower layers, and pre-stress the
pre-constructed reinforcement layers. The influence of the relatively stiffer reinforced
soil underlying the current layer can be represented by a fixed end moment capacity, Mr,
shown in Figure 5.9. This moment is a complex function the spacing and lengths of
underlying reinforcement layers, the type of facing material, and the joints and the
interactions between the facing panels in both vertical and horizontal directions. The
fixed end moment, although important for incorporating the influence of underlying
layers on a current reinforcement layer, cannot be evaluated based on our current state of
knowledge. Accordingly, the influence of pre-constructed reinforcement layers on the
current layer will be approximated regardless of the magnitudes of the moments.
( )
( ) envwncn
env
wncn
snrn
ISLCnfR
ISnLCfRn
n
RR
222
22
2 2)12(
212
=
−=
−
=
γ
γγ
( ) 22
2
2
)(
≤
==
n
encn
n
wncn
v
wncnen h
LCfR
hLC
fRnS
LCfRI
272
The magnitude of lateral confinement at a location of a given reinforcement layer
will be significantly influenced by the reinforcement layers located below. The higher the
confinement at the lower reinforcements, the higher is the confinement of the following
higher reinforcement layers. The influence of the underlying reinforcement layers on a
current reinforcement layer will be accounted for using an average embracement factor
for all reinforcement layers at and below the current layer. These average values for the
lateral embracement factors will be referred to as the actual embracement factors, Ia. By
this way, the influence of the construction sequence and the all reinforcement layers
underneath on the current reinforcement layer can be taken into account as:
(5.79)
where m is the reinforcement layer number starting from the lowermost reinforcement
layer (for which m = 1). The number m is related to the total number of layers, j, in the
reinforced earth wall, and the layer number, n, counted from the top reinforcement layer
as:
m = j − n + 1 (5.80)
Then, Eq. (5.79) can be re-expressed as:
(5.81)
The working maximum axial reinforcement force at the n-th reinforcement layer
is now given as:
∑=+−
=j
nieian I
njI
11
anv
snn ISn
RT2)12( 2γ−
==
∑=
=m
ieiam I
mI
1
1
273
(5.82)
The lateral embracement factor, Ian, is a very important design/analysis tool offered by
the VSW method. It can be manipulated to obtain the best reinforcement layout: spacing
and length. Given the desired actual embracement factors, Ian, for reinforcement layers,
the embracement factors, Ien, can be back calculated as follows:
(5.83)
then, the required minimum reinforcement length and coverage ratio can be obtained
using the desired embracement factors, and Eq. 5.72 which can be rewritten as follow:
(5.84)
(5.85)
or,
(5.86)
The active lengths of the reinforcements can also be evaluated using the actual
embracement factors predicted in VSW method along with the Mohr coulomb’s failure
criteria. The active lengths of the reinforcements define the shape of the line of limiing
equilibrium that developes within the reinforced soil mass.The slope, tanα, of the line of
limiting equilibriumre is lated to the active latera pressure coefficient, ka, which usually
prevails at the lower portion of the wall as follows:
(5.87)
∑−
=
−=1
1
m
ieiamem IImI
fI
CSnRL emvm
cnen =
fI
LCSnR em
en
vmcn
2
=
fI
CSn
RL emvm
cnen
1=
)()245tan(
1tan akk ≅−
=φ
α
274
The higher lateral earth pressures coefficients at the upper portion of the wall
causes the line to propagate vertically upwards to the surface, resulting in the bilinear
surface suggested by Schlosser and Elias (1978) which is a modification of the
logarithmic spiral curve suggested by Juran (1977). However, the presence of the
reinforcment in the soil results in apparent friction for the composite soil-reinforcement
structure that is different from the internal friction of the soil. angle of friction. This
influences the values active lateral earth pressure coefficient and the slope of the failure
surface of the reinforced soil mass. A limiting lateral earth pressure coefficient, kl, will be
used to replace the active lateral earth pressure coefficient. The limiting coefficient, kl,
will be related to the active earth pressure coefficient as follow:
(5.88)
where λ2 is a factor to be determined based on field experimental data. The slope, tan α,
of the failure surface (line of limiting equilibrium) for the case where the lateral earth
pressure coefficient is is expressed as:
(5.89)
The the line of limiting equilibrium will develop at the slope, tanα, within the
bottom portion of the reinforced soil wall where the lateral earth pressure coefficients
(actual embracement factors) are less than those at the upper portion of the wall. This
makes the lower portion of the wall more succeptable to failure than the upper portion.
)2
45(tan11 222
φλλ
−== al kk
)()2
45tan(1tan laal
kIforkk
≅+===φλλα
275
The higher values for the actual embracement factors within the upper portion of the wall
cause the line of limiting equilibrium, which defines the active lengths of reinforcements,
to go vertically upward. Accodingly, the active lengths of reinforcements can be
calculated as follow:
(5.90a)
(5.90b)
Based on the reinforcment intensities and lengths, numerous distributions for the
lateral earth pressure coefficients can be obtained. These distributions result, in turn, in
various distributions for the active lengths. Figure 5.10 shows a number of possible
distributions for the lateral earth pressure coefficients (actual embracement factors) to
correspond to a number of possible reinforcement spacing and lengths. These
distributions for the actual embracement factors are used to calculate the corresponding
distributions for the active lengths of the reinforcements shown in Figure 5.11.
Now, let’s consider the relationship between the average embracement factors and
the calssical lateral earth pressure coefficients used in the the Coherent Gravity method
(Mitchell and Villet, 1987) for internal stability of reinforced earth walls. As shown in
Figure 2.6, the Coherent gravity method assumes no interslice friction within the
reinforced soil mass. The maximum axial force in the reinforcement is calculated using
the lateral earth pressure distribution as follow:
(5.91)
Set Eq. (5.31) equal to Eq. (5.37) then:
nvnn kShT γ=
>
≤⋅−
=
∑=
la
lai
m
i
vi
am
kIforuppwardverticallyContinue
kIwithlayersforonlyS
L1 λ
)2
45tan( φ
276
(5.92)
(5.93)
However, based on Eq. (5.1), the embracement factors were shown to be the same
as the lateral earth pressure coefficients (i.e., Ien = kn). The contradiction between Eq.
(5.93) and Eq. (5.1) is reasoned by the assumption of zero inter-slice friction involved in
the Coherent Gravity method.
5.5 ANALYSIS AND DESIGN PROCEDURES
5.5.1 Analysis procedure
The analysis of reinforced earth walls using the simplified approach can be
conducted using Eqns. (5.78), (5.79), (5.81), (5.90a) and (5.90b), in the following
manner:
1. Start with the FHWA recommended effective lengths of the reinforcements, and
the as built reinforcement coverage ratio, Rc, to calculate the lateral embracement
factors of the reinforcement using Eq. (5.78).
2. Determine the average embracement factors for each reinforcement level using
Eq. (5.79) or Eq. (5.81).
3. Using the actual embracement factors, calculate the active lengths of the
reinforcements using Eqns. (5.90a) and (5.90b).
ann
nvvanv
In
nk
kSnSISn
2)12(
)(2)12( 2
−=
=−
γγ
277
4. Calculate the effective reinforcement lengths using the active lengths and the total
lengths of the reinforcements. The effective length of an n-th layer is equal to the
difference between the active length and the total length of the n-th layer.
5. If the effective lengths in step 4 are significantly different from the effective
lengths in step 1, the analysis will be repeated starting with step 1 using the
effective lengths obtained from step 4. Otherwise, continue to step 6.
6. The maximum axial forces in the reinforcements are calculated using Eq.(5.82).
5.5.2 Design procedure
The design procedure, on the other hand can be outlined by the following easy procedure:
1. Define the desired vertical spacing and the targeted distribution of the average
embedment factors, Ian, or the lateral earth pressure coefficients.
2. Configure the numbering system for reinforcement layers as follow:
n is the number of the current reinforcement layer starting from the top of the wall (for the top-most layers: n =1). m is the number of the current reinforcement layer starting from the bottom of the wall (For the bottom-most layer: m =1).
3. Calculate the embedment factors Iem for each reinforcement layer using Eq.
(5.82).
4. The coverage ratio and length of the reinforcement are then obtained using Eq.
(5.85) or (5.86). One of the two reinforcement variables is assumed and the other
one is calculated accordingly. The cost efficiency, and construction feasibility will
determine the best spacing and length combination.
5. Using the actual embracement factors, calculate the active lengths of the
reinforcements using Eqns. (5.90a) and (5.90b). The total length of reinforcement
278
at any layer will be equal to the sum of the effective and active lengths of the
reinforcement, Le and La, respectively, as:
Ln = Le + La (5.94)
The simplified approach presented in this chapter will be tested for their
capability in analyzing reinforced earth walls and for their predictability relative to
current FHWA’s method in the next chapter. However, the developed method in its
current shape can only be used to analyze the reinforcement maximum working axial
forces and the lateral earth pressures.
279
a)
b)
Figure 5.1 a) Descriptive schematic of the two stabilizing systems, b) Equivalent reinforcement to compensate the virtual stable soil slope.
II
Ph
w
N = w
reinforcement
τR
b
H
T1
T2
Ti
I
O
q =γ d d2
Foundation Foundation
β
hh1
∆hi
q =γ d 2
280
a)
b)
Figure 5.2 a) transformation of reinforcement elements into an equivalent soil-retaining slope, and b) the equivalent virtual soil slope.
β1
β2
β3
βn
reinforcement
V
V
2V
3V
nV
∆2
∆1
∆3
∆n
Reinforced soil massEquivalent virtualsoil-retaining mass
β1
β2
β3
βn
V
2V
3V
nV
∆2
∆1
∆3
∆n
(n-1)V
Soil retainingmass
Soil retainedmass
281
Figure 5.3 System of forces in the virtual soil-retaining mass.
β1
β2
β3
R1
R1-2R2
R1-3R3
βn
R1-nRn
Segment I
Segment II
Segment III
Segment n
σh
P1
P2
P3
PnP1-n
P1-2
P1-3
h
282
a)
b)
Figure 5.4 System of forces and resistances on a) segment I, and b) segment II.
R1
β1
x1
h1(x)P1
Sv
A
∆1
h1= SvW1
R1
β2
R12R2
β1x2 x1
∆2 ∆1
h1(x)
h2(x)
B
W2zone 1-2
zone 2γ Sv Ie1
Sv
γ Sv Ie2
P12P2
Sv
zone 1-2 zone 2
283
Figure 5.5 System of forces and resistances on segment III.
γ Sv Ie1+γ Sv Ie2
SvP13
P3
γ Sv Ie3
2Sv
R12
β2
R13R3
β1
x2 x1
∆2 ∆1
β3
R2
∆3
x3
zone 1-3
zone 3
W3
284
a) b) c) Figure 5.6 a) Force profile along a reinforcement layer, b) working friction stress along a
reinforcement layer, c) working friction resistance stresses for all reinforcement layers.
line of max. tensile forces
line of max. tensile forces
line of max. tensile forces
285
a) b)
Figure 5.7 Frictional working resistance a) along reinforcement working length, and b) along the base of soil-retaining layer
w1
Sv
β1
µr1
h(x)
µr1(x)
xr1
xr1
βr1
Reinforcement
γ hµr1(x)
xr1
γ Svµr1
∆1
β1
µ1=1/tanβ1
Sv
h(x)
µ1(x)
x1
x1
Virtual soil wedge
γ h(x).µ
x1
γ Sv µ1
287
Figure 5.9 Effect of underlying reinforcements on the current reinforcement layer.
Mr Soil interslicefriction
288
k/ka
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0
Dep
th fr
om u
pper
gra
de, f
t
0
10
20
30
40
50
Increasing reinforcementspacing and lengths
1 ft = 0.305 m Figure 5.10 Sample distributions for the lateral earth pressure coefficients with the
reinforced earth walls.
289
Active length of reinforcement, La
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Dep
th b
elow
upp
er g
rade
, ft
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
Increasingreinforcementspacing and
lengths
1 ft = 0.305 m Figure 5.11 Deduced distributions for the active lengths of the reinforcements, each
corresponding to the lateral earth pressure distributions in Figure 5.10.
290
CHAPTER VI
VALIDATION OF THE VIRTUAL SOIL WEDGE METHOD
6.1 INTRODUCTION
This chapter aims at validating the VSW method described in details in the
previous chapter. The validation of this method will be accomplished using the
measurements of the following three field cases: Schoolhouse wall that was presented in
details in Chapters 3 and 4, the test wall data documented by Christpher (1993), and the
Minnow Creek wall (Runser, 1999) shown in chapter 2. The case studies will be
described in the next section.
6.2 CASE STUDIES
6.2.1 Schoolhouse MSE-wall
The monitoring results of the Schoolhouse Road MSE wall were presented in
Chapter 4 of the thesis. For the purpose of validating the VSW method, only the lateral
earth pressure coefficients and the maximum reinforcement forces will be compared with
the method predictions. The comparisons will be made using the measurements of the 52
ft (15.85 m) high median section, and the 30 ft (9.1 m) wing wall section which has a
sloping backfill. This will help demonstrate the capability of the VSW method of
analyzing reinforced earth walls with straight and sloping backfill geometries.
291
I. 52 ft (15.85 m) high section (median section)
The lateral earth pressures and the maximum reinforcement forces measured at
this section will be used in this part of the study. The measured lateral earth pressures
were presented in Figure 4.101 as the ratio of the lateral earth pressure coefficients to the
active earth pressure coefficient of the reinforced backfill. The measured reinforcement
forces were also shown for each instrumented strap in Chapter 4. However, the axial
force profiles measured along the instrumented straps in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section
are also presented in Figure 6.1. The magnitudes and locations of the maximum forces in
the reinforcements are numerically summarized Table 6.1.
Table 6.1 Maximum axial forces per unit width measured in instrumented straps in the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section.
Axial force (kip/ft) Strap H. Spacing
Sh (ft) Measured Location from wall facing (ft)
S1 3.33 2.29 2.0 S2 2.5 2.24 3.0 S3 2.5 2.61 10.0 S4 1.67 2.04 10.0 S5 1.67 4.87 5.0 S6 1.25 2.14 15.0 S7 1.25 1.78 12.0 S8 1.0 1.00 15.0 S9 1.0 0.81 15.0
1 ft = 0.305 m 1 Kip/ft = 14.7 KN/m
292
Four different analyses will be made for the Schoolhouse MSE wall, each of
which will use different methods for the effective length of reinforcement; namely, the
FHWA suggestion, the Rankin active wedge, the measured active lengths which coincide
with the locations of the maximum tensile forces in the reinforcements, and using the
active lengths and the analysis procedure described in Section 5.5. The locations of the
measured maximum tensile forces in the reinforcement are listed in Table 6.1 and are
shown in Figure 6.2. It can be seen that the loci of maximum tensile forces in the
reinforcements can be approximated by a line with a slope angle, α. The active length is
used to deduce the working length of a reinforcement layer as the difference between the
total length and the effective length of the reinforcement.
Each of the four analyses proceeded with the calculation of the lateral
embracement factors, Ie, using Eq. (5.29), and the effective lengths of reinforcements
together with the assumed initial guess for the scaling factor, f. The embracement factors
are then used to obtain the actual embracement factors, Ia, at each reinforcement level
using Eq. (5.30a) or (5.30b). Calculations of the working lateral stresses and the
maximum working axial forces in the reinforcement for the first analysis using the
FHWA recommended effective lengths of the reinforcements are listed in Table 6.2. The
scaling factor of 0.55 was found to give the best match with measured data.
Similar analyses, using the same scaling factor, were made using the Rankine
active wedge and the measured locations of maximum tensile forces. Figure 6.3 shows a
comparison between the measured lateral earth pressure coefficients and the calculated
coefficients using VSW with three approaches for estimating the effective reinforcement
lengths. Based on this comparison, the best results were obtained when using the
293
measured locations of maximum axial forces in the reinforcement as the effective
lengths. For the other two approaches, the main differences are noticed at the upper part
of the wall. This is mainly due to the differences between the actual working lengths and
the assumed effective lengths of reinforcement. However, the FHWA’s effective length
gives better match than the Rankin active wedge.
The last analysis for the 52 ft (15.85 m)high section was conducted using the
procedure outlined in Section 5.5, and the active lengths of reinforcements determined
using the slope of the line of limiting equilibrium in Eq. (5.35). The calculated active and
effective lengths of the reinforcements and the actual embracement factors for the 52 ft
(15.85 m) high section are numerically provided in Table 6.3. The calculated locations of
maximum axial forces in the reinforcement are compared with the observed locations as
well as the FHWA recommendations in Figure 6.4. The location of the maximum force in
the reinforcement increases linearly from the bottom of the wall up to 16.5 ft (5 m) below
the top of the wall. At this elevation, the lateral earth pressure coefficient reaches the
limiting value, kl, causing the line to go vertically upward to top of the reinforced soil
mass. The calculated actual embracement factors and the corresponding maximum forces
in the reinforcement are compared with the field measurements in Figures 6.5 and 6.6,
respectively. Based on these figure, the VSW predictions are shown to be very similar to
the field measurements, even close to the surface.
As mentioned earlier, the scaling factor, f, is a function of the reinforcement shape
and material and the type and gradation of the reinforced soil. Changing the value of the
scaling factor will significantly influence the magnitudes of the calculated forces and
lateral pressures. The method adopted by FHWA, on the other hand, does not
294
accommodate for the relative size effects, and the distributions of the lateral earth
pressures and the line of limiting equilibrium were based on limited soil and
reinforcement conditions. This makes the FHWA method valid for conditions similar to
those it was originally developed from. The VSW method is developed to rationalize the
design and analysis of reinforced earth walls, and provides a precise and accurate means
for analysis. Accordingly, the VSW should be capable of approximating the FHWA
distribution for the lateral earth pressure coefficients using an appropriate value for the
scaling factor. The VSW analyses were conducted using the same parameters as in Table
6.2 with a range of values for the scaling factors. For each analysis, the calculated lateral
earth pressures are compared with the FHWA design envelope. Based on these analyses,
the scaling factor that will lead to the FHWA distribution was found to be equal to 1.2.
The calculated lateral earth pressure coefficients and lateral pressures are compared with
the FHWA envelopes in Figures 6.7 and 6.8. The calculated lateral earth pressures and
pressure coefficients are shown to match really well with the FHWA design envelopes.
This value for the scaling factor can be obtained by changing either one or more of the
following: the soil type, soil gradation, reinforcement type, or reinforcement shape.
295
Table 6.2 Calculations of lateral earth pressures using the VSW-method for Schoolhouse wall with the FHWA distribution for the effective length of reinforcement (52 ft (15.85 m) section).
n (1) hn ft (2) Sh, ft (3) Rc (4) Le (5) Ie (6) Ia=ki
k/ka Force
kips Force, kip/ft
1 1.25 3.33 0.05005 19.4 25.56 0.39 90.40 0.44 0.13
2 3.75 3.33 0.05005 19.4 2.84 0.20 10.04 0.67 0.20
3 6.25 2.50 0.066667 19.4 1.36 0.17 4.816 0.74 0.29
4 8.75 2.50 0.066667 19.4 0.69 0.16 2.46 0.95 0.38
5 11.25 2.50 0.066667 19.4 0.42 0.15 1.49 1.18 0.47
6 13.75 2.50 0.066667 19.4 0.28 0.15 0.99 1.41 0.56
7 16.25 2.50 0.066667 19.4 0.20 0.15 0.71 1.66 0.66
8 18.75 2.50 0.066667 19.4 0.15 0.15 0.53 1.92 0.77
9 21.25 1.67 0.0998 19.4 0.18 0.15 0.62 1.48 0.88
10 23.75 1.67 0.0998 19.4 0.14 0.15 0.50 1.64 0.98
11 26.25 1.67 0.0998 19.55 0.12 0.15 0.41 1.81 1.08
12 28.75 1.67 0.0998 21.05 0.11 0.15 0.40 2.00 1.19
13 31.25 1.67 0.0998 22.55 0.11 0.15 0.38 2.20 1.32
14 33.75 1.67 0.0998 24.05 0.11 0.16 0.38 2.43 1.45
15 36.25 1.25 0.133333 25.55 0.14 0.16 0.49 2.01 1.61
16 38.75 1.25 0.133333 27.05 0.14 0.16 0.48 2.17 1.73
17 41.25 1.25 0.133333 28.55 0.14 0.17 0.48 2.34 1.87
18 43.75 1.00 0.166667 30.05 0.17 0.17 0.59 2.05 2.05
19 46.25 1.00 0.166667 31.55 0.16 0.17 0.58 2.14 2.14
20 48.75 1.00 0.166667 33.05 0.16 0.17 0.57 2.23 2.23
21 51.25 1.00 0.166667 34.55 0.16 0.16 0.57 2.32 2.32 (1) Layer number. (4) Reinforcement coverage ratio. (2) Depth from top of wall. (5) Effective length (per FHWA).
(3) Horizontal spacing. (6) Calculated using VSW-method, eq. 7 (f = 0.55).
1 ft = 0.305 m 1 Kip/ft = 14.7 KN/m
296
Table 6.3 Calculated active and effective lengths of reinforcement and the actual embracement factors (52 ft (15.85 m)section).
n hn-ft La Le Ie Ia Ia/ka = k/ka 1 1.25 18.50 16.50 19.19 1.25 4.41 2 3.75 18.50 16.50 2.13 0.35 1.23 3 6.25 18.50 16.50 1.02 0.25 0.90 4 8.75 18.49 16.51 0.52 0.21 0.75 5 11.25 17.33 17.67 0.36 0.19 0.69 6 13.75 16.24 18.76 0.27 0.18 0.65 7 16.25 15.17 19.83 0.22 0.18 0.63 8 18.75 14.13 20.87 0.18 0.17 0.62 9 21.25 13.09 21.91 0.23 0.17 0.62 10 23.75 12.06 22.94 0.20 0.17 0.60 11 26.25 11.04 23.96 0.18 0.17 0.59 12 28.75 10.04 24.96 0.17 0.16 0.58 13 31.25 9.04 25.96 0.15 0.16 0.58 14 33.75 8.04 26.96 0.14 0.17 0.58 15 36.25 7.04 27.96 0.17 0.17 0.60 16 38.75 6.03 28.97 0.16 0.17 0.59 17 41.25 5.02 29.98 0.15 0.17 0.60 18 43.75 4.01 30.99 0.18 0.17 0.61 19 46.25 2.99 32.01 0.18 0.17 0.60 20 48.75 1.98 33.02 0.17 0.16 0.58 21 51.25 0.99 34.01 0.16 0.16 0.57
1 ft = 0.305 m
297
II. Analysis of the 30 ft (9.1 m) section
In the 30 ft (9.1 m) section, seven of the 12 reinforcement straps were
instrumented with strain gages. The measured reinforcement strains are converted into
axial reinforcement forces as described earlier, and the measured forces are numerically
listed in Table 6.4. The axial forces per unit width of reinforcement are also shown in
Figure 6.9.
The slopping upper grade will influence both, the vertical earth pressures and the
magnitudes of lateral embracement factors with depth. The slope at the upper surface of
the section under investigation will be transformed into an equivalent reinforced soil
mass with the same vertical spacing as that of the original mass. Figure 6.10 shows the
transformation for the 30 ft (9.1 m) section that has a surface slope of 1V: 2H. The
transformation resulted in changing the original layer numberings, n and m, shown on the
left hand side of the figure into equivalent layers with numbers ne and me, shown in the
right side of the figure. The active zone within the reinforced soil mass, shown in the left
side of Figure 6.10, is calculated using the method described by the FHWA Design
Manual, and the equivalent system involved two additional reinforcement layers.
The analysis is conducted following the analysis procedure described earlier, and
using the as-built spacing and length. A summary of the analysis is provided in Table 6.5.
The predicted maximum reinforcement forces using the VSW method are compared with
the measured forces, and the predictions of the method recommended by the FHWA
Design Manual in Figure 6.11. As can be seen in this figure, VSW method matched well
298
with the field measurements, better than the predictions of the FHWA Design Manual
method.
Table 6.4 Maximum reinforcement forces based on measured reinforcement strains in the 30 ft (9.1 m) high section.
Axial force (kip/ft) Strap H. Spacing
Sh (ft) Measured Location from wall facing (ft)
S1 1.7 1.77 6 S2 1.7 2.4 7 S3 1.7 1.33 10 S4 2.5 1.09 7 S5 2.5 0.89 8 S6 2.5 0.81 10 S7 3.0 0.42 10
1 ft = 0.305 m 1 Kip/ft = 14.7 KN/m
Table 6.5 Calculations using VSW method for the 30 ft (9.1 m) section n ne me hn-ft Rc Le Ie k=Ia Tmax 1 14 2.5 2 13 5 1 3 12 7.5 0.033 20.2 1.22 0.39 0.44 2 4 11 10 0.033 20.2 0.54 0.31 0.59 3 5 10 12.5 0.067 20.2 0.61 0.29 0.76 4 6 9 15 0.067 20.2 0.39 0.26 0.86 5 7 8 17.5 0.083 18.9 0.34 0.24 0.99 6 8 7 20 0.083 20.4 0.27 0.22 1.10 7 9 6 22.5 0.083 21.9 0.24 0.22 1.22 8 10 5 25 0.083 23.8 0.22 0.21 1.35 9 11 4 27.5 0.098 25.9 0.23 0.21 1.51 10 12 3 30 0.098 27.1 0.22 0.20 1.61 11 13 2 32.5 0.098 28.4 0.20 0.20 1.71 12 14 1 35 0.098 29.8 0.19 0.19 1.81
1 ft = 0.305 m
299
6.2.2 Christopher (1993)
Christopher (1993) presented comprehensive results of a study that included
laboratory testing, model testing, and reduced scale and full scale wall testing using
different backfill materials. One of the test walls (wall-1) is a 20 ft (6 m) tall MSE wall
with ribbed steel strip reinforcements and concrete cruciform facing. The reinforcements
were 14 ft (4.3 m) long for all layers, and were uniformly distributed at a vertical spacing
of 2.5 ft (0.8 m) and a horizontal spacing of 2.5 ft (0.8 m).
The VSW-method was used to calculate the lateral earth pressure coefficients for
the test wall and the results are given in Table 6.6. The scaling factor, f, used in the
calculation of the lateral earth pressure coefficients is equal to 1.5. This value is higher
than that used for the analysis of the Schoolhouse wall. This is mainly due to the backfill
material used in each case: the Gravel-sand backfill used in Christopher’s test wall
resulted in a higher scaling factor that that of the Schoolhouse wall. The calculated
coefficients were then used to calculate the reinforcement forces and the reinforcement
strains, which are also shown in Table 6.6. Comparisons of the calculated lateral earth
pressures and the reinforcement forces with the field measurements are provided in
Figures 6.12 and 6.13.
300
Table 6.6 Calculation of lateral earth pressure for wall-1 (Christopher, 1993) using the VSW-method.
n hn ft Sh, ft Rc Le
Ie(1) Ia
Ia/ka Force, kips Strain, µ
1 2.5 2.5 0.069 12.0 9.60 1.91 4.33 716.12 196.01
2 5 2.5 0.069 12.0 2.40 0.81 1.84 912.41 249.73
3 7.5 2.50 0.069 12.0 1.07 0.55 1.24 1024.14 280.31
4 10 2.50 0.069 12.0 0.60 0.44 1.00 1160.55 317.65
5 12.5 2.50 0.069 13.5 0.49 0.40 0.91 1358.92 371.95
6 15 2.50 0.069 15.0 0.42 0.37 0.85 1546.29 423.23
7 17.5 2.50 0.069 16.5 0.37 0.35 0.80 1725.53 472.29
8 20 2.50 0.069 18.0 0.34 0.34 0.77 1898.44 519.62
(1) Calculated using VSW-method, eq. 7 (f = 1.5). (2) 1 ft = 0.305 m
(3) 1 Kip = 4.45 KN
6.2.3 Minnow Creek Wall (Rusner, 1999)
This is a 55 ft (16.8 m) high MSE-wall, with 5 ft x 5 ft (1.5 m x 1.5 m) cruciform
concrete panel facing and ribbed steel reinforcement strips. It is a bridge abutment wall at
the US-24 crossing Minnow Creek in Cass County, Indiana. A line of HP14 x 74 piles is
installed in the reinforced soil wall as well. Schematics of the front view and the cross-
section of the wall are provided in Figures 2.19 and 2.20, respectively.
The wall was designed to sustain the ground water flow conditions and a uniform
traffic surcharge of 250 psf (12 KN/m2). The reinforced backfill had a unit weight of 120
pcf (18.85KN/m3), and a friction angle of 34o. The reinforcements were vertically spaced
at 2.5 ft (0.8 m), and the horizontal spacing varied from 1 ft (0.305 m) at the bottom to
301
3.3 ft (1 m) at the top. As shown in Figure 2.20, the reinforcement lengths were ranging
from 39 ft (11.9 m) at the top to 51 ft (15.5 m) at the bottom where the ground water
surface was encountered.
Using a scaling factor of 1.5, the calculated results are compared to the measured
data (Rusner, 1999) in Figures 6.14 and 6.15 for the lateral earth pressure coefficients and
the maximum axial reinforcement forces, respectively. The calculated results are also
given in Table 6.7.
302
Table 6.7 Calculations of lateral earth pressures using the VSW-method for Minnow-Creek wall.
n (1) hn ft (2) Sh, ft (3) Rc (4) Le (5) Ie (6) Ia = k Force,
Kips
1 1.25 2.5 0.067 25.5 22.98 1.81 2.03
2 3.75 3.3 0.050 25.5 5.51 0.80 1.50
3 6.25 3.3 0.050 25.5 2.68 0.57 1.48
4 8.75 3.3 0.050 25.5 1.58 0.45 1.53
5 11.25 3.3 0.050 25.5 1.04 0.39 1.62
6 13.75 3.3 0.050 25.5 0.73 0.35 1.73
7 16.25 3.3 0.050 25.5 0.55 0.33 1.86
8 18.75 3.3 0.050 25.5 0.42 0.32 2.01
9 21.25 2.5 0.067 25.5 0.45 0.31 2.20
10 23.75 2.5 0.067 25.5 0.37 0.30 2.34
11 26.25 2.5 0.067 25.5 0.30 0.29 2.51
12 28.75 2.5 0.067 23.3 0.21 0.29 2.72
13 31.25 2.0 0.083 24.8 0.26 0.30 3.02
14 33.75 2.0 0.083 26.3 0.25 0.30 3.29
15 36.25 2.0 0.083 27.8 0.25 0.31 3.59
16 38.75 1.7 0.100 29.3 0.29 0.32 3.93
17 41.25 1.7 0.100 30.8 0.28 0.32 4.24
18 43.75 1.4 0.117 44.3 0.31 0.33 4.59
19 46.25 1.4 0.117 45.8 0.29 0.34 4.77
20 48.75 1.3 0.133 47.3 0.32 0.35 5.09
21 51.25 1.1 0.150 48.8 0.35 0.37 5.43
22 53.75 1.0 0.167 50.3 0.38 0.38 5.77 (1) Layer number. (4) Reinforcement coverage ratio. (2) Depth from top of wall. (5) Effective length (per FHWA). (3) Horizontal spacing. (6) Calculated using VSW-method, eq. 7 (f = 1.5).
1 ft = 0.305 m 1 Kip = 4.45 KN
303
1 ft = 0.305 m, 1 lb/ft = 14.7 N/m
Figure 6.1 Axial force profiles measured at the 52 ft (15.85 m) high sections at the end of construction with no surface load (forces in lb/ft).
30'
1000lb/ft
35'0
30'
1000lb/ft
35'0
30'
1000lb/ft
35'0
30'
3000lb/ft
35'0 30'
3000
35'0
3000
35'0
3000
35'0
3000
35'0
3000
35'0
S9
S8
S7
S6
S5
S4
S3
S2
S1
304
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 6.2 Locations of maximum tensile forces in the reinforcement observed at the Schoolhouse MSE wall.
Locations of maximum forces in reinforcement, ft.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Dep
th b
elow
wal
l cop
ing,
ft.
0
10
20
30
40
50
LeLa
α
305
Lateral earth pressure, k/ka.
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5
Ove
rbur
den
heig
ht, f
t.
0
10
20
30
40
50
Sec-A measurementsSec-B measurementsVSW Prediction- measured Le
VSW Prediction -FHWA's Le VSW Prediction-Rankine active wedge
FHWA Recommendation
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 6.3 Measured vs. predicted k/ka values for the Schoolhouse MSE wall.
306
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 6.4 Observed limiting equilibrium surface versus the VSW method predictions, and the FHWA assumption.
Locations of maximum forces in reinforcement, ft.
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
Dep
th b
elow
wal
l cop
ing,
ft.
0
10
20
30
40
50
LeLa
α
FHWA
307
Lateral earth pressure, k/ka.
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5
Ove
rbur
den
heig
ht, f
t.0
10
20
30
40
50
Sec-A (measured)Sec-B (measured)VSW-predicted
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 6.5 Comparison of the measured lateral earth pressure coefficients with the predictions of the VSW using the VSW distribution for the line of limiting equilibrium.
308
1 ft = 0.305 m, 1 lb/ft = 14.7 N/m
Figure 6.6 Measured axial reinforcement loads compared to the FHWA’s approach and the predictions of the VSW-method for the Schoolhouse wall.
Reinforcement's max. axial force, lb/ft.
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
Dep
th fr
om to
p of
wal
l, ft.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
MeasuredPredicted (f = 0.55)
FHWA Envelope
309
Lateral earth pressure, k/ka.
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5
Ove
rbur
den
heig
ht, f
t.
0
10
20
30
40
50
Sec-A (measured)Sec-B (measured)Predicted with f = 0.55Predicted with assumed f = 1.2
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 6.7 VSW-method predictions for k/ka under current and expected ultimate loading conditions compared with the current measurements and FHWA’s design.
310
1 ft = 0.305 m, 1 lb/ft = 14.7 N/m
Figure 6.8 VSW-method predictions for axial forces under current and expected ultimate loading conditions compared with the current measurements and FHWA’s design.
Reinforcement's max. axial force, lb/ft.
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0
Dep
th fr
om to
p of
wal
l, ft.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
MeasuredPredicted with current conditions (f = 0.55)Predicted with assumed f = 1.2
FHWA Envelope
311
1 ft = 0.305 m, 1 lb/ft = 14.7 N/m
Figure 6.9 Axial force profiles measured at the 30 ft (9.1 m) high sections at the end of construction (forces in lb/ft).
S7C
0
1500
3000
AXIA
L FO
RCE
S6C
0
1500
3000
AXIA
L FO
RC
E
S5C
0
1500
3000
AXI
AL
FOR
CE
S4C0
1500
3000
AXIA
L FO
RC
E
S3C0
1500
3000
AXI
AL
FOR
CE
S2C
0
1500
3000
AXIA
L FO
RCE
S1C0
1500
3000
0 5 10 15 20 25DISTANCE FROM WALL, ft.
AXIA
L FO
RC
E lb
3000
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3000
3000
3000
3000
3000
3000
312
Figure 6.10 Transformation of surface inclination into equivalent reinforced soil mass.
0.3 H1
H1
Equivalent to 1.5 layers
Equivalent reinforced soil
actual n m
12
1211
10
9
7
6
4
5
3
12
1211
10
9
7
6
4
5
3
8
8
Equivalent ne me
12
1211
10
9
7
6
4
5
3
12
1211
10
9
7
6
4
5
3
8
8
14
13
1413
313
Axial reinforcement force, k/ft.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Dep
th fr
om u
pper
gra
de, f
t.
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
FHWAVSW-predictedMeasured
1 ft = 0.305 m, 1 K/ft = 14.7 KN/m
Figure 6.11 Measured vs. predicted reinforcement forces using the VSW method for the 30 ft (9.1 m) high section at the Schoolhouse Road MSE wall.
314
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
Lateral earth pressure coefficient, k.
Dep
th b
elow
top
of th
e w
all, f
t.
measuredPredicted
??
??
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 6.12 Comparison between the calculated and measured lateral earth pressure coefficients for Christopher (1993) 20 ft (6 m) test high wall.
315
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 6.13 Comparison between the calculated and the measured reinforcement forces for Christopher (1993) 20 ft (6 m) test high wall.
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500Reinforcement's maximum strains, micro.
Dep
th b
elow
top
of th
e w
all, f
t.
Predicted
Measured
??
??
316
1 ft = 0.305 m
Figure 6.14 Comparison between the calculated and measured lateral earth pressure coefficients for Minnow-Creek wall.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5
Lateral earth pressure Coefficients, k/ka.
Dep
th, f
t.
Measured
Predicted
FHWA design values
317
1 ft = 0.305 m, 1 Kip/ft = 14.7 KN/m
Figure 6.15 Comparison between the calculated and the measured reinforcement forces for Minnow-Creek wall.
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Axial reinforcement force, kip/ft
Dep
th b
elow
top
of w
all, f
t.
measured
Predicted
318
CHAPTER VII
REINFORCEMENT-SOIL INTERACTION USING VIRTUAL SOIL
WEDGE METHOD
7.1 INTRODUCTION
Soil-reinforcement interaction is a key design parameter for the internal stability
of reinforced earth structures. Understanding the soil-reinforcement interaction is
essential to determine the pullout behavior of reinforcement. The current method
described by the FHWA (Elias and Christopher, 1996), for predicting the reinforcement
resistance to pullout assumes a uniformly distributed fully mobilized friction coefficients,
F*, along the anchorage length of the reinforcement. However, the apparent friction
coefficient varies with depth. The variations with depth have been evaluated based on a
limited number of model test results under specific test conditions. The FHWA
recommendation only accounts for the influences by the reinforcement material and
shape.
However, the pullout resistance of reinforcement is a function of the vertical stress level,
the depth of the reinforcement layer, the soil type and gradation, and the surface
roughness of the reinforcement. The pullout factor has been found to be a function of the
location of the reinforcement layer relative to the height of the wall (Juran, 1989;
Mitchell, 1987; Christopher, 1993; and Elias and Christopher, 1996). Understanding of
the actual stress regime within the reinforced soil mass, as affected by the reinforcement
layouts, is essential for the development of a rational procedure for the determination of
the reinforcement resistance to pullout in the reinforced earth walls. The layouts and
319
densities of the reinforcements would have changed the state of stresses at any point
within the reinforced soil mass due to the additional confinement from the neighboring
reinforcements. The change in the state of stress will in turn influence the pullout
behavior of the reinforcement. Quantifying the variations of the vertical stresses and the
pullout factors with depth, the influence of the lateral confining pressures as well as the
effect of the soil dilation are key issues in developing a rationalized formula for
predicting the reinforcement resistance to pullout. This will be accomplished by
investigating the variations of the vertical pressures and the use of the Virtual Soil Wedge
(VSW) method that was described and derived in Chapter 5.
7.2 DEVELOPMENT OF A RATIONAL FORMULA
In the VSW method, the lateral embracement factor, Ie, at the location of any
reinforcement layer, n, has been shown to be related to the angle, βn, of the virtual
retaining soil wedge, shown in Figure 5.3. The individual embracement factors, Ie, are
used to calculate the actual (average) embracement factors, Ia for the reinforced soil mass
to account for the sequence of construction and the interactions between the as-built
reinforcement layers. It was shown in Chapter 5 that the magnitude of lateral confinement
at a location of a given reinforcement layer will be significantly influenced by the
reinforcement layers located below. The influence of construction sequence and the
neighboring reinforcements on a current reinforcement layer could be taken into account
by taking the values for the lateral embracement factors of the current layer and all
reinforcement layers underneath.
320
The reinforcement in a reinforced soil mass provides the soil with tensile strength
allowing the soil to be placed at higher slope angle than that of the un-reinforced soil.
This means that the reinforced soil mass will exhibit an apparent cohesion due to the
presence of the reinforcement. This also means that the reinforcements have increased the
confining pressure on the soil. The additional confinement caused by the reinforcement
forces affects the vertical pressure, which, in turn, will significantly influence the pullout
resistance of reinforcement. Current practice of evaluating the lateral earth pressures
within a soil mass involves the identification of the soil-structure relative movements
defining the three distinct types of lateral earth pressures and the corresponding
coefficients: active coefficient, ka, the at-rest coefficient, ko, and passive earth pressure
coefficients, kp. In general, the lateral earth pressure had been expressed as:
(7.1)
(7.2)
σh and σv are the total lateral and vertical pressures, respectively, σ’h and σ'v are the
effective lateral and vertical pressures, respectively, u is the pore water pressure in the
soil, and k is the lateral earth pressure coefficient, ranging from the active, at-rest, or
passive coefficient (ka, ko, or kp, respectively). The at-rest earth, ko, could be evaluated
using either one of the many relationships provided in the literature (Jacky, 1994;
Brooker and Ireland, 1965; Mayne and Kulhawy, 1982). The active and passive lateral
earth pressure coefficients, on the other hand, are conveniently calculated using either the
Rankine’s or Coulomb’s methods.
uk
u
vh
hh
+=
+='
`
σσ
σσ
321
7.2.1 Vertical earth pressure
The vertical earth pressure is a function of the unit weight of the soil, γ, the
overburden depth, z, the soil dilatancy, and the lateral confinement. This influence of soil
dilation can be explained by examining the direction in which soil dilates during shearing
at different depths within the reinforced soil mass. Upon shearing, soil particle tend to
dilate in the direction normal to the shearing surface. Depending upon the magnitude of
confining pressure, the dilating soil particles will start to move in the direction normal to
the shear plane. However, the horizontal and vertical stresses around soil particles will
change the direction of dilation and realign the movement of the particles into the
direction in which minimum energy is required for particles movement. This energy will
be equal to the product of the pressure in a given direction times the distance to the
location of the soil particle relative to the free surface in that same direction. The free
surface could be the upper surface, or the wall facing of the reinforced soil wall. In the
case of reinforced soil walls, Figure 7.1 shows four soil elements located along the line of
limiting equilibrium at four different reinforcement embedment depths. The soil
represented by the upper element starts to dilate in the direction normal to the failure
surface. Yet, due to the lateral confinement, the dilating soil will be forced to move
vertically in a direction parallel to the likely failure surface. With depth, the soil will
dilate at an increasing angle from the vertical until, and at some greater depths, the soil
will dilate in the horizontal direction. Horizontal and vertical earth pressures will be
influenced by the soil dilatancy behavior; i.e., dilation in the vertical direction results in
an increase in the vertical pressure, and a decrease in the horizontal pressure. Similarly,
322
the dilation in the horizontal direction will increase in the horizontal pressure, and a
decrease in the vertical pressure.
According to Hook’s law, changing the stresses in either the horizontal or vertical
directions will cause changes in the stresses in the other direction. The magnitude of the
changes depends on the Poisson’s ratio, v, of the soil. However, the soil properties, such
as the void ratio and density, angle of internal friction, and the Poisson’s ratio change
upon shearing; making it hard to keep track of these changes and to modify the soil
parameters accordingly. An alternative way will be the use of the actual embracement
factor, Ia, to predict the changes in the vertical pressure as a result of the changes in the
lateral confining pressure.
To examine the influence of the lateral confining pressure on the vertical pressure,
consider a soil mass placed and compacted, to a given density, to produce a stable soil
triangular prism with a slope angle, θ, on both sides of the prism. A cross-section of the
soil triangular prism is shown in Figure 7.2a. The angle, θ, which will be referred to as
the equilibrium angle, is the maximum slope angle for which the actual embracement
factor, Ia, will be equal to the at-rest, ko, lateral earth pressure coefficient. For each degree
of compaction of the soil mass, there will be a unique slope angle, θ, at which the soil
triangular prism will be under at-rest conditions. This angle, which will be referred to as
the equilibrium angle, when exceeded, the soil will prism will be distorted to produce a
new prism sloping with the equilibrium angle, θ. This equivalent prism will be used to
calculate the influence of the lateral confining pressure on the actual vertical stress as will
be shown in the next discussion.
323
Based on the VSW method, the equilibrium angle, θ, can be related to the actual
embracement factor as follow:
(7.3)
where Iao is actual embracement factor corresponding to the at-rest condition. With the
soil triangular prism, shown in figure 7.2a, under at-rest conditions, the vertical and
horizontal earth pressures, σv and σh, respectively, will be expressed as follow:
(7.4)
where σvo, and σho are the vertical and horizontal pressures, respectively, under at-rest
conditions.
Now, consider the case where the soil prism, as shown on the left side of Figure
7.2b, is placed at a slope angle, β, greater than the equilibrium angle, θ. For this
condition, the lateral earth pressure will be reduced due to the decrease in the actual
embracement factor, Ia, which is related to the slope angle as follows:
(7.5)
The lateral earth pressure, σh, will be less than the at-rest lateral earth pressure calculated
as follow:
(7.6a)
oao kI11tan ==θ
==
==
oaohoh
vov
kIz
1γ
σσσσ
aa I
ORI 1tan,tan
12 == β
β
βγγσ
δσσσ
2tanhIh ah
hhoh
==
−=
324
where δσh is the amount of reduction in the horizontal pressure, σh, due to increasing the
slope angle to β.
The vertical, σv, will also be reduced by δσv as follows:
(7.6b)
The pressure decrement, δσv, is a result of increasing the slope angle of the prism
from the equilibrium angle, θ, to the angle β. The calculation of the vertical earth
pressure will be accomplished using the equivalent height, heq, of the equivalent soil
triangular prism shown on the right side of Figure 7.2b.
The angles, β and θ, are related to the geometries of the cross-sections of the
original and the equilibrium triangular prisms shown in the left and right sides of Figure
7.2b, respectively. For the original triangle:
(7.7)
Similarly, for the equilibrium triangle, the geometry of the triangle is related to
the actual embracement factor, Iao, which corresponds to at-rest conditions, which will be
the same as the at-rest lateral earth pressure coefficient, ko, as follow:
(7.8)
Assuming no significant changes in the density, the cross-sectional area of the
equivalent soil prism will be the same as that of the original prism. This enables the
calculation of the equivalent height, heq. Equating the cross-sectional areas of the original
and the equivalent prisms:
aa
IhLLh
I=⇒==
1tan β
aoeqeqeq
eq
oao
IhLLh
kI=⇒===
11tanθ
vvov σδσσ −=
325
(7.9)
Substituting Eqns. (7.7) and (7.8) in Eq. (7.9) yields:
(7.10)
which can be rearranged to obtain the equivalent depth as:
(7.11)
However, for the case of reinforced earth walls, the actual embracement factor
varies the location along the height of the wall. Accordingly, for a given overburden
height, h, containing n layers of reinforcements, Eq. (7.11) becomes:
(7.12a)
(7.12b)
The vertical earth pressure can now be calculated as:
(7.13)
eqeqeqeq LhLhLhLh =⇒=21
21
25.0
=
o
aeq k
Ihh
25.0
aveo
av k
Ih
= γσ
oeqa khIh 22 =
nkI
SnkI
Sh
n
i o
ai
v
n
i o
aiveq
∑∑ =
=
=
= 1
25.0
1
25.0
25.0
aveo
aeq k
Ihh
=
326
7.2.2 Pullout Resistance of Reinforcement
Deploying Eq. (7.13) for the vertical pressure, the pullout resistance of
reinforcement becomes:
(7.14)
The coefficient of friction, µ, is a function of the internal angle of friction, φ, of
the soil and the reinforcement surface roughness and texture, and is expressed as follow:
(7.15)
where ζ is the is the angle of soil-reinforcement interface friction, and λ is a constant
equal to tanζ /tanφ. λ is considered to be dependent upon the surface roughness of the
reinforcement material and the soil particle mean size.
An expression defining the pullout factor, F*, can be obtained by setting Eq.
(2.15) equal to Eq. (7.14) as follows:
(7.16)
The above expression may be used to explain the dependency of the pullout
factors, F*, on the overburden depth of the reinforcement. The actual embracement
factors at the upper portion of the wall are higher than those at the lower portion of the
wall. This would lead to higher values of the pullout factors with depths. However,
according to Eqs. (7.14) and (7.16), the pullout capacity will be dependent on the level of
25.0
'
=
=
o
ae
er
kIbLhC
bLCP
µγα
µσα
φζµ tantan λ≅=
25.025.0*
25.0*
tan
=
=⇒
=
o
a
o
a
o
aee
kIλ
kIF
kIbLhCbLFhC
φµ
µγαγα
327
confining and vertical pressures within the reinforced soil mass, as affected by the
reinforcement layout. A number of possible distributions for the actual embracement
factors within the reinforced earth wall are presented in Figure 7.3. These distributions
actually correspond to different reinforcement densities and lengths, or different
reinforcement types. These distributions have been used to calculate the corresponding
pullout factors, F*, with the assumption that the unit roughness coefficient, λ, is equal to
unity. The deduced distributions of the pullout factors are presented in Figure 7.4. This
figure shows the significant influence of the reinforcement layout (spacing and lengths of
the reinforcements) through the corresponding actual embracement factors on the
distributions of the pullout factors of the reinforcements at various embedment depths.
The uniform distribution in Figure 7.4 corresponds to the uniform distribution of the
actual embracement factor in Figure 7.3.
The roughness coefficient, λ, can be obtained either using field pullout tests or
laboratory pullout or shear tests on reinforced soils. A case study documenting the results
of field pullout tests on ribbed steel reinforcement will be presented. The results of this
case study will be utilized to obtain the roughness coefficient of ribbed steel
reinforcement. However, similar analyses need to be conducted on a broad range of
reinforcement types and soil materials in order to identify the values of the roughness
coefficients.
328
7.3 CASE STUDY: SCHOOLHOUSE RD MSE WALL
7.3.1 Summary of field measurements
Four field pullout tests on non-production reinforcement straps have been
conducted at this wall at four different overburden heights. The pullout test program was
described in details in Chapter 3, and the results of the pullout test were presented in
Chapter 4. The load displacement curves for the four test reinforcement straps at the four
depths are shown Figure 4.71, and the numerical values are summarized in Table 4.7. The
reinforcement-soil interface friction coefficients (pullout factors) were obtained using
two different techniques: using the pullout load, and using the measurements of the strain
gages.
The pullout factors that are calculated using the first technique, and are listed in
Table 4.7, are shown to be almost independent of the overburden depth at which the test
was carried out. This complies with Eq. (7.16), derived from the VSW method, where
pullout factors are shown to be highly dependent upon the embracement factors that will
embed the influences of the spacing, and lengths of the reinforcements located
underneath the tests reinforcement strap, as well as the overburden depth as indicated by
the layer number, n. However, the influence of underlying reinforcements is expected to
be higher than that of the overburden depth. Since all four test reinforcement straps were
located at the same elevation above the leveling pad of the wall, the influence of the
layout of the reinforcements underneath the test reinforcement layer will be the same,
resulting in insignificant differences between the results of the four different pullout tests.
329
The second technique for the calculation of the pullout factors used the axial
strain measured along the pullout reinforcement straps, where the measured average
strains are converted into axial forces; the friction stresses are determined based on the
differences in the axial forces. The coefficient of friction is then calculated by dividing
the frictional stresses by the soil’s unit weight. However, because of the limited number
of strain gages used, the deduced friction coefficients should be viewed only as an
indication of the approximate distribution of the friction coefficients (pullout factors)
along the length of the reinforcement strap. The approximate distributions of pullout
factors for the four pullout tests are presented in Figure 7.5. It appears that the
coefficients of friction close to the wall facing are the smallest. This is mainly due to the
presence of the hole in the wall facing tends to reduce the confinement pressure close to
the wall opening significantly, and loosen the backfill soil surrounding the opening.
7.3.2 Pullout analysis using the VSW-method
The pullout factors of the reinforcements can be calculated using Eq. (7.16) and
the appropriate soil properties and the reinforcement spacing, and length. The evaluation
of the pullout factors also requires the calculation of the lateral embracement factors and
the actual embracement factors which can be done using the systematic analysis
procedure described in Section 5.5.1. Table 7.1 summarizes the results of the analysis
using the VSW method. The scaling factor, f, for ribbed steel reinforcement was
determined by Liang and Ayasrah (2003) to be 0.55.
A number of distributions for the pullout factors have been generated to
correspond to different possible values of roughness coefficient, λ. Comparisons of these
330
distributions, as well as the distribution described by the by FHWA, with the measured
values for the pullout factors are shown in Figure 7.6. The value of the roughness
coefficient equal to 1.25 appears to produce the best match with the field measurements.
Similar analyses are needed to identify the range of values for the coefficients of
roughness, λ, under different reinforcement and soil combinations. The distribution of
pullout factors described by the FHWA, on the other hand, has been shown to
overestimate the measured values significantly.
331
Table 7.1 Calculations of lateral earth pressures using the VSW-method.
n (1) hn, ft (2) Sh, ft Rc
Lw (3) Ien (4) Ian(5) F* (6)
1 1.25 3.33 0.05005 17.50 10.00 1.63 1.92
2 3.75 3.33 0.05005 18.36 8.89 1.21 1.43
3 6.25 2.50 0.066667 19.22 4.26 0.81 0.95
4 8.75 2.50 0.066667 20.09 2.17 0.62 0.73
5 11.25 2.50 0.066667 20.95 1.32 0.52 0.62
6 13.75 2.50 0.066667 21.81 0.88 0.47 0.56
7 16.25 2.50 0.066667 22.67 0.63 0.45 0.53
8 18.75 2.50 0.066667 23.53 0.47 0.43 0.51
9 21.25 1.67 0.0998 24.40 0.55 0.43 0.51
10 23.75 1.67 0.0998 25.26 0.44 0.42 0.50
11 26.25 1.67 0.0998 26.12 0.37 0.42 0.49
12 28.75 1.67 0.0998 26.98 0.35 0.42 0.50
13 31.25 1.67 0.0998 27.84 0.34 0.43 0.51
14 33.75 1.67 0.0998 28.71 0.33 0.44 0.52
15 36.25 1.25 0.133333 29.57 0.43 0.46 0.54
16 38.75 1.25 0.133333 30.43 0.42 0.47 0.55
17 41.25 1.25 0.133333 31.29 0.41 0.48 0.56
18 43.75 1.00 0.166667 32.16 0.50 0.49 0.58
19 46.25 1.00 0.166667 33.02 0.50 0.49 0.57
20 48.75 1.00 0.166667 33.88 0.49 0.48 0.57
21 51.25 1.00 0.166667 34.74 0.48 0.48 0.57
(1) number of reinforcement layer (4) lateral embracement factor (2) overburden height (5) actual embracement factors (3) working length of reinforcement (6) Pullout factor
(1 ft = 0.305 m)
332
Figure 7.1 Direction of soil dilation for different soil elements at different embedment
depths along the line of limiting equilibrium.
Direction of soilparticle movement
333
a)
b)
Figure 7.2 Influence of lateral confinement on vertical stresses: a) at-rest
condition, b) below the at-rest and above the active conditions.
σvo
σho
σho
Pho
θ θθ
ho
σho= γ hoko
LoLoLo
tan θ = ho/Lo
σv
σhβ θβ
β > θ
h heq
δh
θσh
Ph
LLLeqLeq
AAeq
tan β = h/Lδh = h − heq
hL=heq Leq
tan θ =heq /Leq
σv1=γ heq
heq Leq
σh=γ hIa=γ heq ko
334
1ft = 0.305 m Figure 7.3 Possible distributions for lateral earth pressure coefficients in reinforced earth
walls.
k/ka
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0
Dep
th fr
om u
pper
gra
de, f
t
0
10
20
30
40
50
335
1ft = 0.305 m Figure 7.4 Deduced distributions for pullout factors based on the generated lateral earth
pressure coefficients in Figure 7.3.
Pullout factor, F*
0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 1.1 1.2
Ove
rbur
den
dept
h, ft
.
0
10
20
30
40
50
tan φ
336
1ft = 0.305 m
Figure 7.5 Coefficient of friction (pullout factors) for the four pullout test straps.
Distance on strap from wall facing, ft.
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
Fric
tion
fact
or
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
14.5 3.9 0.7523.5 7.2 0.6732.5 9.9 0.7342.5 11.4 0.70
Depth Load Average F*
337
1ft = 0.305 m Figure 7.6 Predicted apparent pullout factors using VSW-method for the Schoolhouse
Road MSE-wall.
Pullout factor, F*
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
Ove
rbur
den
dept
h, h
n.
0
10
20
30
40
50
MeasuredVSW predicted
λ = 0.8
λ = 0.9
λ = 1.0
λ = 1.25
FHWA
338
CHAPTER VIII
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
8.1 SUMMARY OF RESEARCH FINDINGS
The primary objectives of this research were to study the internal stability of
reinforced earth walls. To accomplish this goal, a full scale MSE wall was monitored for
internal stresses, movements and reinforcement forces, and was in situ tested for pullout
capacity throughout and after the construction period. The field monitoring program
targeted some of the design key features and parameters that include: the lateral earth
pressure distribution within the reinforced soil mass, the vertical earth pressure
distribution below the reinforced soil mass, the axial forces profiles along the
reinforcement and the magnitudes and locations of the maximum axial forces in the
reinforcement. The field measurements and test results facilitated the evaluation of the
efficiency of the current practice pertaining to the analysis and design of reinforced earth
walls, and the development of important design recommendations. A theoretical
investigation of the mechanisms involved in the reinforced earth walls resulted in the
development of a new concept and a corresponding method for the design/analysis of
reinforced earth walls. This method is referred to as the Virtual Soil Wedge, VSW,
method, and it is based on the analogy between the retaining actions of the reinforcement
in a reinforced soil mass, and the retaining soil slope or wedge.
Four different sections along the eastern reinforced earth abutment wall at the
MUS.16 bridge site were instrumented with reinforcement strain gages, vertical earth
pressure cells, and lateral (contact) pressure cells. These four sections were selected as
339
follow: two 52 ft (15.85 m) tall sections at the median location, and 30 ft (9.1 m) tall and
20 ft (6 m) tall sections at the wall wing which dips to the South and Southwest. The
results of the field monitoring program helped tracking the built up stresses and forces
within the reinforced soil system so as to enhance the current knowledge and update our
database with factual field data. The results of the monitoring program were interpreted
and various behavioral aspects were compared with the current practice. The major
findings of the current research can be summarized as follow:
• Among all vibrating wire instruments used in the monitoring of the Schoolhouse
MSE-wall”, the vertical earth pressure cells (Geokon VW-4800) performed the
best. The worst performance was observed in the contact pressure cells (Geokon
VW-4400) embedded into the wall facing. This could be due to the insufficient
bonding or adherence between the cell and the wall facing material, coupled with
the differences in thermal constants of the pressure cell material and the wall’s.
As for the strain gages (Geokon VW-4100), the majority of the strain gages were
working properly until the last pile driving operation by the end of the reinforced
soil backfilling. Thereafter, about 30% of the gages were damaged. Moreover,
some strain gages suffered high permanent strains at low stresses causing odd
gage trends and gage malfunctioning.
• In the instrumented median sections with simple straight and flat grade and wall
coping (52 ft (15.85 m) high sections), the method described in the FHWA
Design Manual has reasonably represented the lateral earth pressures and
reinforcement axial forces. However, the same method has underestimated the
stresses and forces in the wall wing sections (20 ft (6 m) and 30 ft (9.1 m)
340
sections) that have a slopping upper grade at 2H:1V towards the South and
Southwest. The reason for this discrepancy is the ignorance of the influence of the
slope at the upper grade of the wall. This slope will cause vertical and horizontal
stress increments that could become significant within the bottom halves of the
wall wing sections.
• One reasonable way to overcome the discrepancies observed at the wall wing
sections is by dealing with the upper wall slope as an equivalent surface surcharge
load. The value of the equivalent surface surcharge needs to be investigated by
considering the measured vertical and horizontal stress increments under the
current slope, and one of the elasticity based solutions for stress distributions
below the ground surface due to surface loads. Unfortunately, these kinds of
measurements were not available in the current instrumentation project.
• The presence of the concrete wall facing was shown to significantly influence the
vertical pressure distribution in the foundation soils below the reinforced earth
wall. The pressure distributions have deviated from the commonly assumed
distributions: the trapezoidal, Meyerhof’s and the uniform. Yet, the uniform
distribution was shown to be more representative for the actual measured
distributions than the other two distributions.
• The minimum vertical pressure in the foundation soil was measured at 10 ft (3 m)
from the wall facing, which corresponds to about 30% of the reinforcement
length. This contradicts to the commonly assumed trapezoidal and Meyerhof’s
distributions.
341
• The influence of the wall facing on the vertical pressure distributions below the
reinforced soil mass can be examined by investigating the interaction between the
wall and the soil. The wall soil interaction will change the horizontal confining
pressure on the soil. The change in confinement and the resulting change in lateral
thrust will, in turn, alter the vertical earth pressure distribution. The wall soil
interaction also includes the friction developing along the wall and soil interface
due to the relative movement between the wall facing and the soil.
• Since for many cases the length of reinforcement is determined based on the
external stability of the reinforced soil mass, the use of the uniform vertical
pressure distribution which is confirmed by the field monitoring results will allow
for reducing the length of the reinforcement. This would in turn reduce the extent
of reinforced fill zone, leading to considerable savings in the cost of material and
construction due to shorter reinforcement requirements.
• The lateral earth pressure coefficients measured from the embedded pressure
cells, or based on the maximum forces in the reinforcements were less than the
active lateral earth pressure coefficient, within the bottom half of the wall. This
was due to two possible reasons: (i) the measured vertical pressures were less than
the values of the vertical pressure used in the calculation of the lateral earth
pressure coefficients, and (ii) the influence of the reinforcements were not
accounted for in the calculation of the classical active earth pressure coefficient.
The interaction between the reinforcement and soil, the type of reinforcement, and
the length and spacing of the reinforcement should be considered in the
calculation of the active lateral earth pressure coefficient.
342
• The results of the pullout testing indicated that the pullout factor, F*, was not
significantly influenced by the soil overburden depth.
• The deflections and settlements at the wall facing were monitored throughout the
construction period by a series of survey points marked on the outside of the wall
facing at the locations of the instrumented sections. The highest deflections and
settlements were observed at the wall wing sections (20 ft (6 m) and 30 ft (9.1 m).
The subsurface geology, stratification and original topography at the site, as well
as the geometry of the wall, the presence of the piles close to the median sections
were the main reasons behind these observations. Based on the plan view of the
wall, the lateral deflections at the wall median and at the wall wing would interact
or counteract. The deflections at either one of them might influence the
deflections of the other.
• The settlement of the wall facing would result in wall deflections that might not
be easily separated from the deflections caused by the movements of the
reinforced soil.
• The earth inclinometer casings installed within the four instrumented sections
were damaged during the construction of the wall. Most of the damages were
caused by the movement of the heavy machinery used in the placement and
compaction of the backfill.
• A new method for the design and analyses of reinforced earth wall called “Virtual
Soil Wedge, VSW” method was developed. This method was shown to offer the
following advantages in terms of the analytic abilities:
343
• A rationalized design/analysis method that explicitly takes into account the
reinforcement length and spacing as well as the construction sequence in the
prediction of the working maximum forces in the reinforcement, lateral
earth pressures, and the reinforcement pullout capacity for the purpose of
internal stability analyses of reinforced earth walls.
• The VSW method does not assume or utilize the strain compatibility
between the reinforcement and the soil, and it accounts for the friction
stresses that may develop at the soil-soil interface.
• The new method has introduced two new variables that describe the length
and spacing of the reinforcement, the type and shape of reinforcement, the
soil type, and the reinforcement-soil interaction. These two variables have
been referred to as:
- The lateral embracement factor, Ie. It represents the reinforcement length,
spacing, soil overburden height, as well as the soil-reinforcement interface
friction. The lateral embracement factors are used to calculate the actual
embracement factors, Ia, at a certain depth as the average value of the
embracement factors of all reinforcement layers located below the
interested depth.
- The scaling factor, f, which is a function of the type and gradation of the
soil and the type and shape of the reinforcement. For the case of steel strip
reinforcement, the scaling factor varies from 0.55 to 1.55 depending on the
soil type and gradation, and the type and shape of reinforcement.
344
• The lateral embracement, Ie, factors allow for multiple combinations of
reinforcement length and spacing. The choice of the best length and spacing
combination is solely based on the cost savings and the construction
feasibility.
• The actual embracement factors replace the lateral earth pressure
coefficients in the calculation of the lateral earth pressures within the
reinforced soil mass.
• The horizontal and vertical earth pressures will be influenced, unequally, by
the values of the lateral embracement factors. The lateral earth pressure is
equal to the product of the soil unit weight, the overburden height, and the
actual embracement factors. The vertical earth pressure will be equal to the
lateral confining earth pressure divided by the at-rest lateral earth pressure
coefficient.
• The influence of the lateral embracement factors on the vertical earth
pressures explains for the observed minimum vertical pressure measured at
10 ft (3 m) from the wall facing. Since the actual embracement factors at
this location are less than the at-rest, the vertical earth pressure will be equal
to the unit weight, γ, multiplied by the soil overburden, h, and the ratio of
the actual embracement, Ia, factors to the at-rest lateral earth pressure
coefficient, ko. At 10 ft (3 m) from the wall facing, this ratio was found to be
less than 1.0.
• The VSW method enabled the prediction of the loci of the maximum forces
in the reinforcement (line of limiting equilibrium) using the actual
345
embracement, Ia, factors. The deduced line of limiting equilibrium matched
well with the field observations.
• The shape of the line of limiting equilibrium is dependent upon the spacing
and lengths of reinforcements that define the actual embracement factors,
and not the elastic modulus of the reinforcement.
• In the VSW method, the reinforcement layers interact in a manner governed
by the construction sequence which proceeds from the bottom of the wall.
The lateral earth pressures and the axial forces in the reinforcement at a
given location in the reinforced soil mass are influenced by the length and
spacing of the reinforcement layers below the location under investigation.
• The method was validated by comparisons with three separate field cases:
the Schoolhouse MSE-wall, Minnow-creek MSE-wall, and one case study
by Christopher (1993). For all cases the predictions made using the VSW
method laid within 90~95% of the field measurements, indicating the
accuracy of the newly developed method.
• The VSW method was used to predict the maximum forces in the
reinforcement at the wall wing sections with the complex geometries. The
slope at the upper grade of the wall was converted into an equivalent
imaginary reinforcement layers. The wall was then analyzed based on these
virtual layers. At the end of the analysis, a correction for the overburden
pressure at the original upper reinforcement layers was made because these
layers would not be as influenced by the upper grade slope as the layers at
higher depths. The calculated forces were very much similar to the
346
measured reinforcement forces, indicating the success of the developed
approach in the design and analysis of such conditions.
• A rationalized distribution for the pullout capacity of reinforcement
employing the reinforcement length and spacing was also developed using
the VSW method. The influence of the length and spacing of the
reinforcements layers located below the pullout test location on the pullout
factor, F*, of reinforcement were shown to be more significant than the
influence of the overburden stress level. This matched the findings and the
results of the field pullout test program.
The long-term monitoring results of the strain gages on the reinforcement straps from the
period between the end of wall construction and the last recorded date (7/01/03) are
summarized in Appendix A5. Table A5.1 to A5.4 in Appendix A5 provide details of
calculations relating to changes in axial forces in the reinforcement in approximately 1
year and 4 months for wall sections A to D, respectively.
Figure A5.1 to A5.3 depict the location of strain gages where high percentage of axial
force increase has occurred. Based on the monitoring results and analysis shown in these
figures, it can be concluded that wall section, B, C, and D did not experience any
significant time-dependent axial force increase in the 1 year 4 month service duration.
One reinforcement strap in wall section A did exhibit some significant increase in axial
force. However, it was not apparently clear why this reinforcement strap was an
exception. In general, the long-term variations of axial forces in the reinforcement strap
are considered to be minimal, up to the last observation date (November, 2003).
347
8.2 CONCLUSIONS
Based on the field monitoring and testing results, and the presented theoretically
derived method, the following conclusions can be made:
• The field instrumentation and field-testing programs were accomplished as
planned and successfully. The results of the field monitoring and testing program
have described the following: (i) the distributions of reinforcement axial forces,
and the magnitudes and locations of the maximum forces in the instrumented
reinforcement straps, (ii) the distribution of lateral earth pressures imposed on the
wall facing throughout the construction period, (iii) the vertical stress profiles
beneath the reinforced soil mass during and after construction, and (iv) the pullout
capacities at four different embedment test depths.
• The FHWA Design Manual for internal design of reinforced earth walls has been
shown to be a convenient method in the case of reinforced earth walls with simple
geometry. The complex geometry of reinforced earth walls, with slopping wall
copping and upper wall grade, would result in serious discrepancies in the design
method approved by the FHWA. This method would underestimate the
reinforcement forces of reinforced earth walls with complex geometries.
• To overcome the discrepancy of the FHWA design method, the design engineer
should consider these discrepancies either by considering an equivalent surface
surcharge, or by assigning higher safety factors during the internal stability
analysis. The calculation of the equivalent surcharge can be accomplished using
the elasticity based method, or the simple 2:1 (H:V) pressure distribution method.
348
• The presence of piles and pile driving within the reinforced earth wall could
reduce the amount of anticipated wall settlement and lateral wall deflections.
• The presence of the piles, pile driving, and wall geometry should be considered in
the prediction of the lateral deflections and settlement of the wall facing of
reinforced earth walls.
• The use of concrete wall facing reduces the required length of the reinforcement
determined by the external stability check of the reinforced soil mass due to the
fact that concrete panels altered the vertical pressures distribution beneath the
reinforced soil mass. The required length of reinforcement will therefore be
controlled by the internal stability requirements rather than the external stability.
This will result in significant savings in the materials and construction of
reinforced earth walls.
• The classical lateral earth pressure coefficients do not account for the influences
of the reinforcement-soil interaction, the overburden height, the reinforcement
type, spacing and length. In consequence, the measured lateral earth pressure
coefficients can be less than the active lateral earth pressure coefficient.
• A new method for design and analysis of reinforced earth walls has been
developed. The new method, called Virtual Soil Wedge, VSW, method, is based
on the analogous retaining actions between the reinforcement in a reinforced soil
structure, and the retaining soil slope or wedge in slope stability. The method
eliminated the following two assumptions involved in the current design and most
of the finite element approaches: the strain compatibility between the
reinforcement and the soil, and the zero soil interlayer friction. The developed
349
equations accommodated for the soil interlayer friction, and did not utilize the
strain compatibility condition.
• The VSW method is capable of predicting the lateral earth pressures, maximum
working forces in the reinforcement, vertical earth pressures, as well as
reinforcement resistance to pullout using the reinforcement length and spacing,
and primary soil properties.
• Two new parameters have been introduced in the VSW method: the scaling
factor, f, and the lateral embracement factor, Ie.
• The scaling factor, f, is dependent on the soil type and gradation, and the
reinforcement type and shape. The values for the scaling factor for a given soil
and reinforcement combination need to be determined based on field observations
and possibly laboratory tests.
• The lateral embracement, Ie, factors numerically describe the reinforcement length
and spacing, and the reinforcement-soil interactions at a given location within the
reinforced earth wall. These factors are used to calculate the actual embracement,
Ia, factors at each reinforcement layer by taking the average value for the lateral
embracement factors of all reinforcement layers underneath the current layer.
• The actual embracement, Ia, factor replaces the lateral earth pressure coefficient.
• The vertical earth pressure will be equal to the lateral earth pressure divided by
the at-rest coefficient, ko. Accordingly, the vertical earth pressure will be
influenced by the value of the actual embracement factor.
• The VSW method can predict the locations of the maximum forces in the
reinforcements using the actual embracement factors of the reinforcements.
350
• The shape of the internal failure surface is a function of the reinforcement spacing
and length, and the soil overburden depth rather than the elastic modulus, E, of
the reinforcement.
• Based on three case studies of MSE walls reinforced with ribbed metal strips, and
different backfill represented in this research, the scaling factor was found to
range from 0.6 to about 1.5.
• The VSW method has featured two easy to use procedures to analyze and design
for internal stability of reinforced earth walls. The analysis requires knowledge of
the reinforcement spacing and length, wall geometry, and material properties. In
the design procedure, the desired actual embracement factors are specified, and
the vertical and lateral spacing of reinforcement are assumed. The effective
lengths of reinforcements are then calculated.
• The VSW method can be conveniently used in the design/ analysis of reinforced
earth walls with slopping upper grades. This can be accomplished by converting
the slope at the upper grade into equivalent imaginary reinforcement layers. The
wall is then analyzed based on these virtual layers, with a correction needed for
the upper original reinforcement layers.
• The VSW method enables the selection of the most cost effective length and
spacing combination for the reinforcement using the equation developed for the
lateral embracement factors. The embracement factor is proportional to the
squared effective length of reinforcement and the reinforcement coverage ratio,
and the inverse squared soil overburden height. Accordingly, for a given lateral
embracement, the reinforcement length can be reduced by decreasing the lateral
351
spacing of the reinforcement in accordance with the relationship derived for the
lateral embracement factor.
• The VSW method has shown that the pullout resistance of reinforcement is more
influenced by the adjacent reinforcement layout than the soil overburden pressure.
• The VSW method has been validated using the measurements made at the
Schoolhouse wall, and two other field cases from literature. The method is
capable of predicting the lateral and vertical stresses within the reinforced soil
mass and axial forces in the reinforcement within 10% of differences.
8.3 IMPLEMENTATION RECOMMENDATIONS
Based on the research results from this research project, the following implementation
recommendations are presented for ODOT consideration.
• MSE Wall Facing Element Selection
The stiffness of the MSE wall facing elements have direct effects on the
interaction between the backfill soil and the wall facing as well as the resulting
vertical earth pressure distribution at the base of the reinforced soil mass. It is
recommended that the use of conventional segmental concrete facing elements be
the preferred wall facing material due to their high stiffness and the
accompanying more uniform vertical earth pressure distribution at the base of the
reinforced soil mass. This preferred uniform vertical earth pressure distribution
will yield shorter reinforcement length requirement from the consideration of
external stability issues.
• Use of Driven Piles behind the MSE Wall Facing to Support Footing Loads
352
The presence of driven piles behind the MSE wall facing appears to alter the
lateral earth pressures acting on the MSE wall facing in such a way that both
lateral deflection of the wall and the forces in the reinforcement straps are
reduced. Therefore, the current ODOT practice of requiring driven piles to
support the bridge footing is reasonable.
• Design/Calculation Method Outlined by FHWA
The instrumentation and monitoring results from this project validated the
analysis and design methods outlined by FHWA for simple geometry walls. The
FHWA design tends to be on the conservative side. However, for the complex
wall geometry, as in the case of wing wall with sloping backfill, then the FHWA
design method tends to be on an error side. For this case, higher factor safety
needs to be incorporated in the design when the FHWA calculation method is
used. Alternatively, the developed virtual soil wedge (VSW) analysis method
maybe used.
• Pull-out Tests for Quantifying the Reinforcement-Soil Frictional Resistance
Pull out resistance of reinforcement was found to be highly dependent upon the
location of the reinforcement within the MSE walls. Therefore, it is recommended
that in-situ pull-out tests of the reinforcements be conducted at various elevations
of the MSE walls. This will provide better test results of the pull-out resistance of
the reinforcements than the laboratory pull-out tests.
8.4 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FUTURE RESEARCH
• The interactions of the wall facing with the reinforced soil and the reinforcements
for a variety of wall facing types and shapes needs to be investigated to examine
353
the influences of the different wall facings on the vertical pressure profiles
underneath the reinforced soil mass.
• Further research is needed to identify the values or range of values for the scaling
factor, f, used in the VSW method. The intended research should contain a
broader combination of reinforcement and backfill material.
• Further research is needed to identify the limiting values of the actual
embracement factors or the lateral earth pressure coefficients that will threaten the
safety of the reinforced earth wall.
• Future research is needed to check the applicability of the VSW method to other
types of earth reinforcement materials, geometries, and structures.
354
REFERENCES
Adib, M. E., 1988, “Internal lateral earth pressure in earth walls”, PhD thesis, University of California, Berkeley, California.
Adid, M. E., and Mitchell, J. K., 1991, “Lateral earth pressure in reinforced soil walls”, J. Geotech. Engrg.
Andawes, K. Z., McGown, A., and Ahmad, F., 1990, “Influence of Lateral boundary movements on earth pressure”, Proceedings of the International Conference on Performance of Reinforced Soil Structures, Thomas Telford, 359-364.
Baquelin, F., 1978, “Construction and Instrumentation of Reinforced earth walls in French Highway Administration”, Proc. ASCE Symposium on Earth Reinforcement, Pittsburgh, 186-201.
Basset, R. H., and Last, N. C., 1978, “Reinforcing earth below footings and embankments”, proc. of the ASCE Symposium on Earth Reinforcement, Pittsburgh, 202-231.
Beech, J.F., 1987, “The importance of stress-strain relationships in reinforced soil system design”, Proceeding of Geosynthetics’87, New Orleans, LA
Binquet, J., and Lee, K. L., 1975, “bearing capacity analysis of reinforced earth slabs”, Journal of Geotechnical Engineering Division, ASCE 101 (12), 1257-1276.
Bonaparte, R., and Schmertmann, G., 1988, “Reinforcement extensibility in reinforced soil and soil wall design”, Proceedings of the NATO advanced research workshop on application of polymer reinforcement in soil retaining structures.
Bonczkiewicz, C. B., 1990, “Evaluation of soil-reinforcement parameters and interaction by large scale pullout test”, Master thesis, Northwestern University, Evanston, Illinois.
British Standards Institution, 1991, “Code of practice for strengthened/reinforced soil structures and other fills”, p. 232, Draft BS 8006, London: HMSO.
Brown, H. G., and Poulos, H. G., 1980, “Analysis of foundations on reinforced soils”, Technical Report R-377, Sydney University, Australia.
355
Carter, J. P., and Balaam, N. P., (1985), “AFENA- A General Finite Element
Algorithm- User’s Manual”, School of Civil Engineering, University of Sydney, Sydney, Australia.
Chandrashekhara, K., Antony, S. J., and Mondal, D., 1998, “Semi-analytical finite element analysis of a strip footing on an elastic reinforced soil”, Applied Mathematical Modelling, 22, 331-349.
Chang et al., 1973, “Stresses and Deformation in Jail Gulch Embankments”, Interim Report M&R No.632509-2, Transportation Laboratory, California Department of Transportation, Sacramento, Calif., Feb., P. 15. (Also Published in 1973, in Highway Research Board No. 457, Highway Research Board, National Research Council, National Academy of Sciences, National Academy of Engineering, Dec., pp. 51-59).
Chang, J. C., and Forsyth, R. A., 1977, “Finite element analysis of reinforced earth wall”, Journal of the Geotechnical Engineering Division, ASCE Vol. 103, No. GT7, July, 711-724.
Christie, I. F., and El Hadi, K. M., 1979, “Some Aspects of the Design of Earth Dams Reinforced with Fabric”, Proc. 1st International Conference on Geotextile, Paris, Vol. II, 99-103.
Christopher, B.R. and Bonczkiewicz, C.B., 1989, “Preliminary results of full scale filed test for the behavior of reinforced soil”, FHWA No. 61-84-C-00073.
Christopher, B.R., 1993, “Deformation response and wall stiffness in relation to reinforced soil wall design”, Ph.D. dissertation, Purdue University, 352pp.
Collin, J. G., 1986,”Earth Wall Design”, Doctoral Thesis submitted to University of California, Berkeley, California, 440 p.
Duncan, J. M., and Seed, R. B., 1986, “Compaction-induced earth pressures under Ko – conditions”, Journal of Geotechnical Engineering, ASCE, 112(1), 1-22.
Duncan, J. M., Byrne, P., Wong, K. S., and Mabry, P., 1980, “Strength, stress-strain and bulk modulus parameters for finite element analyses of stresses and movements in soil masses”, Geotech. Engrg. Res. Rep. No. UCB/GT/80-01. University of California, Berkeley, Calif.
Dunncliff, J., 1988, “Geotechnical Instrumentation for the Monitoring Field Performance”, NewYork, J. Wiley & Sons, 577 pp.
356
Dyer, N. R., and Milligan, G. W., 1984, “A photoelastic investigation of the interaction of a cohesionless soil with reinforcement placed at different orientations”, Proceedings of the International Conference on In Situ Soil and Rock Reinforcement, 257-262.
Ehrlich, M., and Mitchell, J. K., 2000, “Working stress design method for reinforced soil walls”, Proc. ASCE, Selected papers by James Mitchell
Elias, V. and Juran, I., 1991, “Soil nailing for stabilization of highway and excavations”, FHWA-RD-89-193.
Elias, V., and Christopher, B. R., 1996,”Mechanically stabilized earth walls and reinforced soil slopes design and construction guidelines”, Report No. FHWA-SA-96-071, FHWA, Washington, D.C.
Fannin, R. J., and Hermann, S., 1991, “Creep measurement of polymeric reinforcement”, Proceedings of Geosynthetic ’91 Conference, Atlanta, USA, 561-573.
Finlay, T. W., and Sutherland, H. B., 1977, “Field measurements on reinforced earth wall on granton”, Proceedings of the 9th International Conference on Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Tokyo, Japan, I, 511-516.
Gourc, J. P., Gotteland, Delmas, P., 1989, “Parametric study of geosynthetic reinforced retaining walls using the displacement method”, Proceeding of Geosynthetics’89, San Diego, CA.
Gourc, J.P, Ratel, A., Gotteland Ph., 1990, “Design of reinforced soil retaining walls: analysis and comparison of existing design methods and proposal for a new approach”, Proceedings of the NATO advanced research workshop on application of polymer reinforcement in soil retaining structures.
Gray, D.H., and Ohashi, H., 1993, “Mechanism of fiber reinforcement in sand”, Journal of geotechnical engineering, Vol. 109, No. 3, ASCE.
Gryczmanski, M., and Sekowski, J., 1986, “A composite theory application for analysis of stresses in a subsoil reinforced by geotextiles”, Vienna, 2A/2, 181-186.
Harrison, J., and Gerard, C. M., 1972, “Elastic theory applied to reinforced earth”, Journal of Soil Mechanics and Foundations Division, ASCE 98 (12), 1325-1345.
Herrmann, L. R., and Yassin, A. Z., 1978, “Numerical analysis of reinforced soil systems”, Proceedings of ASCE, Symposium on Earth Reinforcement, Pittsburge, 1978, 428-457.
357
Ho, S. K., and Bowe R. K., 1996, “Effect of wall geometry on the behavior of reinforced soil walls”, Geotextiles and Geomembranes, Vol. 14, 521-541.
Ingold, T. S., 1982, “An Analytical study of geotextile reinforced embankment”, Proc. 2nd International Conference on Geotextiles, Las Vegas.
Ingold, T.S., 1983, “Laboratory pullout testing of grid reinforcement in sand”, Geotechnical testing journal, ASTM, Vol.6. No.3.
Jaky, J., 1994, “The coefficient of earth pressure at rest”, Journal of Sociecty of Hungarian Architects and Engineers.
Jewell, R.A., 1985, “Reinforced soil wall analysis and design”, Proceedings of the NATO advanced research workshop on application of polymer reinforcement in soil retaining structures.
Jewell, R.A., 1990, “Reinforced soil wall analysis and design”, Proceedings of the NATO advanced research workshop on application of polymer reinforcement in soil retaining structures.
Johnson, R., 1985, “Pullout testing of tensar geogrid”, Master thesis, University of California, Davis, California.
Jones, C. J. F. P, 1985, “Earth reinforcement and soil structures”, London, Butterworths.
Jones, C. J. F. P., 1988, “Earth reinforcement and soil structures”, Butterworth advanced series in geotechnical engineering, London, England.
Juran, I, 1989, “Strain compatibility design method for reinforced earth walls”, Journal of geotechincal engineering, Vol. 115, No.4, ASCE.
Juran, I., 1977, “Dimensionment interne des ouvrages en terre armee”, thesis for Doctorate of engineering, Laboratoire Central des Pons et Chaussees, Paris.
Juran, I., 1987, “In-situ ground reinforcement –soil nailing”, ASCE geotechnical special publication N0. 12.
Juran, I., and Christopher, B., 1989, “Laboratory model study on geosysnthetic reinforced soil retaining walls”, Journal of geotechnical engineering, Vol. 115, No.7, ASCE.
Juran, I., and Schlosser, F., 1978, “Theoretical analysis of failure in Reinforced Earth structures”, Proc. ASCE Symp. on Earth Reinforcement, ASCE, New York, N.Y., 528-555.
358
Lee, K. L., Adams, B. D., and Vagneron, J. J., 1973, “Reinforced earth retaining
walls”, Journal of Soil Mechanics and Foundation Division, ASC, 99 (SM10), 745-764.
Lee, K., Jones, C. J. F. P., Sullivan, W. R., and Trolinger, W., 1994, “Failure and Deformation of Four Reinforced Soil Walls in Eastern Tennessee”, Geotechnique 44, No. 3, 397-426.
Leshchinsky, D., and Perry, E.B., 1987, “A design procedure for geotextile-reinforced walls”, Proceeding of Geosynthetics’87, New Orleans, LA.
Liang Y. R., Feng, Y., and Vitton, S. J., 1998, “Displacement based stability analysis for anchor reinforced slope” Soils and Foundations, Vol. 38, No.2, Japanese Geotechnical Society.
Meyerhof, G. G., 1953,”The bearing capacity of foundations under eccentric and inclined loads”, Proc. Of the 3rd International conference of Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Vol. 1, pp. 225-244.
Mitchell, J.K. and Christopher, B.R., 1990, “North American practice in reinforced soil system- Design and performance of earth retaining structure” edited by Philip C. Lambe and Lawrence A. Hansen, , NewYork
Mitchell, J.K., and Villet, W.C.B., 1987, “Reinforcement of Earth Slopes and Embankments”, NCHRP Report No. 290, Transportation Research board, Washington D. C., 323 pp.
Moroto, N., and Akira, H., 1990, “Anisotropic elastic stress formula applied to reinforced earth”, Soils and Foundations 30 (1), 172-178.
Munster, A., 1930, United States patent Specification No. 1762343.
Murray, R. T., 1977, “Research at TRRL to develop design criteria for Reinforced Earth”, Symp. Reinforced earth and other composite soil techniques. Heriot-Watt University, TRRL Sup. 457.
Murthy B. R. S. et al., 1993, “Analysis of reinforced soil beds”, Indian Geotechnical Journal, 23 (4), 447-460.
Phan, T. L., Segrestin, P., Schlosser, F., and Long, N. T., 1979, “Stability Analysis of Reinforced Earth Walls by Two Slip Circle Methods”, Proc. International Conference on Soil Reinforcement, Paris, 119-123.
359
Romstad K. M., et al., 1976, “Integrated study of reinforced earth – I: Theoretical
formulation”, Journal of Geotechnical Engineering Department, Proc. ASCE 102 (5), 457-471.
Romstad, K. M., Al-Yassin, Z., Herrmann, L. R., and Shen, C. K., 1978, “Stability Analysis of Reinforced Earth Retaining Structures”, Proc. ASCE Symposium on Earth Reinforcement, Pitsburge, Penn., 685-713.
Rowe, R. K., and Soderman, K. L., 1987, “Very soft soil stabilization using high strength geotextiles: the role of finite element analysis”, Geotexiles and Geomembranes, Vol. 6, 53-81.
Rusner, D. J., 1999,”Instrumentation and Experimental Evaluation of A 17 m Tall Reinforced Earth Wall”, A Thesis submitted to Purdue University in Partial fulfillment of the requirements for the Degree of Master of Science in Civil Engineering, Indiana.
Schlosser, F. M., 1990, “Mechanically stabilized retaining structures in Europe- Design and performance of earth retaining structure”, edited by Philip C. Lambe and Lawrence A. Hansen, NewYork.
Schlosser, F., 1978, Experience on Reinforced Earth in France”, Symp. Reinforced earth and other composite soil techniques, Heriot-Watt University, TRRL Sup. 457.
Schlosser, F., and Long, N., 1974, “Recent results in French research on reinforced earth”, Journal of the Construction Division, ASCE, 100 (CO3), 223-237.
Seed, R. B., 1983,”Soil-structure interaction effects of compaction-induced stresses and deflections”, Doctoral thesis submitted to the University of California, Berkley, California.
Sridharan, A., et al., 1988, “Reinforced soil foundation on soft soil”, First Indian Geotextile Conference on Reinforced Soil and Geotextiles, Bombay, C53-C59.
Stocker, M. F., and Riedinger, 1990, “The bearing behavior of nailed retained structures- Design and performance of earth retaining structure” edited by Philip C. Lambe and Lawrence A. Hansen, New York.
Stocker, M. F., Korber, G. W., Gassler, G., and Gudhus, G., 1979, “Soil nailing”, Proc. International Confe`rence on Soil Reinforcement, Reinforced Earth and Other Techniques, Paris, Vol. I, March, 469-474.
360
Tzong, W. H., and Cheng-Kuang, S., 1987, “Soil-geotextile interaction
mechanism in pullout test”, Proceedings from Geosynthetic’87 conference, New Orleans, Louisiana, Vol.1.
Uesugi, M., Kishida, H., 1986a, “Influential factors of friction between steel and dry sand”, Soils and Foundation, Vol.26, No. 2.
Uesugi, M., Kishida, H., 1988, “Behavior of sand particle in sand-steel friction”, Soils and Foundation, Vol.28, No. 1.
Vidal, H., 1966, “La terre arm`ee’ “, Annls L’Inst. Tech. De Batiment et des Travaux Publics, S`erie Materiaux 30, Supplement No. 223-4, July-August.
Vidal, H., 1969, “The Principle of Reinforced Earth”, Transportation Research Record, 282, 1-16.
Walkinshaw, J. L., 1975, “Reinforced Earth Coonstruction”, Department of Transportation FHWA Region 15. Demonstration Project No. 18.
Westergaard, H. M., 1978, “A problem of elasticity suggested by a problem in soil mechanics. Soft material reinforced by numerous strong horizontal sheets”, Harvard University.
Whittle A. J., and Mauricio, A., 1995, “Analysis of pullout tests for planar reinforcement in soil”, Journal of geotechnical engineering, Vol.121, No.6, ASCE.
Yu, H. S., and Sloan, S. W., 1997, “Finite element limit analysis of reinforced soils”, J. of Computers and Structures, Vol. 63, No. 3, 567-577.
Zornberg, J. G., Nicholas, S., and Mitchell, J. K., 1998, “Limit equilibrium as basis for design of geosynthetic reinforced slopes”, Journal of Geotechnical and Geoenvironmental Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 124 No.8.
A1-1
APPENDIX A1 MEASUREMENTS AT THE 52 FT (15.85 m)
HIGH SECTION AT THE MEDIAN (SECTION A)
Legend for gage labels shown in all Figures. The gages are labeled (SNXMU) where:
S and N: stand for Strap number N counted from the bottom where, for example, S1 is
the first instrumented strap from the bottom of the reinforced soil wall, and S4 is the forth
strap from the bottom of the wall.
X: is the name of the instrumented section. X could be A, B, C or D that correspond to
the 52 ft high section at the west bound of the highway, 52 ft (15.85 m) high section at
the median, 30 ft (9.144 m) (9.144 m) high section at the wing wall, and the 20 ft (6.096)
high section at the wing wall.
A1-2
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
S1A1U S1A1L
Figure A1.1 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.381 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.305 m) from the wall facing.
A1-3
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
S1A2U S1A2L
Figure A1.2 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.381 m) above the L.P at 2 ft (0.610 m) from the wall facing.
A1-4
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S1A3U S1A3L
Figure A1.3 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.381 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A1-5
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
3200
S1A4U S1A4L
Figure A1.4 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.381 m) above the L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall facing.
A1-6
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
S2A1US2A1L
Figure A1.5 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.305 m) from the wall facing.
A1-7
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S2A2US2A2L
Figure A1.6 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 3 ft (0.914 m) from the wall facing.
A1-8
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S2A3US2A3L
Figure A1.7 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A1-9
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S2A4US2A4L
Figure A1.8 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall facing.
A1-10
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S2A5US2A5L
Figure A1.9 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 20 ft (6.096 m) from the wall facing.
A1-11
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S2A6US2A6L
Figure A1.10 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 25 ft (7.620 m) from the wall facing.
A1-12
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S2A7US2A7L
Figure A1.11 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 30 ft (9.144 m) from the wall facing.
A1-13
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
S2A8LS2A8L
Figure A1.11 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 35 ft from the wall facing.
A1-14
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
S3A1US3A1L
Figure A1.12 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.429 m) (0.381 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.305 m) from the wall facing.
A1-15
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S3A2US3A2L
Figure A1.13 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.429 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A1-16
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
S3A3US3A3L
Figure A1.14 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.429 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A1-17
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
S3A4US3A4L
Figure A1.15 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.429 m) above the L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall facing.
A1-18
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
2600
2800
3000
3200
3400
3600
3800
4000
4200
S3A5US3A5L
Figure A1.16 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.429 m) above the L.P at 15 ft (4.572 m) from the wall facing.
A1-19
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
3200
3400
S3A6US3A6L
Figure A1.16 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.429 m) above the L.P at 20 ft (6.096 m) from the wall facing.
A1-20
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
3200
S3A7US3A7L
Figure A1.16 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.429 m) above the L.P at 25 ft (7.620 m) from the wall facing.
A1-21
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1800
1900
2000
2100
2200
2300
2400
2500
2600
S3A8LS3A8L
Figure A1.17 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.429 m) above the L.P at 30 ft (9.144 m) from the wall facing.
A1-22
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
S4A1US4A1L
Figure A1.18 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 16.25 ft (4.953 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.305 m) from the wall facing.
A1-23
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
3200
3400
S4A2US4A2L
Figure A1.19 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 16.25 ft (4.953 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A1-24
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S4A3US4A3L
Figure A1.20 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 16.25 ft (4.953 m) above the L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall facing.
A1-25
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S4A4US4A4L
Figure A1.21 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 16.25 ft (4.953 m) above the L.P at 15 ft (4.572 m) from the wall facing.
A1-26
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S4A5US4A5L
Figure A1.22 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 16.25 ft (4.953 m) above the L.P at 20 ft (6.096 m) from the wall facing.
A1-27
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
S4A6US4A6L
Figure A1.23 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 16.25 ft (4.953 m) above the L.P at 25 ft (7.620 m) from the wall facing.
A1-28
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
S4A7US4A7L
Figure A1.24 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 16.25 ft (4.953 m) above the L.P at 30 ft (9.144 m) from the wall facing.
A1-29
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S5A1US5A1L
Figure A1.25 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 23.75 ft (7.238 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.305 m) from the wall facing.
A1-30
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
S5A2US5A2L
Figure A1.26 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 23.75 ft (7.238 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A1-31
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S5A3US5A3L
Figure A1.27 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 23.75 ft (7.238 m) above the L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall facing.
A1-32
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S5A4US5A4L
Figure A1.28 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 23.75 ft (7.238 m) above the L.P at 15 ft (4.572 m) from the wall facing.
A1-33
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
S5A5US5A5L
Figure A1.29 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 23.75 ft (7.238 m) above the L.P at 20 ft (6.096 m) from the wall facing.
A1-34
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S5A6US5A6L
Figure A1.30 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 23.75 ft (7.238 m) above the L.P at 25 ft (7.620 m) from the wall facing.
A1-35
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
S5A7US5A7L
Figure A1.31 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 23.75 ft (7.238 m) above the L.P at 30 ft (9.144 m) from the wall facing.
A1-36
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S6A1US6A1L
Figure A1.32 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 28.75 ft (8.763 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.305 m) from the wall facing.
A1-37
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
3200
S6A2US6A2L
Figure A1.33 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 28.75 ft (8.763 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A1-38
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S6A3US6A3L
Figure A1.34 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 28.75 ft (8.763 m) above the
L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall facing.
A1-39
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S6A4US6A4L
Figure A1.35 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 28.75 ft (8.763 m) above the L.P at 15 ft (4.572 m) from the wall facing.
A1-40
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
S6A5US6A5L
Figure A1.36 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 28.75 ft (8.763 m) above the L.P at 20 ft (6.096 m) from the wall facing.
A1-41
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
S6A6US6A6L
Figure A1.37 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 28.75 ft (8.763 m) above the L.P at 25 ft (7.620 m) from the wall facing.
A1-42
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
S6A7US6A7L
Figure A1.38 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 28.75 ft (8.763 m) above the L.P at 30 ft (9.144 m) from the wall facing.
A1-43
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
S7A1US7A1L
Figure A1.39 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 33.75 ft (10.287 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.305 m) from the wall facing.
A1-44
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1800
1900
2000
2100
2200
2300
2400
2500
2600
S7A2US7A2L
Figure A1.40 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 33.75 ft (10.287 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A1-45
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
S7A3US7A3L
Figure A1.41 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 33.75 ft (10.287 m) above the L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall facing.
A1-46
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
S7A4US7A4L
Figure A1.42 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 33.75 ft (10.287 m) above the L.P at 15 ft (4.572 m) from the wall facing.
A1-47
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
S7A5US7A5L
Figure A1.43 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 33.75 ft (10.287 m) above the L.P at 20 ft (6.096 m) from the wall facing.
A1-48
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
S7A6US7A6L
Figure A1.44 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 33.75 ft (10.287 m) above the L.P at 25 ft (7.620 m) from the wall facing.
A1-49
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
3200
S7A7US7A7L
Figure A1.45 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 33.75 ft (10.287 m) above the L.P at 30 ft (9.144 m) from the wall facing.
A1-50
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
S8A1US8A1L
Figure A1.46 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 41.25 ft (12.573 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.305 m) from the wall.
A1-51
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S8A2US8A2L
Figure A1.47 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 41.25 ft (10.287 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall.
A1-52
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
S8A3US8A3L
Figure A1.48 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 41.25 ft (12.573 m) above the L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall.
A1-53
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
S8A4US8A4L
Figure A1.49 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 41.25 ft (12.573 m) above the L.P at 15 ft (4.572 m) from the wall.
A1-54
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
3200
3400
S8A5US8A5L
Figure A1.50 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 41.25 ft (12.573 m) above the L.P at 20 ft (6.096 m) from the wall.
A1-55
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
S8A6US8A6L
Figure A1.51 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 41.25 ft (12.573 m) above the L.P at 25 ft (7.620 m) from the wall.
A1-56
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
3200
3400
S8A7US8A7L
Figure A1.52 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 41.25 ft (12.573 m) above the L.P at 30 ft (9.144 m) from the wall.
A2-1
APPENDIX A2 MEASUREMENTS AT THE 52 FT (15.85 m)
HIGH SECTION AT THE MEDIAN (SECTION B)
Legend for gage labels shown in all Figures. The gages are labeled (SNXMU) where:
S and N: stand for Strap number N counted from the bottom where, for example, S1 is
the first instrumented strap from the bottom of the reinforced soil wall, and S4 is the forth
strap from the bottom of the wall.
X: is the name of the instrumented section. X could be A, B, C or D that correspond to
the 52 ft (15.85 m) high section at the west bound of the highway, 52 ft (15.85 m) high
section at the median, 30 ft (9.144 m) high section at the wing wall, and the 20 ft (6.096
m) high section at the wing wall.
A2-2
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S1B1US1B1L
Figure A2.1 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.381 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.305 m) from the wall facing.
A2-3
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1200
1300
1400
1500
1600
1700
1800
1900
2000
S1B2US1B2L
Figure A2.2 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.381 m) above the L.P at 2 ft (0.610 m) from the wall facing.
A2-4
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
S1B3US1B3L
Figure A2.3 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.381 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A2-5
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
S1B4US1B4L
Figure A2.4 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.381 m) above the L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall facing.
A2-6
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S2B1US2B1L
Figure A2.5 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.305 m) from the wall facing.
A2-7
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S2B2US2B2L
Figure A2.6 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 3 ft (0.914 m) from the wall facing.
A2-8
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S2B3US2B3L
Figure A2.7 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A2-9
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S2B4US2B4L
Figure A2.8 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall facing.
A2-10
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
S2B5US2B5L
Figure A2.9 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 15 ft (4.572 m) from the wall facing.
A2-11
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S2B6US2B6L
Figure A2.10 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 20 ft (6.096 m) from the wall facing.
A2-12
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S2A7US2B7L
Figure A2.11 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 25 ft (7.620 m) from the wall facing.
A2-13
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S2A8LS2B8L
Figure A2.11 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 30 ft (9.144 m) from the wall facing.
A2-14
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S3B1US3B1L
Figure A2.12 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.429 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.305 m) from the wall facing.
A2-15
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S3B2US3B2L
Figure A2.13 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.429 m) above the L.P at 3 ft (0.914 m) from the wall facing.
A2-16
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S3B3US3B3L
Figure A2.14 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.429 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A2-17
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S3B4US3B4L
Figure A2.15 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.429 m) above the L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall facing.
A2-18
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S3B5US3B5L
Figure A2.17 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.429 m) above the L.P at 15 ft (4.572 m) from the wall facing.
A2-19
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S3B6US3B6L
Figure A2.17 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.429 m) above the L.P at 20 ft (6.096 m) from the wall facing.
A2-20
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S3B7US3B7L
Figure A2.16 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.429 m) above the L.P at 25 ft (7.620 m) from the wall facing.
A2-21
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S3B8LS3B8L
Figure A2.17 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.429 m) above the L.P at 30 ft (9.144 m) from the wall facing.
A2-22
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S4B1US4B1L
Figure A2.18 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 16.25 ft (4.953 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.305 m) from the wall facing.
A2-23
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S4B2US4B2L
Figure A2.19 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 16.25 ft (4.953 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A2-24
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S4B3US4B3L
Figure A2.20 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 16.25 ft (4.953 m) above the L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall facing.
A2-25
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S4B4US4B4L
Figure A2.21 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 16.25 ft (4.953 m) above the L.P at 15 ft (4.572 m) from the wall facing.
A2-26
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S4B5US4B5L
Figure A2.22 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 16.25 ft (4.953 m) above the L.P at 20 ft (6.096 m) from the wall facing.
A2-27
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S4B6US4B6L
Figure A2.23 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 16.25 ft (4.953 m) above the L.P at 25 ft (7.620 m) from the wall facing.
A2-28
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500
2750
3000
S4B7US4B7L
Figure A2.24 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 16.25 ft (4.953 m) above the L.P at 30 ft (9.144 m) from the wall facing.
A2-29
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S5B1US5B1L
Figure A2.25 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 23.75 ft (7.239 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.305 m) from the wall facing.
A2-30
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S5B2US5B2L
Figure A2.26 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 23.75 ft (7.239 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A2-31
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S5B3US5B3L
Figure A2.27 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 23.75 ft (7.239 m) above the L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall facing.
A2-32
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500
S5B4US5B4L
Figure A2.28 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 23.75 ft (7.239 m) above the L.P at 15 ft (4.572 m) from the wall facing.
A2-33
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S5B5US5B5L
Figure A2.29 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 23.75 ft (7.239 m) above the L.P at 20 ft (6.096 m) from the wall facing.
A2-34
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S5B6US5B6L
Figure A2.30 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 23.75 ft (7.239 m) above the L.P at 25 ft (7.620 m) from the wall facing.
A2-35
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S5B7US5B7L
Figure A2.31 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 23.75 ft (7.239 m) above the L.P at 30 ft (9.144 m) from the wall facing.
A2-36
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
S6B1US6B1L
Figure A2.32 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 28.75 ft (8.763 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.305 m) from the wall facing.
A2-37
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S6B2US6B2L
Figure A2.33 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 28.75 ft (8.763 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A2-38
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S6B3US6B3L
Figure A2.34 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 28.75 ft (8.763 m) above the L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall facing.
A2-39
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S6B4US6B4L
Figure A2.35 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 28.75 ft (8.763 m) above the L.P at 15 ft (4.572 m) from the wall facing.
A2-40
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S6B5US6B5L
Figure A2.36 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 28.75 ft (8.763 m) above the L.P at 20 ft (6.096 m) from the wall facing.
A2-41
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S6B6US6B6L
Figure A2.37 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 28.75 ft (8.763 m) above the L.P at 25 ft (7.620 m) from the wall facing.
A2-42
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S6B7US6B7L
Figure A2.38 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 28.75 ft (8.763 m) above the L.P at 30 ft (9.144 m) from the wall facing.
A2-43
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S7B1US7B1L
Figure A2.39 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 33.75 ft (10.287 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.305 m) from the wall facing.
A2-44
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500
2750
3000
S7B2US7B2L
Figure A2.40 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 33.75 ft (10.287 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A2-45
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S7B3US7B3L
Figure A2.41 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 33.75 ft (10.287 m) above the L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall facing.
A2-46
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S7B4US7B4L
Figure A2.42 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 33.75 ft (10.287 m) above the L.P at 15 ft (4.572 m) from the wall facing.
A2-47
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S7B5US7B5L
Figure A2.43 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 33.75 ft (10.287 m) above the L.P at 20 ft (6.096 m) from the wall facing.
A2-48
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1500
2000
2500
3000
S7B6US7B6L
Figure A2.44 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 33.75 ft (10.287 m) above the L.P at 25 ft (7.620 m) from the wall facing.
A2-49
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
2000
3000
4000
S7B7US7B7L
Figure A2.45 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 33.75 ft (10.287 m) above the L.P at 30 ft (9.144 m) from the wall facing.
A2-50
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
S8B1US8B1L
Figure A2.46 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 41.25 ft (12.573 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.305 m) from the wall.
A2-51
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S8B2US8B2L
Figure A2.47 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 41.25 ft (12.573 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall.
A2-52
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
S8B3US8B3L
Figure A2.48 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 41.25 ft (12.573 m) above the L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall.
A2-53
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S8B4US8B4L
Figure A2.49 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 41.25 ft (12.573 m) above the L.P at 15 ft (4.572 m) from the wall.
A2-54
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S8B5US8B5L
Figure A2.50 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 41.25 ft (12.573 m) above the L.P at 20 ft (6.096 m) from the wall.
A2-55
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
3200
S8B6US8B6L
Figure A2.51 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 41.25 ft (12.573 m) above the L.P at 25 ft (7.620 m) from the wall.
A2-56
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S8B7US8B7L
Figure A2.51 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 41.25 ft (12.573 m) above the L.P at 30 ft (9.144 m) from the wall.
A2-57
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
S9B1US9B1L
Figure A2.53 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 47.75 ft (14.544 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.305 m) from the wall facing.
A2-58
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S9B2US9B2L
Figure A2.54 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 47.75 ft (14.544 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A2-59
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S8B3US9B3L
Figure A2.55 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 47.75 ft (14.544 m) above the L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall facing.
A2-60
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
2600
2700
2800
2900
3000
3100
S9B4US9B4L
Figure A2.56 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 47.75 ft (14.544 m) above the L.P at 15 ft (4.572 m) from the wall facing.
A2-61
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S9B5US9B5L
Figure A2.57 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 47.75 ft (14.544 m) above the L.P at 20 ft (6.096 m) from the wall facing.
A2-62
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S9B6US9B6L
Figure A2.58 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 47.75 ft (14.544 m) above the L.P at 25 ft (7.620 m) from the wall facing.
A2-63
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S9B7US9B7L
Figure A2.58 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 47.75 ft (14.544 m) above the L.P at 30 ft (9.144 m) from the wall facing.
A3-1
APPENDIX A3 MEASUREMENTS AT THE 30 FT (9.144 m)
HIGH SECTION AT THE WING WALL (SECTION C)
Legend for gage labels shown in all Figures. The gages are labeled (SNXMU) where:
S and N: stand for Strap number N counted from the bottom where, for example, S1 is
the first instrumented strap from the bottom of the reinforced soil wall, and S4 is the forth
strap from the bottom of the wall.
X: is the name of the instrumented section. X could be A, B, C or D that correspond to
the 52 ft (15.850 m) high section at the west bound of the highway, 52 ft (15.850 m) high
section at the median, 30 ft (9.144 m) high section at the wing wall, and the 20 ft (6.096
m) high section at the wing wall.
A3-2
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S1C1US1C1L
Figure A3.1 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 3.25 ft (0.991 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.911 m) from the wall facing.
A3-3
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
3200
3400
S1C2US1C2L
Figure A3.2 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 3.25 ft (0.991 m) above the L.P at 3 ft (0.914 m) from the wall facing.
A3-4
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
S1C3US1C3L
Figure A3.3 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 3.25 ft (0.991 m) above the L.P at 6 ft (1.829 m) from the wall facing.
A3-5
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
S1C4US1C4L
Figure A3.4 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 3.25 ft (0.991 m) above the L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall facing.
A3-6
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
S1C5US1C5L
Figure A3.5 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 3.25 ft (0.991 m) above the L.P at 20 ft (6.096 m) from the wall facing.
A3-7
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S2C1US2C1L
Figure A3.6 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 5.75 ft (1.753 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.911 m) from the wall facing.
A3-8
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S2C2US2C2L
Figure A3.7 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 5.75 ft (1.753 m) above the L.P at 2 ft (0.610 m) from the wall facing.
A3-9
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
S2C3US2C3L
Figure A3.8 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 5.75 ft (1.753 m) above the L.P at 4 ft (1.219 m) from the wall facing.
A3-10
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
S2C4US2C4L
Figure A3.9 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 5.75 ft (1.753 m) above the L.P at 7 ft (2.134 m) from the wall facing.
A3-11
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S2C5US2C5L
Figure A3.10 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 5.75 ft (1.753 m) above the L.P at 11 ft (3.353 m) from the wall facing.
A3-12
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
S2C6US2C6L
Figure A3.11 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 5.75 ft (1.753 m) above the L.P at 14 ft (4.267 m) from the wall facing.
A3-13
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S2C7US2C7L
Figure A3.11 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 5.75 ft (1.753 m) above the L.P at 20 ft (6.096 m) from the wall facing
A3-14
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S3C1US3C1L
Figure A3.12 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 8.25 ft (2.515 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.911 m) from the wall facing.
A3-15
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S3C2US3C2L
Figure A3.13 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 8.25 ft (2.515 m)
above the L.P at 2 ft (0.610 m) from the wall facing.
A3-16
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S3C3US3C3L
Figure A3.14 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 8.25 ft (2.515 m) above the L.P at 4 ft (1.219 m) from the wall facing.
A3-17
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S3C4US3C4L
Figure A3.15 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 8.25 ft (2.515 m) above the L.P at 7 ft (2.134 m) from the wall facing
A3-18
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S3C5US3C5L
Figure A3.16 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 8.25 ft (2.515 m) above the L.P at 11 ft (3.353 m) from the wall facing.
A3-19
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S3C6US3C6L
Figure A3.17 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 8.25 ft (2.515 m) above the L.P at 14 ft (4.267 m) from the wall facing.
A3-20
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
S3C7US3C7L
Figure A3.18 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 8.25 ft (2.515 m) above the L.P at 20 ft (6.096 m) from the wall facing.
A3-21
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500
2750
3000
3250
3500
S4C1US4C1L
Figure A3.19 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 13.25 ft (4.039 m)
above the L.P at 1 ft (0.911 m) from the wall facing.
A3-22
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S4C2US4C2L
Figure A3.20 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 13.25 ft (4.039 m) above the L.P at 4 ft (1.219 m) from the wall facing.
A3-23
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
S4C3US4C3L
Figure A3.21 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 13.25 ft (4.039 m) above the L.P at 7 ft (2.134 m) from the wall facing.
A3-24
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
S4C4LS4C4L
Figure A3.22 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 13.25 ft (4.039 m)
above the L.P at 9 ft (2.743 m) from the wall facing.
A3-25
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S4C5US4C5L
Figure A3.23 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 13.25 ft (4.039 m) above the L.P at 11 ft (3.353 m) from the wall facing.
A3-26
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
S4C6US4C6L
Figure A3.24 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 13.25 ft (4.039 m) above the L.P at 14 ft (4.267 m) from the wall facing.
A3-27
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S4C7US4C7L
Figure A3.24 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 13.25 ft (4.039 m) above the L.P at 20 ft (6.096 m) from the wall facing.
A3-28
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S5C1US5C1L
Figure A3.25 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 18.25 ft (5.563 m) above the L.P at 2 ft (0.610 m) from the wall facing.
A3-29
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S5C2US5C2L
Figure A3.26 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 18.25 ft (5.563 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A3-30
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
S5C3US5C3L
Figure A3.27 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 18.25 ft (5.563 m) above the L.P at 8 ft (2.438 m) from the wall facing.
A3-31
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
S5C4US5C4L
Figure A3.28 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 18.25 ft (5.563 m) above the L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall facing.
A3-32
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
S5C5US5C5L
Figure A3.29 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 18.25 ft (5.563 m) above the L.P at 12 ft (3.658 m) from the wall facing.
A3-33
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S5C6US5C6L
Figure A3.30 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 18.25 ft (5.563 m) above the L.P at 15 ft (4.572 m) from the wall facing.
A3-34
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S5C7US5C7L
Figure A3.30 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 18.25 ft (5.563 m) above the L.P at 20 ft (6.096 m) from the wall facing.
.
A3-35
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S6C1US6C1L
Figure A3.32 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 23.25 ft (7.087 m) above the L.P at 2 ft (0.610 m) from the wall facing.
A3-36
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1500
2000
2500
3000
S6C2US6C2L
Figure A3.33 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 23.25 ft (7.087 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A3-37
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S6C3US6C3L
Figure A3.34 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 23.25 ft (7.087 m) above the L.P at 8 ft (2.438 m) from the wall facing.
A3-38
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S6C4US6C4L
Figure A3.35 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 23.25 ft (7.087 m) above the L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall facing.
A3-39
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
S6C5US6C5L
Figure A3.36 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 23.25 ft (7.087 m) above the L.P at 12 ft (3.658 m) from the wall facing.
A3-40
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
S6C6US6C6L
Figure A3.37 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 23.25 ft (7.087 m) above the L.P at 15 ft (4.572 m) from the wall facing.
A3-41
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S6C7US6C7L
Figure A3.37 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 23.25 ft (7.087 m) above the L.P at 20 ft (6.096 m) from the wall facing.
A3-42
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
S7C1US7C1L
Figure A3.40 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 28.25 ft (8.611 m) above the L.P at 2 ft (0.610 m) from the wall facing.
A3-43
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S7C2US7C2L
Figure A3.41 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 28.25 ft (8.611 m) above the L.P at 7 ft from the wall facing.
A3-44
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S7C3US7C3L
Figure A3.42 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 28.25 ft (8.611 m) above the L.P at 11 ft (2.134 m) from the wall facing.
A3-45
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S7C4US7C4L
Figure A3.42 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 28.25 ft (8.611 m) above the L.P at 15 ft (4.572 m) from the wall facing.
A3-46
Date
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
S7C5US7C5L
Figure A3.42 Axial force measurements in the strap located at 28.25 ft (8.611 m)
above the L.P at 20 ft (6.096 m) from the wall facing.
A4-1
APPENDIX A4 MEASUREMENTS AT THE 20 FT (6.096 m)
HIGH SECTION AT THE WING WALL (SECTION D)
Legend for gage labels shown in all Figures. The gages are labeled (SNXMU) where:
S and N: stand for Strap number N counted from the bottom where, for example, S1 is
the first instrumented strap from the bottom of the reinforced soil wall, and S4 is the forth
strap from the bottom of the wall.
X: is the name of the instrumented section. X could be A, B, C or D that correspond to
the 52 ft (15.850 m) high section at the west bound of the highway, 52 ft (15.850 m) high
section at the median, 30 ft (9.144 m) high section at the wing wall, and the 20 ft (6.096
m) high section at the wing wall.
A4-2
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
S1D1US1D1L
Figure A4.1 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.381 m) above the
L.P at 1 (0.305 m) ft from the wall facing.
A4-3
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
S1D2US1D2L
Figure A4.2 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.381) above the L.P at 2 ft (0.610 m) from the wall facing.
A4-4
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
3200
3400
S1D3US1D3L
Figure A4.3 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.381 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A4-5
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
3200
3400
S1D3US1D3L
Figure A4.4 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.381 m) above the L.P at 7 ft (2.134 m)from the wall facing.
A4-6
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1900
2000
2100
2200
2300
2400
2500
2600
2700
S1D5US1D5L
Figure A4.5 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 1.25 ft (0.381 m) above the L.P at 12 ft (3.658 m) from the wall facing.
A4-7
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S2D1US2D1L
Figure A4.6 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 3.75 ft (1.143 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.305 m) from the wall facing.
A4-8
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S2D2US2D2L
Figure A4.7 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 3.75 ft (1.143 m) above the L.P at 2 ft (0.610 m) from the wall facing.
A4-9
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S2D3US2D3L
Figure A4.8 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 3.75 ft (1.143 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A4-10
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1200
1600
2000
2400
2800
3200
3600
4000
S2D4US2D4L
Figure A4.7 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 3.75 ft (1.143 m) above the L.P at 7 ft (2.134 m) from the wall facing.
A4-11
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S2D5US2D5L
Figure A4.7 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 3.75 ft (1.143 m) above the L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall facing.
A4-12
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
S2D6US2D6L
Figure A4.7 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 3.75 ft (1.143 m) above the L.P at 12 ft (3.658 m) from the wall facing.
A4-13
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S3D1US3D1L
Figure A4.8 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.305 m) from the wall facing.
A4-14
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S3D2US3D2L
Figure A4.9 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 2 ft (0.610 m) from the wall facing.
A4-15
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S3D3US3D3L
Figure A4.10 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A4-16
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S3D4US3D4L
Figure A4.11 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 7 ft (2.134 m) from the wall facing.
A4-17
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S3D5US3D5L
Figure A4.12 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall facing.
A4-18
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S3D6US3D6L
Figure A4.13 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 6.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 12 ft (3.658 m) from the wall facing.
A4-19
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
S4D1US4D1L
Figure A4.14 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 11.25 ft (1.905 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.305 m) from the wall facing.
A4-20
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S4D2US4D2L
Figure A4.15 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.429 m) above the L.P at 2 ft (0.610 m) from the wall facing.
A4-21
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
S4D3US4D3L
Figure A4.16 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.429 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A4-22
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S4D4US4D4L
Figure A4.17 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.429 m) above the L.P at 7 ft (2.134 m) from the wall facing.
A4-23
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
S4D5US4D5L
Figure A4.18 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.429 m) above the L.P at 10 ft (3.048 m) from the wall facing.
A4-24
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
S4D6US4D6L
Figure A4.19 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 11.25 ft (3.429 m) above the
L.P at 12 ft (3.658 m) from the wall facing.
A4-25
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S5D1US5D1L
Figure A4.21 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 16.25 ft (4.953 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.305 m) from the wall facing.
A4-26
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500
2750
3000
S5D2US5D2L
Figure A4.22 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 16.25 ft (4.953 m) above the L.P at 5 ft (1.524 m) from the wall facing.
A4-27
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S5D3US5D3L
Figure A4.23 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 16.25 ft (4.953 m) above the L.P at 7 ft (2.134 m) from the wall facing.
A4-28
Date
09/0
1/00
12/0
1/00
03/0
1/01
06/0
1/01
09/0
1/01
12/0
1/01
03/0
1/02
06/0
1/02
09/0
1/02
12/0
1/02
03/0
1/03
06/0
1/03
09/0
1/03
12/0
1/03
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S5D4US5D4L
Figure A4.24 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 16.25 ft (4.953 m) above the L.P at 12 ft (3.658 m) from the wall facing.
A4-29
Date
11/0
1/00
02/0
1/01
05/0
1/01
08/0
1/01
11/0
1/01
02/0
1/02
05/0
1/02
08/0
1/02
11/0
1/02
02/0
1/03
05/0
1/03
08/0
1/03
11/0
1/03
02/0
1/04
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
S6D1US6D1L
Figure A4.25 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 18.75 ft (5.563 m) above the L.P at 1 ft (0.305 m) from the wall facing.
A4-30
Date
11/0
1/00
02/0
1/01
05/0
1/01
08/0
1/01
11/0
1/01
02/0
1/02
05/0
1/02
08/0
1/02
11/0
1/02
02/0
1/03
05/0
1/03
08/0
1/03
11/0
1/03
02/0
1/04
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
S6D2US6D2L
Figure A4.26 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 18.75 ft (5.563 m) above the L.P at 7 ft (2.134 m) from the wall facing.
A4-31
Date
11/0
1/00
02/0
1/01
05/0
1/01
08/0
1/01
11/0
1/01
02/0
1/02
05/0
1/02
08/0
1/02
11/0
1/02
02/0
1/03
05/0
1/03
08/0
1/03
11/0
1/03
02/0
1/04
Gag
e re
adin
g, µ
ε
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
S6D3US6D3L
Figure A4.27 Axial strain readings in the strap located at 18.75 ft (5.563 m) above the L.P at 12 ft (3.658 m) from the wall facing.
A5-2
Table A5.1 Section A: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S1A1U - - - N/A
S1A1L 5045.0 4871.2 5/24/02 - -173.8 - Little change
S1A2U - - - N/A
S1A2L 5407.8 5842.1 11/20/03 434.3 Small change
S1A3U 3034.8 3146.7 11/20/03 111.9 Little change
S1A3L 1995.2 2096.3 11/20/03 101.1 106.5 9.04
S1A4U 2953.0 2968.4 2/22/03 2951.5 11/20/03 15.4 -1.5 No change
S1A4L 2259.3 2280.1 2/22/03 - 20.8 20.8 9.6 0.82
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-3
Table A5.1 Section A: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S2A1U 1645.9 760.8 11/20/2003 -885.2 No change
S2A1L 2840.8 3775.2 11/20/2003 934.4 24.6 2.09
S2A2U 3427.4 2030.9 11/20/2003 -1396.5 Significant change
S2A2L 2022.0 2708.0 11/20/2003 686.0 -355.3 -30.15
S2A3U 2365.6 2907.8 10/19/2002 - 542.2 542.2 Little change
S2A3L 2723.7 2008.6 10/19/2002 2155.9 11/20/2003 -715.1 -715.1 -86.4
-7.34
S2A4U 2366.0 2080.1 11/20/2003 -285.9 Significant change
S2A4L 2178.4 1556.8 11/20/2003 -621.6 -453.8
-38.50
S2A5U 3009.3 2062.4 11/20/2003 -946.9 Significant change
S2A5L 2704.6 1919.5 11/20/2003 -785.1 -866.0 -73.49
S2A6U 2850.9 2628.4 11/20/2003 -222.5 Little change
S2A6L 1929.4 2337.9 11/20/2003 408.5 93.0 7.89
S2A7U 2990.9 2766.6 11/20/2003 -224.3 Little change
S2A7L 1705.8 1699.0 11/20/2003 -6.8 -115.6 -9.81
S2A8U 3245.7 3259.8 10/19/2002 - 14.1 14.1 Little change
S2A8L 1920.3 2105.1 10/19/2002 - 184.8 99.5 8.44
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-4
Table A5.1 Section A: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S3A1U 1353.7 1492.7 7/6/2002 - 139.0 Little change
S3A1L 2105.2 2134.1 7/6/2002 - 28.9 84.0 7.12
S3A2U 3145.6 3222.1 10/17/2002 - 76.5 No change
S3A2L 2220.9 2199.0 10/17/2002 - -21.9 27.3 2.32
S3A3U 2831.9 2908.1 10/17/2002 - 76.2 No change
S3A3L 2749.0 2772.0 10/17/2002 - 23.0 49.6 4.21
S3A4U 2811.9 2849.4 10/17/2002 - 37.5 No change
S3A4L 2139.9 2161.2 10/17/2002 - 21.3 29.4 2.49
S3A5U 3158.7 3167.2 10/17/2002 - 8.5 No change
S3A5L 3464.9 3471.3 10/17/2002 - 6.4 7.5 0.63
S3A6U 3130.1 3162.4 10/17/2002 - 32.3 No change
S3A6L 2247.7 2246.1 10/17/2002 - -1.6 15.4 1.30
S3A7U 1316.0 1307.5 10/18/2002 - -8.5 No change
S3A7L 2812.5 2797.6 10/18/2002 - -14.9 -11.7 -0.99
S3A8U 2017.0 2014.6 10/18/2002 - -2.4 No change
S3A8L 2131.5 2104.6 10/18/2002 - -26.9 -14.7 -1.24
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-5
Table A5.1 Section A: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S4A1U 2492.0 2096.1 11/20/2003 -395.9 Some change
S4A1L 5114.4 5184.0 11/20/2003 69.6 -163.2
-13.84
S4A2U 3118.3 3077.8 11/20/2003 -40.5 No change
S4A2L 2127.4 2134.7 11/20/2003 7.3 -16.6 -1.41
S4A3U 2009.2 2023.3 11/20/2003 14.1 No change
S4A3L 2619.6 2599.2 11/20/2003 -20.4 -3.2 -0.27
S4A4U 2279.0 2339.5 11/20/2003 60.5 Significant change
S4A4L 3053.9 3780.9 11/20/2003 727.0 393.8 33.41
S4A5U 1985.1 2042.0 11/20/2003 56.9 Little change
S4A5L 2918.7 2980.3 11/20/2003 61.6 59.3 5.03
S4A6U 2453.9 2469.1 11/20/2003 15.2 No change
S4A6L 1854.1 1892.1 11/20/2003 38.0 26.6 2.26
S4A7U 2527.8 2550.5 11/20/2003 22.7 No change
S4A7L 2875.4 2898.6 11/20/2003 23.2 22.9 1.95
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-6
Table A5.1 Section A: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S5A1U 1288.3 944.1 1/31/2002 - -344.2 Some change
55A1L 3443.8 3533.9 1/31/2002 - 90.1 -127.1 -10.78
S5A2U 2749.0 2750.6 1/31/2002 - 1.6 No change
S5A2L 1783.3 1786.2 1/31/2002 - 2.9 2.3 0.19
S5A3U 3569.1 1747.7 8/6/2001 - -1821.4 Significant change
S5A3L 2969.5 3279.0 8/6/2001 - 309.5 -756.0 -64.15
S5A4U 3191.2 2410.7 1/31/2002 - -780.5 Significant change
S5A4L 2521.3 1911.0 1/31/2002 - -610.3 -695.4 -59.01
S5A5U 1667.3 1707.5 1/31/2002 - 40.2 No change
S5A5L 2302.9 2354.0 1/31/2002 - 51.1 45.7 3.87
S5A6U 1513.5 2354.0 1/31/2002 - 840.5 No change
S5A6L 2911.5 2100.5 1/31/2002 - -811.0 14.8 1.25
S5A7U 2177.3 2189.3 1/31/2002 - 12.0 No change
S5A7L 2748.1 2755.2 1/31/2002 - 7.1 9.5 0.81
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-7
Table A5.1 Section A: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S6A1U - - - N/A
S6A1L - - -
N/A
S6A2U 1855.6 1870.2 10/17/2002 - 14.6 No change
S6A2L 3000.7 2989.0 10/17/2002 - -11.7 1.5 0.12
S6A3U 3003.3 3043.4 10/17/2002 - 40.1 No change
S6A3L 2348.6 2379.7 10/17/2002 - 31.1 35.6 3.02
S6A4U 3025.0 3029.9 10/17/2002 - 4.9 No change
S6A4L 3334.7 3373.1 10/17/2002 - 38.4 21.7 1.84
S6A5U 2174.9 2197.0 10/17/2002 - 22.1 No change
S6A5L 2614.6 2673.3 10/17/2002 - 58.7 40.4 3.43
S6A6U 1527.8 1572.8 10/17/2002 - 45.0 No change
S6A6L 2414.5 2453.1 10/17/2002 - 38.6 41.8 3.55
S6A7U - - N/A
S6A7L - -
N/A
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-8
Table A5.1 Section A: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S7A1U 2070.3 2082.5 11/20/2003 12.2 Little change
S7A1L 4089.2 4243.4 11/20/2003 154.2 83.2 7.06
S7A2U 2362.7 2300.2 11/20/2003 -62.5 No change
S7A2L 2435.9 2407.4 11/20/2003 -28.5 -45.5 -3.86
S7A3U 3392.7 3427.9 11/20/2003 35.2 No change
S7A3L 2176.7 2253.2 11/20/2003 76.5 55.9 4.74
S7A4U 1452.6 1616.6 11/20/2003 164.0 Little change
S7A4L 2660.0 2714.3 11/20/2003 54.3 109.2 9.26
S7A5U 1967.5 2613.2 7/4/2002 2052.2 11/20/2003 645.7 84.7 No change
S7A5L 2627.9 2030.9 7/4/2002 - -597.0 24.3 2.07
S7A6U 2124.8 2213.1 11/20/2003 88.3 Little change
S7A6L 2657.7 2734.7 11/20/2003 77.0 82.6 7.01
S7A7U 2747.9 2826.6 11/20/2003 78.7 Little change
S7A7L 1730.7 1866.6 11/20/2003 135.9 107.3 9.11
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-9
Table A5.1 Section A: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S8A1U - N/A
S8A1L 3843.3 2099.3 11/20/2003 -1744.0
Significant change
S8A2U 1906.8 1968.1 11/20/2003 61.3 Some change
S8A2L 3155.8 3349.5 11/20/2003 193.7 127.5 10.82
S8A3U 2487.8 2615.3 11/20/2003 127.5 Significant change
S8A3L 2379.0 2718.6 11/20/2003 339.6 233.6 19.82
S8A4U 2141.4 2363.9 11/20/2003 222.5 Significant change
S8A4L 2042.0 2183.6 11/20/2003 141.6 182.1 15.45
S8A5U 1712.0 1825.2 7/22/2002 1981.9 11/20/2003 113.2 269.9 Little change
S8A5L 3066.7 3108.5 7/22/2002 - 41.8 77.5 6.58
S8A6U 1976.3 2175.0 11/20/2003 198.7 Significant change
S8A6L 2886.1 3165.1 11/20/2003 279.0 238.9 20.27
S8A7U 2525.4 2630.7 11/20/2003 105.3 Significant change
S8A7L 2883.8 3180.2 11/20/2003 296.4 200.9 17.04
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-10
Table A5.2 Section B: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S2B1U 1646.6 1547.2 2/4/2003 - -99.4 No change
S2B1L 2841.3 2890.2 2/4/2003 - 48.9 -25.3 -2.14
S2B2U 2349.8 2349.8 8/6/2001 - 0.0 No change
S2B2L 1981.5 1981.0 8/6/2001 - -0.5 -0.3 -0.02
S2B3U 2772.9 2788.0 2/3/2003 2651.9 7/16/2003 15.1 -121.0 No change
S2B3L 1978.6 2001.7 2/3/2003 - 23.1 19.1 1.62
S2B4U 2842.8 2702.1 7/8/2003 - -140.7 No change
S2B4L 1801.0 1825.4 7/8/2003 1825.9 7/16/2003 24.4 24.9 -58.2 -4.93
S2B5U 2069.6 1945.9 3/26/2003 - -123.7 No change
S2B5L 2000.2 2000.2 3/26/2003 - 0.0 -61.8 -5.25
S2B6U 2282.0 2299.4 2/4/2003 - 17.4 No change
S2B6L 1786.4 1835.6 2/4/2003 - 49.2 33.3 2.83
S2B7U 2227.5 2987.4 1/28/2003 2247.3 7/16/2003 759.9 19.8 No change
S2B7L 2975.3 2248.9 1/28/2003 - -726.4 16.8 1.42
S2B8U 3245.7 3259.8 1/31/2002 - 14.1 No change
S2B8L 1920.3 1924.6 1/31/2002 - 4.3 9.2 0.78
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-11
Table A5.2 Section B: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S3B1U 3248.8 3237.0 1/28/2003 - -11.8 No change
S3B1L - - -
N/A
S3B2U 984.8 970.8 6/18/2002 952.3 7/16/2003 -14.0 -32.5 No change
S3B2L 3432.3 3408.9 6/18/2002 - -23.4 -18.7 -1.59
S3B3U 3211.1 3229.1 12/7/2002 - 18.0 No change
S3B3L 972.9 1030.9 12/7/2002 - 58.0 38.0 3.22
S3B4U 2137.1 2141.0 1/21/2003 2148.1 7/16/2003 3.9 11.0 No change
S3B4L 3053.9 3111.8 1/21/2003 - 57.9 30.9 2.62
S3B5U 3526.0 3504.6 1/8/2003 - -21.4 No change
S3B5L 1200.3 1219.7 1/8/2003 1213.9 7/16/2003 19.4 13.6 -1.0 -0.08
S3B6U 1874.3 1875.4 1/29/2003 1879.4 7/16/2003 1.1 - No change
S3B6L 2373.8 2404.8 1/29/2003 - 31.0 - 16.1 1.36
S3B7U 2537.1 2567.0 7/16/2003 29.9 No change
S3B7L 2034.3 2060.2 7/16/2003 25.9 27.9 2.37
S3B8U 2178.9 2199.8 8/18/2002 - 20.9 No change
S3B8L - -
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-12
Table A5.2 Section B: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S4B1U 2719.4 2698.0 5/29/2002 - -21.4 No change
S4B1L 1728.4 1746.6 5/29/2002 - 18.2 -1.6 -0.14
S4B2U 2446.3 2469.8 5/29/2002 - 23.5 No change
S4B2L 2313.0 2404.2 5/29/2002 - 91.2 57.3 4.87
S4B3U 1943.7 1954.0 5/29/2002 - 10.3 No change
S4B3L 3010.9 3010.5 5/29/2002 - -0.4 4.9 0.42
S4B4U 2375.1 2302.6 5/29/2002 - -72.5 No change
S4B4L 1807.6 1795.7 5/29/2002 - -11.9 -42.2 -3.58
S4B5U 2042.7 2040.5 5/29/2002 - -2.2 No change
S4B5L 2302.1 2305.8 5/29/2002 - 3.7 0.8 0.06
S4B6U 2849.6 2854.8 5/29/2002 - 5.2 No change
S4B6L 1875.7 1884.8 5/29/2002 - 9.1 7.2 0.61
S4B7U 2318.3 2312.9 5/29/2002 - -5.4 No change
S4B7L 2485.6 2475.2 5/29/2002 - -10.4 -7.9 -0.67
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-13
Table A5.2 Section B: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S5B1U 1073.1 887.8 3/25/2002 - -185.3 No change
S5B1L 3443.8 3532.2 3308.5 7/16/2003 88.4 -135.3 -48.4 -4.11
S5B2U 2748.9 2775.6 2771.9 26.7 23.0 No change
S5B2L 1783.3 1762.8 4/18/2003 - 7/16/2003 -20.5 3.1 0.26
S5B3U 1738.5 1747.7 1806.6 7/16/2003 9.2 68.1 No change
S5B3L 3276.9 3279.0 8/6/2001 - 2.1 5.6 0.48
S5B4U 2388.0 2350.7 3/26/2003 - -37.3 No change
S5B4L 1838.6 1949.5 1899.1 7/16/2003 110.9 60.5 36.8 3.12
S5B5U 1667.2 1760.5 3/20/2003 - 93.3 No change
S5B5L 2302.8 2399.2 2391.5 7/16/2003 96.4 88.7 94.8 8.05
S5B6U 2074.0 2130.5 2149.0 7/16/2003 56.5 75.0 No change
S5B6L 1704.8 1746.8 2/4/2003 - 42.0 49.3 4.18
S5B7U 2177.2 2233.8 4/15/2003 - 56.6 No change
S5B7L 2748.0 2815.8 2727.9 7/16/2003 67.8 -20.1 62.2 5.28
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-14
Table A5.2 Section B: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S6B1U - N/A
S6B1L -
N/A
S6B2U 1855.6 1887.4 2/4/2003 - 31.8 No change
S6B2L 3000.7 3028.4 2/4/2003 - 27.7 29.8 2.52
S6B3U 3003.3 3076.4 1/29/2003 - 73.1 Little change
S6B3L 2348.5 2428.8 2452.6 7/16/2003 80.3 104.1 76.7 6.51
S6B4U 3001.0 3054.6 12/3/2002 - 53.6 Little change
S6B4L 3334.6 3386.7 12/3/2002 - 52.1 52.8 4.48
S6B5U 2174.8 2237.2 1/28/2003 - 62.4 Little change
S6B5L 2614.4 2746.0 1/28/2003 - 131.6 97.0 8.23
S6B6U 1527.7 1626.5 1650 7/16/2003 98.8 122.3 Little change
S6B6L 2414.3 2507.4 2/4/2003 - 93.1 95.9 8.14
S6B7U 2169.7 2318.9 7/16/2003 149.2 Some change
S6B7L 2767.5 2874.4 7/16/2003 106.9 128.1 10.87
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-15
Table A5.2 Section B: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S7B1U 1848.1 1406.8 11/20/2003 -441.3 No change
S7B1L 2552.4 2909.1 11/20/2003 356.7 -42.3 -3.59
S7B2U 2257.8 2277.9 11/20/2003 20.1 No change
S7B2L 2313.8 2261.0 11/20/2003 -52.8 -16.4 -1.39
S7B3U 1426.4 1683.3 11/20/2003 256.9 Some change
S7B3L 2546.9 2544.6 11/20/2003 -2.3 127.3 10.80
S7B4U 2251.9 2379.6 11/20/2003 127.7 Some change
S7B4L 2302.1 2436.6 11/20/2003 134.5 131.1 11.12
S7B5U 1656.6 1828.0 11/20/2003 171.4 Some change
S7B5L 2427.6 2530.5 11/20/2003 102.9 137.2 11.64
S7B6U 2531.1 2746.3 11/20/2003 215.2 Significant change
S7B6L 2337.7 2478.2 11/20/2003 140.5 177.9 15.09
S7B7U 3495.4 3548.9 7/2/2002 - 53.5 Some change
S7B7L 1662.3 1771.2 7/2/2002 1853.6 11/20/2003 191.3 122.4 10.39
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-16
Table A5.2 Section B: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S8B1U 2325.1 2345.1 4/16/2003 - 20.0 Significant change
S8B1L 3645.7 3988.2 4/16/2003 4013.5 11/20/2003 342.5 367.8 181.3 15.38
S8B2U 1919.0 1963.5 4/16/2003 44.5 No change
S8B2L 2931.2 2881.3 8/1/2003 -49.9 -2.7 -0.23
S8B3U 2902.6 2902.5 8/1/2003 -0.1 No change
S8B3L 4298.5 4367.8 8/1/2003 69.3 34.6 2.94
S8B4U 2459.0 2601.8 8/1/2003 142.8 Little change
S8B4L 1535.9 1591.1 8/1/2003 55.2 99.0 8.40
S8B5U 2687.9 2852.4 8/1/2003 164.5 Some change
S8B5L 1422.9 1529.8 8/1/2003 106.9 135.7 11.52
S8B6U 2934.3 3004.8 10/18/2002 - 70.5 Little change
S8B6L 1969.7 2078.9 2143.8 8/1/2003 109.2 174.1 89.9 7.62
S8B7U 1838.2 2015.9 8/1/2003 177.7 Some change
S8B7L 1647.7 1803.2 8/1/2003 155.5 166.6 14.14
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-17
Table A5.3 Section C: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S1C1U 2002.0 2013.7 11/20/2003 11.7 No change
S1C1L 3403.0 3348.6 11/20/2003 -54.4 -21.35 -1.81
S1C2U 2545.0 2416.2 3/20/2003 - -128.8 - No change
S1C2L 2936.0 2950.0 3/20/2003 2947.4 11/20/2003 14.0 11.4 -57.4 -4.87
S1C3U 2221.0 2258.1 11/20/2003 37.1 No change
S1C3L 2535.0 2529.3 11/20/2003 -5.7 15.7 1.33
S1C4U 1729.0 1802.4 11/20/2003 73.4 Little change
S1C4L 2243.0 2287.9 11/20/2003 44.9 59.15 5.02
S1C5U 2116.0 2150.4 11/20/2003 34.4 No change
S1C5L 2133.0 2150.4 11/20/2003 17.4 25.9 2.20
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-18
Table A5.3 Section C: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S2C1U 2144.0 2111.3 11/20/2003 32.7 No change
S2C1L 2790.0 2789.1 11/20/2003 0.9 16.8 1.43
S2C2U 2918.0 2887.8 11/20/2003 30.2 No change
S2C2L 2144.0 2078.5 11/20/2003 65.5 47.8 4.06
S2C3U 1543.0 1531.9 11/20/2003 11.1 No change
S2C3L 3327.0 3295.0 11/20/2003 32.0 21.6 1.83
S2C4U 2145.0 2208.3 11/20/2003 -63.3 No change
S2C4L 1645.0 1656.8 11/20/2003 -11.8 -37.6 -3.19
S2C5U 2040.0 2054.1 11/20/2003 -14.1 No change
S2C5L 2023.0 2061.0 11/20/2003 -38.0 -26.1 -2.21
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-19
Table A5.3 Section C: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S3C1U 2113.0 2108.4 2108.3 11/20/2003 -4.6 -4.7 No change
S3C1L 2522.0 2439.0 - -83.0 - -43.8 -3.72
S3C2U 2131.0 2188.1 11/20/2003 57.1 No change
S3C2L 0.0 28.6 2.42
S3C3U 2957.0 2950.1 11/20/2003 -6.9 No change
S3C3L 1601.0 1586.2 11/20/2003 -14.8 -10.9 -0.92
S3C4U 2663.0 2692.6 11/20/2003 29.6 No change
S3C4L 1510.0 1513.3 11/20/2003 3.3 16.4 1.40
S3C5U 2333.0 2383.6 11/20/2003 50.6 No change
S3C5L 2021.0 1966.3 11/20/2003 -54.7 -2.1 -0.17
S3C6U 2361.0 2378.4 9/25/2002 - 17.4 - No change
S3C6L 2392.0 2331.3 9/25/2002 - -60.7 - -21.6 -1.84
S3C7U 2101.0 2123.2 3/20/2003 2154.7 11/20/2003 22.2 53.7 No change
S3C7L 3512.0 3556.8 3/20/2003 - 44.8 - 33.5 2.84
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-20
Table A5.3 Section C: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S4C1U 2685.0 2551.1 11/20/2003 -133.9 No change
S4C1L 2612.0 2660.3 11/20/2003 48.3 -42.8 -3.63
S4C2U 3239.0 3155.1 11/20/2003 -83.9 No change
S4C2L 2066.0 2047.7 11/20/2003 -18.3 -51.1 -4.34
S4C3U - - -
S4C3L 1754.0 1726.7 11/20/2003 -27.3 - -
No change
S4C4U 2939.0 2895.9 11/20/2003 -43.1 No change
S4C4L 1949.0 1936.9 11/20/2003 -12.1 -27.6 -2.34
S4C5U 2476.0 2486.0 11/20/2003 10.0 No change
S4C5L 1272.0 1296.8 11/20/2003 24.8 17.4 1.48
S4C6U 2549.0 2563.3 11/20/2003 14.3
S4C6L 3961.0 3840.8 11/20/2003 -120.2 -52.9 -4.49
S4C7U 2985.0 3265.6 11/20/2003 280.6 Significant change
S4C7L 998.0 1080.4 11/20/2003 82.4 181.5 15.40
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-21
Table A5.3 Section C: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S5C1U 2365.0 2336.9 11/20/2003 -28.1 No change
S5C1L 1656.0 1628.5 11/20/2003 -27.5 -27.8 -2.36
S5C2U 2061.0 2052.9 11/20/2003 -8.1 No change
S5C2L 2828.0 2859.9 11/20/2003 31.9 11.9 1.01
S5C3U 3566.0 3520.2 11/20/2003 -45.8 No change
S5C3L 1348.0 1390.0 11/20/2003 42.0 -1.9 -0.16
S5C4U 741.7 759.3 11/20/2003 17.6 No change
S5C4L 1151.7 1171.7 11/20/2003 20.0 18.8 1.60
S5C5U 1892.0 1939.1 11/20/2003 47.1 No change
S5C5L 1578.0 1579.5 11/20/2003 1.5 24.3 2.06
S5C6U 2776.0 2861.0 11/20/2003 85.0 No change
S5C6L 1127.0 1139.4 11/20/2003 12.4 48.7 4.13
S5C7U 1993.0 2144.0 11/20/2003 151.0 Little change
S5C7L 2251.0 2308.6 11/20/2003 57.6 104.3 8.85
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-22
Table A5.3 Section C: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S6C1U 2357.0 2357 9/28/2002 0.0 No change
S6C1L 2597.0 2597 9/28/2002 0.0 0.0 0.00
S6C2U 2451.0 2452.0 9/26/2002 1.0 No change
S7C2L 2439.0 2440.0 9/26/2002 1.0 1.0 0.08
S6C3U 2775.0 2778.0 9/26/2002 3.0 No change
S6C3L 2192.0 2195.0 9/26/2002 3.0 3.0 0.25
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-23
Table A5.3 Section C: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S7C1U 2244.8 2307.2 11/20/2003 62.4 No change
S7C1L 3538.8 3563.7 11/20/2003 24.9 43.6 3.70
S7C2U 2352.6 2533.1 11/20/2003 180.5 Little change
S7C2L 2796.4 2843.8 11/20/2003 47.4 114.0 9.67
S7C3U 1441.8 1616.1 11/20/2003 174.3 Some change
S7C3L 2723.8 2891 11/20/2003 167.2 170.8 14.49
S7C4U 2104.9 2315.4 11/20/2003 210.5 Significant change
S7C4L 1961.9 2205.3 11/20/2003 243.4 227.0 19.26
S7C5U 3174.2 3066 11/20/2003 -108.2 No change
S7C5L 1758.2 1934.4 11/20/2003 176.2 34.0 2.89
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-24
Table A5.4 Section D: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S1D1U 1169 1077.1 11/20/2003 -91.9 No change
S1D1L 3473.5 3552.6 11/20/2003 79.1 -6.4 -0.54
S1D2U 3696.2 3674.9 11/20/2003 -21.3 No change
S1D2L 605.11 671.55 11/20/2003 66.4 22.6 1.92
S1D3U 2401.5 2422.6 11/20/2003 21.1 No change
S1D3L 1687.6 1657.1 11/20/2003 -30.5 -4.7 -0.40
S1D4U 2585.6 2643.1 11/20/2003 57.5 No change
S1D4L 2447.3 2428.3 11/20/2003 -19.0 19.3 1.63
S1D5U 2563.4 2629.7 11/20/2003 66.3 No change
S1D5L 2184.5 2183.8 11/20/2003 -0.7 32.8 2.78
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-25
Table A5.4 Section D: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S1D1U 2144.0 2111.3 11/20/2003 32.7 No change
S1D1L 2790.0 2789.1 11/20/2003 0.9 16.8 1.43
S1D2U 2918.0 2887.8 11/20/2003 30.2 No change
S1D2L 2144.0 2078.5 11/20/2003 65.5 47.8 4.06
S1D3U 1543.0 1531.9 11/20/2003 11.1 No change
S1D3L 3327.0 3295.0 11/20/2003 32.0 21.6 1.83
S1D4U 2145.0 2208.3 11/20/2003 -63.3 No change
S1D4L 1645.0 1656.8 11/20/2003 -11.8 -37.6 -3.19
S1D5U 2040.0 2054.1 11/20/2003 -14.1 No change
S1D5L 2023.0 2061.0 11/20/2003 -38.0 -26.1 -2.21
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-26
Table A5.4 Section D: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S2D1U 1854.5 1856.8 11/20/2003 2.3 No change
S2D1L 2961.9 3016.7 11/20/2003 54.8 28.5 2.42
S2D2U 1832.9 1868.9 11/20/2003 36.0 No change
S2D2L 2452 2303.1 11/20/2003 -148.9 -56.5 -4.79
S2D3U - - N/A
S2D3L 3033.3 3241 11/20/2003 207.7
Some change
S2D4U 3574.9 3733.4 8/25/2002 3711.4 11/20/2003 158.5 136.5 Little change
S2D4L 2339.8 2336.6 8/25/2002 - -3.2 77.6 6.59
S2D5U 2584.5 2624.2 11/20/2003 39.7 No change
S2D5L 2327.1 2383.8 11/20/2003 56.7 48.2 4.09
S2D6U 3437.2 3389.9 2/19/2002 - -47.3 - No change
S2D6L 2179.3 2163.1 2/19/2002 2168 11/20/2003 -16.2 - -31.8 -2.69
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-27
Table A5.4 Section D: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S3D1U 2546.8 2479.6 11/20/2003 -67.2 No change
S3D1L 2813.5 2943.1 11/20/2003 129.6 31.2 2.65
S3D2U 2395.7 2401.3 11/20/2003 5.6 No change
S3D2L 3292.0 3334.7 11/20/2003 42.7 24.2 2.05
S3D3U 3200.8 3309.9 9/3/2003 3299.1 11/20/2003 109.1 No change
S3D3L 1621.4 1516.3 9/3/2003 - -105.1 2.0 0.17
S3D4U 2797.9 2911.1 11/20/2003 113.2 No change
S3D4L 3503.2 3489.2 11/20/2003 56.6 4.80
S3D5U 2921.6 2950.0 6/23/2002 - 28.4 No change
S3D5L 1069.0 1092.8 6/23/2002 1085.8 11/20/2003 23.8 16.8 26.1 2.21
S3D6U 2212.2 2380.8 10/19/2002 - 168.6 - Little change
S3D6L 2179.3 2220.5 10/19/2002 2240.7 11/20/2003 41.2 61.4 104.9 8.90
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-28
Table A5.4 Section D: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S4D1U 1967.6 1792.3 11/20/2003 -175.3 No change
S4D1L 3118.0 3310.9 11/20/2003 192.9 8.8 0.75
S4D2U 2192.4 2180.5 11/20/2003 -11.9 No change
S4D2L 3131.8 3184.1 11/20/2003 52.3 20.2 1.71
S4D3U 1109.2 1081.8 11/20/2003 -27.4 No change
S4D3L 3110.1 3210.2 11/20/2003 100.1 36.3 3.08
S4D4U 2369.1 2425.4 11/20/2003 56.3 Little change
S4D4L 2044.7 2141.0 11/20/2003 96.3 76.3 6.47
S4D5U 2857.0 2968.9 11/20/2003 111.9 Little change
S4D5L 1975.3 2065.5 11/20/2003 90.2 101.1 8.57
S4D6U 1857.8 1907.4 11/20/2003 49.6 Little change
S4D6L 1747.0 1830.5 11/20/2003 83.5 66.6 5.65
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-29
Table A5.4 Section D: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S5D1U - N/A
S5D1L -
N/A
S5D2U 2331.4 2263.3 11/20/2003 -68.1 Little change
S5D2L 1846.0 1727.4 11/20/2003 -118.6 -93.3 -7.92
S5D3U 3083.5 2993.8 11/20/2003 -89.7 No change
S5D3L 2365.3 2405.4 11/20/2003 40.1 -24.8 -2.10
S5D4U 2826.0 2750.4 11/20/2003 -75.6 Little change
S5D4L 1936.2 1849.9 11/20/2003 -86.3 -80.9 -6.87
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-30
Table A5.4 Section D: Observations on long-term changes with respect to end of construction (cont’d)
Reading 1 (µε) Reading 2 (µε) Reading 3 (µε) Gage #
7/30/2001 Value Date Value Date 1∆
(µε) 2∆
(µε) ε∆
(µε) R
(%) Comment
S6D1U 954.5 629.7 11/20/2003 -324.7 Significant change
S6D1L 3800.0 4511.5 11/20/2003 711.5 193.4 16.41
S6D2U 1982.1 2051.4 11/20/2003 69.3 No change
S6D2L 2492.9 2480.8 11/20/2003 -12.1 28.6 2.43
S6D3U 3405.1 3127.7 11/20/2003 -277.4 Some change
S6D3L 1257.6 1240.7 11/20/2003 -16.9 -147.2 -12.49
Note: Reading 1 = the readings at the end of construction (7/30/2001); 1∆ = Reading 2 – Reading 1; 2∆ = Reading 3 – Reading 1; ε∆ = average of the reading change of gages at the same location of strap; R = ratio of change in axial force in strap to the strap capacity.
A5-31
Figure A5.1 Locations of strain gages where significant change in axial force has been recorded
(Sections A and B).
Vibrating wire spot welded strain gage (2 gages each)Vibrating wire interface pressure cellVibrating wire embeddedpressure cell
1 5 10 15 20 25 30
1 5 10 15 20 25 30
1 5 10 15 20 25 30
1 5 10 15 20 25 30
1 5 10 15 20 25 30
1 5 10 15 20 25 30
1 5 7 10 15 25 30
1 3 5 10 2015 30
1 2 5 10
5 5 10
*
* Distance in feet from panel
12.5'
10
Surveying points (SP)
30
10'
10'
10'
5'
1''1''
5'
HP14 x 74
1'
10'10'15'
Inclinometer casing
Denotes significant change
A5-32
Figure A5.2 Locations of strain gages where significant change in axial force has been recorded
(Sections C)
Vibrating Wire SpotWelded Strain Gage
2 7 11 15
2 5 8 10 12 15
2 5 8 10 12 15
4 7 9
11 141
2 4 7 11 14
12
3 6 10
Inclinometer casing
1'
8'
25'
*
* Distance in feet from panel
8' 9'
20
20
20
20
20
20
Surveying point
4 7
1
1 11 14 20
Denotes significant change
A5-33
Figure A5.3 Locations of strain gages where significant change in axial force has been recorded
(Sections D)
Inclinometer casings
Vibrating wire spot welded strain gage (2-gages each)1 7 12
1 5 7 12
1 2 5 7 10 12
1 2 5 7 10 12
1 2 5 7 10 12
1 2 5 7
1'
8'
16'
* Distance in feet from panel
*
12
Surveying point
21
Denotes significant change
B-1
APPENDIX B DERIVATION OF VSW METHOD
Consider the point notation for segment 2 depicted in Figure B1a. The lateral earth
thrust of the retained mass, and the weights, resistances, and coefficients of working
friction of the virtual soil wedge will be calculated using the method of superposition.
Each of these variables will be calculated separately as follows:
1. The total resistance, Rs2, provided by this segment can be calculated by
superimposing the resistances produced by the two areas bounded between the
points labeled ADCY and DEC, indicated in Figure A1b as follows:
(B1a)
Canceling similar terms on both sides yields: (B1b)
2. The total weight, ΣW, of the virtual wedge is also calculated by superimposing the
two areas defined by points labeled ADCY and DEC weights of all parts shown in
Figure A1b as follow:
This can be reduced to:
(B2)
3. The coefficients of working friction, on the other hand, are function of the ground
slopes above the point under consideration. The distribution of the coefficients of
working friction along the base of the virtual wedge is depicted in Figure B1c,
and is calculated as follows:
2012221222 RRRRRRs −+=+=
20222 RRR −=
≥≤
=
≥−≤
=
C
C
C
C
xxxx
x
xxxx
x
,,
)(
,,
)(
2
1
1
1
µµ
µ
δµµµ
µ
20221212121 WWWWWWWW −++=++=∑
20222 WWW −=
B-2
(B3)
4. The lateral thrust exerted by the retained soil mass, shown on the left side of
Figure A2, is also calculated by superimposing the two areas defined by the points
labeled ADCY and DEC, as followS:
(B4a)
This can be reduced as:
(B4b)
Eqns. (B1b) and (B4b) indicate that, both the lateral earth thrust produced by the area
bounded by (dbe) and the resistance provided by the area (DBE) are directly related to
the slope angle β2. On the other hand, the lateral force and resistance provided by the
areas (gdby) and (GDBY), respectively, are related to the slope angle β1. Accordingly,
the equilibrium conditions of zone 1 and zone 1-2 of the second segment of the virtual
soil wedge can be investigated separately.
202212122 PPPPPP −+=+=∑
20222 PPP −=
B-3
a)
b)
c)
Figure B1 Notation on segment 2, b) superposition of the base resistances and weights,
and c) the coefficients of working friction along the base of the second segment.
β2
β1
B
zone 1-2
zone 2
A
Y
GD
C E y b
g
a
c
d
e
zone 1-2
zone 2
β2
β1
B
A
Y
GD
E
R1
R12R2
W2W12
W1
∆1∆2
x
µ(x)µ2
µ1
µ2= µ1 − δµ
xExB
CCβ2
β1 β1
E
A
GD
B
R1
R12R22 R20
W20
W1
W22W12
∆1∆1
δ∆1= ∆1− ∆2
∆1
YE
x
µ(x)µ1>0
x
µ(x)
δµ < 0xE
xC